All posts in “Buyer Guides”

Best 20 Glass Water Bottles

BEST GLASS WATER BOTTLES

1

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

When you need a glass water bottle built for athletes, the Zulu Atlas is always a great choice. Zulu focuses most of their attention on engineering high-quality glass water bottles that can stand up to the rigors of sport and athleticism.

The thick annealed glass, along with the stylish and beautifully-textured silicone protective sleeve adds a layer of confidence that you just won’t find with a lot of other glass water bottles. Not only is it impact resistant but it’s easy to grip as well. This bottle didn’t just make it to the number one spot for looking great and being strong, though.

The Zulu Atlas is incredibly easy to use. With only one hand, you can flip the top to take a drink no matter what you are doing, no matter what that might be.

Pros

  • checkCarry loop
  • checkLocking flip lid
  • checkProtective silicone sleeve

Cons

  • cross-altHinge pin requires occasional adjustments

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • PVC Free Yes
  • Phthalate Free Yes
  • Dimensions 3.5 x 3.5 x 10.3 in
  • Weight 1 lb.
  • Capacity 20 oz
2

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Coming in at number 2, we have the EQUA. One of our favorite bottles on the list, this entry is perfect for long days at the gym or yoga studio. The high-quality borosilicate glass makes for a clean-tasting water every time, and the felt outer covering helps insulate the bottle for use with hot and cold drinks.

The bottle itself has a simple, yet elegant design and it features a twist-on spill-proof metal cap with a silicone interior to protect the flavor of your water. The attractive stitched felt covering also helps the bottle fit in anywhere, not just the gym.

Glass water bottles are often designed for use in particular scenarios, but the EQUA water bottle will just as good sitting next to you on your yoga mat as it will on the conference table at work. Choose from one of four different color schemes to suit your style and mood for the day.

Pros

  • checkStylish
  • checkEasy-grip cloth cover
  • checkNo leaking
  • checkSturdy

Cons

  • cross-altNon-removable cover

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • Capacity 28 oz
3

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Coming in at number three, we have what many call the best glass water bottle on the market. Contigo is a name that most people will hear sooner or later when looking for a high-quality glass water bottle. Contigo has been a subsidiary of Rubbermade for several years now, but they design and manufacture all of their own products.

What you get with such a strong company is a limited lifetime warranty on each water bottle that you buy from them, first-class quality control, and trust that promises made are promises kept.

The main features that you can enjoy from this all glass and silicone water bottle are few, but they are the most vital ones. A silicone carry loop for easy transport, dishwasher safe, wide mouth for easy drinking, and completely leak-proof lid make for a solid water bottle option.

Pros

  • checkCarry loop
  • checkLarge mouth
  • checkSilicone sleeve
  • checkTethered lid

Cons

  • cross-altSilicone sleeve difficult to remove

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • Dimensions 2.5 x 2.5 x 10.2 in
  • Weight 1 lb.
  • Capacity 20 oz
4

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Lifefactory is another favorite of ours for obvious reasons. These glass bottles are made from high-quality glass, plastic, and silicone making them healthy and durable at the same time.

Apart from the fact that there are fourteen colors to choose from, there are also three different sizes. The one we chose for our list is 22 ounces which we think is the perfect middle ground for glass water bottles. It isn’t bulky or heavy and holds enough water to get you through a workout session or an afternoon at the office.

For convenience, Lifefactory also offers three different cap styles to suit various lifestyles and activities. The press-n-go cap resembles lids found on tumblers, while the sport flip cap and pivot straw cap are common lid solutions for sport bottles. No matter which cap you choose, you’ll get a convenient carry handle as well.

Pros

  • checkWater taste is never altered by bottle
  • checkPerfect size for an active lifestyle
  • checkWide mouth

Cons

  • cross-altExtra caps sold separately

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • Dimensions 3.1 x 3.1 x 10.5 in
  • Weight 1.14 lbs.
  • Capacity 22 oz
5

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The Takeya Classic is a bottle made from lead and BPA-free glass which is all wrapped up in a minimalist silicone sleeve. The twist on/flip-top cap is perfect for anyone looking for both a convenient drinking solution as well as something that is completely spill proof.

The 22-ounce capacity is large enough to keep you hydrated but the slim sleeve design and shape of the bottle makes for a perfect solution for use on the go. This cupholder-friendly water bottle also comes with a convenient screw top lid with a sip lid function for added ease of use.

Another nice feature of the Takeya Classic is the large cutout in the silicone sleeve that lets you check on your water goals throughout the day. Whether you are into sports or just want a water bottle to take with you while on the go, the Takeya Classic is a good way to go.

Pros

  • checkConvenient cap
  • checkFits snugly in backpack side pockets
  • checkGreat balance

Cons

  • cross-altCap is not attached to bottle

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • Lead Free Yes
  • Dimensions 3.5 x 2.8 x 10.5 in
  • Weight 1.3 lbs.
  • Capacity 22 oz
6

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Coming in at number six, we have the revered CamelBak Eddy. This water bottle has garnered all sorts of attention thanks to its unique drinking mechanism and solid construction. This water bottle is made from very strong glass that is both lead and PBA free and it’s all wrapped up in a stylish silicone sleeve. The sleeve doesn’t cover the entire bottle, so you’ll remember the fact that you are drinking from glass.

Apart from the sleeve, the most unique feature of the CamelBak Eddy is the drinking apparatus. Termed the ‘Eddy Bite Valve’, this solution is completely leak proof due to the silicone valve system that pops out with a simple flick. The attached straw is also helpful because it lets you drink without tipping the bottle back.

If you are interested in a strong glass water bottle with silicone sleeve featuring a bite valve and straw, and one that is made for one-handed use, you’ll get a lifetime warranty with this choice as well.

Pros

  • checkConvenient bite valve
  • checkNo-spill lid
  • checkNon-slip, silicone sleeve looks great

Cons

  • cross-altCap is for specific type of use

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • Dimensions 10.2 x 3.7 x 3.2 in
  • Weight 1.2 lbs.
  • Capacity 24 oz
7

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

To continue our list of glass drinking bottles we have the Origin Glass water bottle. Each different bottle manufacturer puts their own unique twist onto the water bottle concept and for Origin that splash of personality is found in the spill-proof bamboo twist cap.

The glass itself is a simple design that comes in various sizes (14, 22, 32 oz) to suit different needs, and there is a thick protective sleeve made from silicone to wrap it all up. There are thirteen colors to choose from, but we like seaside Green the best.

As an added bonus, the folks at Origin have decided to give a percentage of the money earned from each of their bottles to a charity responsible for building wells in Ghana, where poverty and lack of good drinking water has become a debilitating issue.

Pros

  • checkCompletely non-toxic
  • checkFits into standard cup holders
  • checkStylish
  • checkSturdy

Cons

  • cross-altBamboo cap isn’t strong (but comes with a 90-day warranty)

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • PVC Free Yes
  • Lead Free Yes
  • Cadmium Free Yes
  • Capacity 14, 22, 32 oz
8

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Next up, we have a large glass water bottle from Xtremeglas. The company was started by a veteran who saw a need for a clear glass water bottle with a purpose that goes beyond just holding water in it.

The Xtremeglas solution to many people’s water intake problems is the handy water measurement system complete with time stamps to help keep your eye on (quite literally) your water intake. At 32 ounces, filling the bottle twice solves your recommended daily intake, but it is also a large bottle.

For convenience, the steel lid and nylon carrying strap make for a easy-to-carry and completely spill-proof answer to the cap question. The choice of colors for the silicone sleeve is also a nice touch as we can now enjoy the benefits of silicone in the style we prefer.

Pros

  • checkTimelines printed on bottle to assist water intake
  • checkExtra thick glass is sturdy
  • checkNylon carrying strap included

Cons

  • cross-alt32 oz bottles may be too large for some

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • Dimensions 3.1 x 3.1 x 11 in
  • Weight 1.38 lbs.
  • Capacity 32 oz
9

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

What do you get when you cross an insulated double-walled glass water bottle, a tea infuser, and a glass coffee (or tea) mug? Well, you get the ONEISALL double walled borosilicate glass tea mug with lid, of course!

At 20 ounces, this interesting addition to the world of glass water bottles is not exactly small, but it’s not too large for comfort either. What you get is a stainless-steel screw-on lid (leak proof), a tea infuser insert with metal mesh, a convenient handle for simplified use.

The thick glass is able to put with temperature swings ranging between -20 to 120 degrees making this the perfect option for a wide range of drinks. The fact that it is insulated also means there is never any need to rush if you prefer a certain temperature for your beverages.

Pros

  • checkDurable and stylish
  • checkOne mug, multiple uses
  • checkInfuser works well

Cons

  • cross-altSteeping container is at the top of the mug

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • Dimensions 3.6 x 7 in
  • Capacity 20 oz
10

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The Kablo bottle is an addition to our list of best 20 glass water bottles that will offer peace of mind in a package that really couldn’t be any more simplistic.

Made from 100% high-density borosilicate glass, this water bottle is free from all contaminants. Kablo offers a completely transparent manufacture process so you know that their bottles are always safe. Whether you are worried about cadmium, lead, BPA, BPS, phthalate, or any of the other common toxins, the glass used for this bottle will put your mind at ease.

The stainless-steel lid and silicone gasket create a seal that will not leak, and you will never taste metal in your water. The Kablo also has a wide mouth opening that makes drinking to heart’s content that much easier.

Pros

  • checkWide mouth for ice cubes
  • checkAir and water tight
  • checkSilicone sleeves are stylish and minimalistic
  • check365-day broken bottle policy

Cons

  • cross-altBasic bottle design
  • cross-altPricey for a glass water bottle

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • BPS Free Yes
  • Phthalate Free Yes
  • Capacity 32 oz (10.25 x 3 in), 21 oz (6.75 x 3 in)
11

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The 26-ounce water bottle that we have included here on this glass water bottle master list is a bit of an oddball for two reasons.

For one thing, it is not actually a glass bottle for water. It’s made from a high-quality, PBA-free plastic that looks a bit like glass due to the subtle coloring and transparency. That said, it’s very nice plastic that will not break and will likely last for a very long time. The plastic also helps with the weight. Coming in a just over half a pound, this is the lightest water bottle on our list.

The second thing that really sets this water bottle apart is the fact that it has a built water filter. The filter goes right into the straw, so you can put water from any tap in your bottle and drink it as if you were drawing it from a mountain spring.

Pros

  • checkStraw with filter makes refills easy
  • checkLeak-proof lid
  • checkFlip cap is convenient
  • checkCup holder friendly

Cons

  • cross-altReplacing filters is necessary
  • cross-altPlastic bottle could be seen as a pro or a con

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • Dimensions 3.2 x 3.2 x 10.8 in
  • Weight 9.6 oz
  • Capacity 26 oz
12

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you are looking for a fun, stylish glass water bottle that it easy to carry around, the Veegoal might be what you are looking for. The 18-ounce, borosilicate glass bottle is completely free from contaminates of all kinds, is dishwasher safe, and is strong enough to withstand extreme temperatures with ease. Whether you like your drinks cold or hot, you’ll never have to worry about the glass on this bottle cracking due to quick changes in temperature.

The screw-on bamboo cap is both stylish and functional as it creates a perfect seal around the mouth of the bottle. The silicone sleeve also looks great. It is simple, covers about 3/4 of the bottle, and comes in a variety of soothing colors in a matte finish. This bottle will look great at home, in the office, or at the gym, and you’ll never have to worry about portability because it fits cup holders with ease.

Pros

  • checkDishwasher safe
  • checkPortable
  • checkMade from borosilicate glass
  • checkHigh temperature tolerance

Cons

  • cross-altPlastic inner cap
  • cross-altTopples easily

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • Phthalate free Yes
  • Lead free Yes
  • Cadmium free Yes
  • Capacity 18 oz
13

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

It isn’t every day that we get to try out a glass water bottle with a touch of elegance. Many are simply utilitarian bottles with a simple focus. This product from Equa will make you feel like you’ve just spent a day at the 5-star spa and you have a nice water bottle to show for it.

What makes this entry so special are the design features coupled with the high-quality materials used in making it. Style-wise, the tall hourglass shape is a thing of beauty. Not only is the shape unique but there are several versions, each having its own style of silicone protection and artistic touch.

The fact that this bottle is made from 100% borosilicate glass also means that unwanted toxins leeching into your water will never compromise your water.

Pros

  • checkStylish bottle shape is easy to hold
  • checkSilicone foot is unobtrusive
  • checkGreat balance
  • checkMultiple lid options

Cons

  • cross-altCap not dishwasher safe
  • cross-altToo big for some cupholders

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • PVC Free Yes
  • Phthalate Free Yes
  • Dimensions 3.2 x 3.2 x 9.4 in
  • Weight 1.1 lb.
  • Capacity 18.6 oz
14

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

At number 14, we have another great water bottle for you to consider. The Kitchen Lux glass water bottle checks all the boxes when it comes to convenience and you’ll be able to give that convenience to your entire family. The Kitchen Lux bottles come in packs of 1, 4, and 6, so you can keep everyone hydrated in style.

The silicone strap attached to the stainless-steel screw-on cap makes transporting these bottles a simple task, and you’ll never have to worry about spills thanks to the food-grade silicone seal on the inner part of the lid. The nylon sleeve is also useful and adds a bit of protection from dings and scratches.

As far as your safety is concerned, this glass is free from toxins like BPA, lead, PVC, and more.

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • PVC Free Yes
  • Phthalate Free Yes
  • Dimensions 9 inches from top to bottom
  • Weight 0.8 lbs.
  • Capacity 18 oz (x6)
15

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Ello Elsie is a water bottle that will stand out from the crowd, no matter where that crowd happens to be. You could bring this glass water bottle to the office, to the gym, or anywhere else, and it’ll look great. The choice of colors for the easy-open silicone flip cap adds a flare of style to the classic milk bottle look that this product is modeled after, and the branding and accents are very tastefully done.

Looks aren’t everything when it comes to glass water bottles though. Many leak and spill, for example, but that is never an issue with the Ello Elsie. Beyond being able to keep contents contained, all the materials used are safe and clean, leaving you free to enjoy your beverages without worry.

Another nice thig about this bottle is that the mouth is large enough for ice cubes, which also means that it is large enough for food items making this a perfect bottle for infused drinks.

Pros

  • checkWide mouth opening
  • checkNo leeching or staining
  • checkLeak-proof cap
  • checkFun design looks great

Cons

  • cross-altSilicone stretches over time
  • cross-altNot the easiest to clean

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • Dimensions 2.5 x 9 x 2.5 in
  • Weight 1 lb.
  • Capacity 32 oz
16

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

At number 16, we have a water bottle that is perfect for anyone looking for an all-in-one glass water bottle kit to solve their hydration needs. Not only do you get a great water bottle when you order a Sursip bottle, but you’ll also get a padded nylon carrying case with a handle strap for added mobility.

On top of that, a second longer detachable strap is also included, as is a bottle brush to keep your large, 1-liter bottle clean and tasting great. Another useful feature of this water bottle is the measuring system printed on the side of the bottle.

What you need in a glass water bottle is convenience, good-quality glass that won’t negatively impact your drinking water and a lid that is sure never to leak. Add in some other bells and whistles and you’ve got yourself a winner. The Sursip ticks all the necessary boxes, and then some.

Pros

  • checkComes with a bottle brush
  • checkTime marked
  • checkDishwasher safe
  • checkStainless steel lid

Cons

  • cross-altNot the best for hot drinks
  • cross-altLarge size not the best for hiking or other sporting activities

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • Weight 1.5 lbs.
  • Capacity 32 oz
17

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

When you are ready for something a little bit different, the Zulu Studio might be the one you are looking for. This water bottle comes with all the usual benefits, including durable glass that doesn’t leech harmful substances into your beverages, a sealing lid and a silicone sleeve.

What’s different about this bottle, though, is that fact that Zulu has managed to make all those standard offerings a little bit better. The cap, for example, doesn’t just seal perfectly. It also snaps closed and flips open at the touch of a button, and it can even be locked for times when accidental leaks are an absolute no-no.

As far as the silicone sleeve, the one on the Zulu Studio is one of the thickest we’ve seen, and it features some great-looking design choices as well. The whole package is easy to clean and when it comes time to wash this water bottle, all that is required is quick trip through the dishwasher.

Oh yeah, and did we mention that this glass water bottle is made with the demanding needs of athletes in mind?

Pros

  • checkDishwasher safe
  • checkLid snaps into place and locks
  • checkCarry loop makes transporting simple
  • checkNo leeching or staining

Cons

  • cross-altToo large for some
  • cross-altSilicone sleeve is difficult to remove

Specs

  • BPA/BPS Free Yes
  • Dimensions 3 x 3 x 10.3 in
  • Weight 1.24 lbs.
  • Capacity 28 oz
18

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Our list is coming close to the end but no comprehensive collection of the best glass water bottles 2019 has to offer would be complete without this unique offering from Glasstic. You could probably guess by looking the name that this glass water bottle might be a little different from the competition, and you would be absolutely correct!

Glasstic has cleverly combined all the benefits of glass and plastic bottles and put them into one package. With a contaminate-free interior glass insert to hold your delicious beverages and a plastic outer shell to protect the glass, you get safety and great taste together.

Normally, you can’t bring glass water bottles to the swimming pool or beach. That’s not the case with this one, though, because the plastic outer shell will contain any breakage, should it occur.

Pros

  • checkDouble walled
  • checkFlip cap is convenient
  • checkComes in a variety of colors
  • checkSmall size makes bottle ultra-portable

Cons

  • cross-altProtective outer shell adds bulk (but contains broken glass)
  • cross-altDesign may not be for everyone

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • PVC Free Yes
  • Dimensions 10.7 x 3.5 x 3.8 in
  • Weight 1.2 lbs.
  • Capacity 16 oz
19

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another water bottle we had to include in number 19 on our list. The MIU Color glass water is a cool glass water bottle that looks quite different than a lot of the others that you’ve seen wither on this list or anywhere else.

Resembling the shape of the old plastic Gatorade bottles, this water bottle is wider that most and is completely covered by a silicone sleeve. The large, screw top lid is black and provides a complete seal for added protection and the convenient silicone carry strap connected to the lid is as functional as it is complimentary to the overall look of this handsome water bottle.

You’ll also find measurements on the sleeve making it easier to keep track of how much water you are drinking, and the borosilicate glass makes for one of the most durable glass water bottle experiences available today.

Pros

  • checkWide mouth opening
  • checkSilicone sleeve with measurements
  • checkLeak-proof lid
  • checkCarry loop for convenience

Cons

  • cross-altMetal lid can leave a metallic taste
  • cross-altDoes not do well with hot liquids

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • PVC Free Yes
  • Phthalate Free Yes
  • Dimensions 7.6 x 3.7 x 3.7 in
  • Weight 1.4 lbs.
  • Capacity 30 oz
20

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Since we’re ending our list with several unique offering from the world of quality drinking vessels, the chakra-aligning glass water bottle from Zura is about as interesting as it gets.

When you go the Zura Crystal Infused Water Bottle route, you get high-quality glass, a tightly sealing stainless-steel lid with a silicone insert to preserve flavor, a carrying strap for added control, and a removable stainless-steel bottom cap with a giant amethyst crystal mounted on top of it.

Mined and processed in Brazil, the amethyst crystals used to infuse your water are beautiful, but they also infuse your water with high vibrational energy to improve your mood and present-ness throughout the day.

The Zura Crystal comes in several colors and styles, is narrow enough for cup holders, and is easily dismantled for cleaning.  The protective nylon cover is also a nice touch as it strengthens, adds grip, and conceals the crystal on the inside of the bottle.

Pros

  • checkProtective sleeve
  • checkMay align your chakras!
  • checkAmethyst crystals add a sense of mystery and intrigue
  • checkConvenient carry loop

Cons

  • cross-altInner crystal takes up space
  • cross-altMay not actually turn you into a better person

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • PVC Free Yes
  • Phthalate Free Yes
  • Weight 1.44 lbs.
  • Capacity 18 oz

BONUS PRODUCT

1

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Our bonus product is a good option for use either at home or at the office. The Ello Devon is a glass tumbler made from thick glass that is PBA free. It has a friction-fit wooden lid which is water tight thanks to its silicone seal and there is a straw for ease of use. For both added durability and style points, the attractive silicone boot which covers the majority of the tumbler’s body comes in several fun colors.

The included straw is thick making it easy to drink pretty much any drink you decide to put into your stylish new tumbler. The large, 2-inch mouth is big enough for ice cubes, chunks of fruits and veggies, and convenient washing, as well, which is yet another reason that we like this offering from Ello.

Pros

  • checkStylish design with non-slip silicone sleeve
  • checkComes in a variety of attractive colors
  • checkReal wood accents on lid

Cons

  • cross-altIncluded straw is not spill proof

Specs

  • BPA Free Yes
  • Dimensions 3.2 x 3.2 x 3.2 in
  • Weight 1.2 lbs.
  • Capacity 20 oz

BUYING GUIDE & FAQ’S

As you can see, there are a huge number of glass water bottles to choose from but finding the perfect one isn’t always as simple as it seems. Considerations that you have to make include cap styles, material composition, size, and more. Do you need a silicone sleeve or is a nylon carrying case enough?

What type of glass should I choose?

When it comes to material composition you may have noticed from our list that the best glass water bottles are made from borosilicate glass. This type of glass is highly resistant to temperatures changes, meaning you can go from an iced drink to boiling tea in a matter of seconds without worrying about your glass bottle shattering. If you see a bottle design that you like made from borosilicate glass, it’s always a nice choice. Otherwise, be sure that the glass you choose is from a trusted company and is thick enough to withstand normal, daily wear and tear.

Is there a perfect size?

Another thing that you should pay attention to is the size of the bottle. Some people want a bottle large enough to satisfy their hydration needs with only one refill throughout the day, while others want more portable options. Looking at the diameter and height of the bottle that you are considering will help you understand if it’ll fit into your lifestyle. Sizes range from 14 ounces to 32 ounces, and sometimes even higher, so finding a glass water bottle that you will be able to use comfortably is very important.

Does it matter which lid I choose?

The short answer is, yes. Absolutely. Lids come in a few different form factors, and, like everything else in life, the one you choose should depend on how you intend to use it.

Some of the best lids for near-guaranteed leak-proof performance are screw on tops. There are many bottles that feature this lid style because of the inherent reliability that comes with it. Something to keep in mind, however, is that the material the cap is made from. Some water bottle makers choose materials that leave a metallic taste in the water which defeats the purpose of buying a glass bottle in the first place. Others create caps of multiple parts that easily come apart over time, and still others do not add anything in the seal department to guarantee leak-proof-ness.

Other lid styles that are commonly used include flip-top caps (with and without locking mechanisms), screw-on solutions with spouts (with and without straws), and there are even some fiction-fit press on style lids available. The best of all the variations that you will find will be leak-proof, but you’ll also find that each category also comes with its fair share of pretenders. Read through the reviews to see what types of experiences others have with the same cap styles.

Are there advantages to different types of protective sleeves?

Again, yes. The most common type of sleeve that you will find on the best glass water bottles is silicone. The durable nature of the material along with the great look and feel makes it the perfect solution to protect a glass bottle. That said, they are not all the same. Some are made to be removable and other are not. Some are thicker than others offering better protection, and some are made to be more stylish than protective.

If you care about taking your protective sleeve off for cleaning purposes, make sure to choose a bottle that makes that possible. Some manufacturers will include the product description that the sleeve is removable but reading a few customer reviews will tell you that the removal process can take you all day to complete.

Conclusion

If you are looking into buying a glass water bottle, you probably already know at least some of the advantages that glass has over plastic. You might be more focused on the taste benefits or maybe the environmental attributes, you could be concerned for the health of you and your family or perhaps you just want a great-looking water bottle to use at the gym or the office. The truth is, it doesn’t really matter which reason a person might pick for enjoying all that comes with glass water bottles because there are just so many benefits to choose from.

Choosing the right bottle for your particular needs comes down to figuring out how you are most likely to use your new bottle. Are you going to take it to the gym? The office? Are you going to be carrying your new glass water bottle around in your backpack or will it be sitting on top of your desk all day? Each of the products we have covered here comes with its own set of pros, and all you have to do is choose the best one for you.

Best Tactical Watches

BEST TACTICAL WATCHES

1

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’re kicking off our guide in style with the Suunto Core. This has clearly been designed with the great outdoors in mind. It’s just the right size and weight that it won’t feel too clunky or awkward. This means you’ll feel at ease wearing it in any conditions. The bezel is made from high-quality aluminum, while the glass has a durable mineral glass covering that in conjunction with the composite-made casing, provides you with waterproofing up to 30-meters.

It’s built for all kinds of conditions and activities. Along with the digital compass, the features that drew us into this model most were the barometer, altimeter and the weather data you have access to on tap with it. When you’re involved in anything with ascents and elevations, the altimeter is a great feature to have. With the Suunto Core you’re able to keep track on the ascent/descent, the elevation you’re currently at and how you’re progressing in a climb, While the barometer forecasts weather condition changes, by tracking trends in air pressure closely.

Pros

  • checkAltimeter and barometer
  • checkWaterproof to 30-meters
  • checkCompatible with various straps

Cons

  • cross-altNot as durable as G-Shock watches

Specs

  • Compass Yes
2

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

There’s no way we could really talk about tactical watches without considering at least one Casio G-shock model. G-Shock watches are known for their big cases, but this GA 100-1A1 has the X-Large G, which provides a rather monstrous 4 x 4.6 x 4.2-inches meaning it’s very comfortable to look at in all situations. It’s an Ana-Digi model that is full of nice features.

Although there’s no altimeter, barometer or compass, it does benefit from having a chronograph, stopwatch, world time checker and a dual-time display. There’s also the 200-meters of waterproofing it offers. Obviously, the biggest draw to other G-Shock watches is the same for this and that’s the magnetic, gravitational and shock resistance it provides.

Pros

  • check200-meters water resistance
  • checkWorld time of 29 time zones and 48 cities
  • checkChoice of analogue and digital movement

Cons

  • cross-altCould be better in lower light

Specs

  • Compass No
3

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Given its military-inspired name, it’s no surprise that the Infantry Big Face military watch is durable, tough and therefore, made for various conditions and uses. For one thing, its casing is made by stainless-steel with a canvas strap. You get the choice of either an analog or digital time display and functions with the Japanese-made AL35 quartz movement, which is incredibly reliable, and the calendar features the full date including the day name, date and the month.

There’s also a tachometer around the bezel, dual-time display and chronograph and has 30-meters of water resistance. The dial is protected by minerals with anti-scratch properties. It’s not called big face for nothing, because the face is a massive 47.3mm in diameter and a good quality enough backlight.

Pros

  • check12 and 24-hour military time
  • checkJapanese-made AL35 quartz movement
  • checkStainless-steel buckle and watch backing

Cons

  • cross-altBand/strap could be more comfortable

Specs

  • Compass No
4

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Timex has a reputation for designing and producing timepieces that keep good and accurate time, are functional, are highly accurate and timelessly stylish. The Expedition Field chronograph doesn’t disappoint in this regard as it takes inspiration from military watches of old with three different dials with numerals that increase to 60 in increments of 5. This gives you the timekeeping power to measure time at around 1/20th of a second.

Known for durable wristwatches, the Expedition Field will not let you down and as it’s got special mineral glass covering the face with scratch-resistance, it’ll handle significant use and abuse. The water resistance may not be quite the same as offered by other models, but you still get that property for 100-meters. Another great feature is the long-lasting battery that provides you with faithful service for up 10-years.

Pros

  • checkLong-life battery lasts for 10-years
  • checkFamous Timex durability
  • checkPrecise chronograph

Cons

  • cross-altBand can be tight

Specs

  • Compass No
5

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you want a combination of style, cool aesthetics, a low price and great functionality, you might want to consider the Armitron Pro Sport digital chronograph. Just take heed, this is a loud-looking watch and not in the least bit inconspicuous. So, if you have covert ops or you know, are a security guard that likes to keep a low-profile, look elsewhere.

The rest of you, keep reading. It is powered by quartz movement which means it keeps impeccable time and best of all, as the name suggests, it has a comprehensive (particularly when you consider the price) chronograph. You can keep military time, it has a dual-time display, measures lap times and displays date, day and seconds. As a nice bonus, it’s also water resistant up to 100-meters. Although you can’t go full-on scuba diving wearing this, you can swim and snorkel while using it. The protective glass on the top of the casing is a high-quality acrylic mineral, while the casing itself is stainless-steel.

Pros

  • check100-meters water resistance
  • checkChronograph functionality
  • checkDurable

Cons

  • cross-altThe compass markings are for decoration only

Specs

  • Compass No
6

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

It may be that you’ve never heard of the brand 5.11 before. But, trust us, they make some high-performance, high-quality tactical and survival gear. In fact, we’ve featured 5.11 in other buying guides on Men’s Gear. As is the case with many tactical and military watches, you have dual time display with this model. While the outer main dial with phosphorescent arms gives you the civilian time, the inner one gives you the military. Although it’s not quite as obvious as the above wrist watch from Armitron, the 5.11 Field still makes for quite the bold statement, especially with its 44mm casing.

Because this has been clearly designed for military activity (and just about anything else too), it features a casing made from mineral-glass crystals designed to provide chip and scratch resistance. Combine that with the standard water resistance of 100-meters, and you’ve got a lot of protection for a multitude of scenarios and weather conditions. Even style and practicality have been taken into consideration with the strapping made from NATO nylon. Durable is often bandied around too much, not when it comes to this watch though.

Pros

  • checkUnidirectional bezel for aiding diving
  • checkKeeps civilian and military time
  • checkStylish

Cons

  • cross-altNo compass

Specs

  • Compass No
7

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Why not buy a military watch that’s proven to be as practical and useful as it’s claimed to be? From their Infantry line, this titanium automatic military watch from GPW is a popular choice. With good reason too. It’s designed by the German Special Forces and is used by many police units and military personnel, not just in German, but around the world. What makes it so special? Well it’s based on the watches used by members of the special forces team and has 24 jewels for precision automatic time-keeping. So, there’s no need for a battery – you just keep it going by moving your arm. Something any infantry, police team or extreme sports athlete is likely to do as default.

Its sandblasted titanium face has a screwed-in locked backing and crown that offers 200-meters of water resistance. Not only that though, but the casing has been designed to stop light reflections. Something you need when you’re trying to avoid drawing attention to your whereabouts. Further protection offered by this awesome watch may only affect those using it in areas of conflict, but we love the fact it is EMP resistant. It’s very expensive, but we think the features and build quality is reason enough for that.

Pros

  • checkEMP resistant
  • check200-meters water resistance
  • check24-jewel automatic movement

Cons

  • cross-altRather expensive

Specs

  • Compass No
8

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The second Timex tactical watch in our guide is also from the Expedition line. This time it’s the Shock XL model. This feature, like all Expedition models, the chronograph that enables you to time yourself and keep track of your PBs. It also, like the model above, offers a slightly higher water resistance of up to 200-meters. Now, although this will not protect the timepiece against water and depths while scuba diving, it will provide suitable protection for when you’re participating in professional marine activity or extreme watersports on the surface.

Unless you spend a lot of your time around the water, you’ll want other features besides water resistance, and this provides it in the form of shock resistance that meets ISO standards. You also get standard functions like vibration alarms, a countdown timer and stopwatch. As well as the accuracy of its timekeeping, the biggest draw to any Timex watch is the durability, and with the Expedition Shock you get a long old life out of it. The battery alone lasts for 10-years.

Pros

  • checkShock resistance meets ISO standards
  • checkChronograph helps track personal bests
  • checkIndiglo backlit tech

Cons

  • cross-altCan’t toggle through your split/lap times

Specs

  • Compass No
9

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The next sexy little (we say that sarcastically, because really, it’s hardly little) is this awesome SureFire 2211 WristLight watch. As the name suggests, the watch has a generously large light incorporated into its design. Speaking about the light for the moment, it produces brightness of a whopping 300-lumens, though you can also switch it to 15 or 60-lumens as necessary. Thanks to the precision-faceted reflector it produces what the company calls a MaxVision Beam. This is wide and spreads evenly.

Besides the light output, there’s also a lot more to recommend this watch. It’s powered by a high-quality rechargeable battery, for one thing and the actual timepiece is a swiss-made Luminox watch with a dial that self-illuminates. As it’s been made using aerospace-grade aluminum and Mil-Spec hard-anodizing, it’s not only lightweight but extremely durable too. Prefect if you want a high-performance watch with a strong on-board light.

Pros

  • checkMaxVision LED and refractive optic
  • checkRechargeable battery
  • checkLightweight and durable

Cons

  • cross-altBulky, similarly to a G-Shock

Specs

  • Compass No
10

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

As Garmin are best known for developing and producing high-performance GPS navigational devices and systems, it’s unsurprising that the biggest selling point of this sophisticated tactical watch is the GPS elements. That doesn’t come cheap though, but if you’re looking for something that’ll keep track of where you are, where you’ve been, along with many other usual tactical and survival features, this is worth considering.

You get a 1.2-inch display that offers high-resolution and readability, even in sunlight. There’s preloaded TOPO-mapping and map navigational that’s routable. That’s not all though as it has tactical-focused features such as waypoint projection, Jumpmaster, dual-position GPS-formatting and along with the integrated GLONASS and GPS sensors, there’s also a 3-axis compass, gyroscope, altimeter and barometer. To top that all off, it’s built to be rugged with a titanium bezel coated with tough DLC, has stainless-steel buttons and will even monitor your heartrate.

Pros

  • check1.2-inch high-res display
  • checkPreprogrammed TOPO mapping
  • checkGyroscope, altimeter, barometer and compass

Cons

  • cross-altExpensive, but what do you expect?

Specs

  • Compass Yes
11

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Now we’re really firing on all burners with the next survivalist watch in our guide. This time from BlueStraw. Who, it must be said were not a company we’d heard of really before reviewing this product? Ignore the price tag for a moment and consider what you get with this nifty little thing. It acts as a 6-in-1 tactical wrist watch. So, in addition to a reasonable quality timepiece, you also get a fire starter scraper, thermometer, whistle, compass and paracord.

In fact, you don’t just get a watch with paracord, you get a watch that’s got a bracelet that is paracord. It unravels into 3-meters of rescue cord that can be used when you get into serious emergency situations.

Pros

  • checkCompass that stops you getting lose
  • checkThermometer and fire starter
  • checkSafety paracord

Cons

  • cross-altNot waterproof

Specs

  • Compass Yes
12

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Luminox are highly regarded for their expertise when it comes to watchmaking. So-called because of the shape of its case, the Luminox Leatherback Sea Turtle Giant wrist watch gets a bigger 44mm casing. The case itself is made from Carbonox, as is the case backing and bezel for a lightweight piece that doesn’t compromise its durability.

With tempered mineral crystal that prevents the casing display from getting scratched and waterproofing up to 100-meters, this has been constructed to work in various conditions.

Pros

  • checkQuartz movement
  • checkLarge case diameter
  • check100-meters water resistance

Cons

  • cross-altNot as feature-full as others

Specs

  • Compass No
13

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Back with Suunto for the Traverse Alpha smartwatch-style tactical watch. Subtle and sexy, this has a robust stainless-steel knurled-bezel, top-grade sapphire-crystal glass and a highly durable strap made from nylon-textile. This is one tough cookie. Although that’s all very important, what you’ll be really interested in is the GPS mapping, sunrise and sunset reports and moonrise and moonset calendar. These are all useful if you’re intending on taking this on a fishing or hunting trip.

Suunto are known for their feature-filled timepieces and this is no exception, because it’s also got the ability to receive mobile notifications a built-in digital compass. You’re never going to feel disorientated again while wearing it. Thanks to the GLONASS and GPS, you essentially have a breadcrumb trail to retrace your steps.

Pros

  • checkTopographic mapping
  • checkGLONASS and GPS built-in
  • checkSunrise, sunset, moonrise, moonset alerts

Cons

  • cross-altUnreliable barometer/temperature sensors

Specs

  • Compass Yes
14

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Although it does not feature a compass or many of the other capabilities of others in our guide, don’t let that put you off the Citizen Eco-Drive watch. For one thing, check out that price tag. It’s more affordable than a lot of the others. You just must decide really if it’ll provide you with enough of the features you really need. If you’re not in law enforcement or the military, this could be a good tactical watch that gives you a little more than the average timepiece for your wrist.

It’s got a very mid-century almost aviator-style, so if you like vintage pieces, you’ll probably love this. The casing is made from durable stainless-steel and the watch face has easy-to-read luminous numerals. Notably it provides you with 100-meters of water resistance, so is ideal for showering, swimming and even snorkeling, though don’t try to scuba dive with it

Pros

  • check100-meters water resistance
  • checkStainless-streel casing
  • checkLarge luminous hands

Cons

  • cross-altNo compass or other tactical features

Specs

  • Compass No
15

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another G-Shock from Casio. This is not as tricked out as the other model, but any watch with the G-Shock moniker deserves some attention if you’re interested in a durable and robust piece designed to last. First and foremost, the winning feature here is the shock resistance. G-Shocks have a sterling rep for being made to survive a whole barrage of wear, tear, use, abuse and assault. Besides that, it also has 200-meters of water resistance, which is a little better than the average watch in our guide.

As well as a digital 12/24-hour clock, it’s also got an auto calendar and date display, and comes with a 1/100th stopwatch and countdown timer. Simplistic, but tough as nails and looks smart to boot!

Pros

  • checkTough and durable
  • checkShock and water resistance
  • checkStopwatch and countdown features

Cons

  • cross-altHard to read in bright light

Specs

  • Compass No
16

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another of the more affordable tactical and survival watches in our guide is this attractive little number from a company called Lad Weather. Although it doesn’t really look like much it includes a plethora of useful features and functions. There’s the dual time mode for a start, and option to set up two different alarms. It features a date and day calendar and can be switched easily between 12 and 24-hour clock. You’re not really fussed about all that though, are you? That’s what you’d expect.

The features you’ll be more interested in are the digital compass, the altimeter and the barometer/weather meter. These are essential when you’re out in the great outdoors. Although it may not be the best for military use, it’s certainly got great capabilities to help turn any camping, hiking or other adventure into a much safer experience.

Pros

  • checkAltimeter for tracking ascents and descents
  • checkDigital compass
  • checkBarometer for tracking weather trends

Cons

  • cross-altAcrylic crystal casing not scratchproof

Specs

  • Compass Yes
17

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Back with Timex yet again for this inexpensive, but nonetheless durable and lightweight tactical watch from the timepiece manufacturing giants. This is ideal if you’re looking for a budget model that’s a bit more tricked-out than the average wristwatch, but still not like one of the more expensive pieces we’ve already featured. It provides the time for two different time zones, has water resistance for 50-meters and benefits from the inclusion of the company’s own Indiglo backlight tech.

The saving grace of any Timex watch is the stylish good looks and the durability, and the Mako DGTL has that all in spades.

Pros

  • check24-hour Chronograph
  • checkTwo time zones option
  • checkWater resistance of 50-meters

Cons

  • cross-altNo digital or analogue compass

Specs

  • Compass No
18

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

From the ridiculously inexpensive and simplistic watch featured above to this tricked-out and expensive masterpiece from Zodiac. This is a sporty tactical watch that has 3 chronograph dials, a 50mm stainless-steel casing and swiss quartz movement. All reasons to get gooey-eyed about this watch.

Furthermore though, it benefits from 100-meters of water resistance, an LED backlight and secured screw down crow. Zodiac are known for their high-quality designs and this is no exception. It doesn’t just that it looks especially dazzling and sophisticated. While it could benefit from a compass and more water resistance, in certain situations and scenarios this would be a great option.

Pros

  • checkRugged stainless-steel bezel and casing
  • check3-dial chronograph
  • checkLarge 50mm diameter casing

Cons

  • cross-altExpensive, that’s all

Specs

  • Compass No
19

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Considering Ben Sherman are better known for their attractive array of sweaters and shirts, that doesn’t mean you should be quick to pass on this stylish military-style watch. It’s competitively priced and while it lacks some of the features found in other models, if you’re not looking to spend too much or only need a watch for the standard functions, this will do fine.

Quartz movement ensures it keeps accurate time, while the 41mm diameter casing will never feel too big or clunky on your wrist. it also benefits from the inclusion of a 3-dial chronograph so that you can monitor time and track things more precisely. While it may not be as much as others, if you’re not in situations where you must deal with rain a lot, then the 30-meters water resistance will suffice.

Pros

  • checkStylish and low profile
  • checkChronograph features 3 dials
  • checkPrecise timekeeping with quartz movement

Cons

  • cross-altLess water resistant than others

Specs

  • Compass No
20

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

It may be expensive, but boy doesn’t this bad boy from BlackHawk! look rather nifty? The casing has been made with the incredibly durable and resistant to oxidation 316L stainless-steel and the display window is made from sapphire-crystal that protects it against scratches and has anti-glare capabilities. As far as keeping time goes, it uses Miyota OS20 quartz movements, so it’s always extremely accurate.

Additional features that are worth talking about from a tactical point of view are the chronograph 3 dials and the tachymeter around the outside which tracks from 60 to 400. It also is protected against water of up to 100-meters.

Pros

  • checkMiyota OS20 quartz movement
  • checkAnti-glare and scratchproof sapphire-crystal
  • checkTachymeter and chronograph

Cons

  • cross-altNo digital compass

Specs

  • Compass No
21

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Rugged, rough and ready for any situation, any scenario, the Khaki Field Mechanical watch from Hamilton is a nod to the bold design of the original forebear in 1940 and remains true to the company’s heritage and connection with the military. The hand-winding mechanical components provide accurate time and even if you’re not wearing it for up to 42-hours, it’ll keep you right.

The fact that it’s made from high-quality stainless-steel and has the benefit of an authentic NATO strap, makes this one hard customer ready for action. The dark dial with the watch face featuring minute and hour indices and luminescent numerals, makes it easier to read in lowlighting conditions. A must for fans of style, class and functionality.

Pros

  • check42 power reserve
  • checkSuperluminal hands
  • checkComfortable and durable NATO strap

Cons

  • cross-altIt’s not waterproof

Specs

  • Compass No
22

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you’re looking for a stylish watch without all the fancy features that’s in some of the others in our guide, then you might prefer this Hong Kong 1550003 watch. IT only provides 50-meters of waterproofing. Which may be a downside to some, but if you’re not planning on taking on any hard missions behind enemy lines and just want a more durable upgrade to your tired old wristwatch, this is a solid option.

The timekeeping side of things is handled by quartz movement, so you know it’ll be precise and accurate and the mineral-crystal covering for the watch face prevents scratches. All of that combined with its stainless-steel construction and attractive sportswear style, with calendar displaying the date, makes this an affordable and durable watch.

Pros

  • checkWater resistance of 100-meters
  • check100% stainless-steel construction
  • checkTextile strapping

Cons

  • cross-altCould benefit from more features

Specs

  • Compass No
23

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’re looking at another great tactical watch from 5.11 now, with the Tactical Sentinel watch. This is for anyone looking for a timepiece that’s built to last and endure through all manner of situations, scenarios and environments. But those who want a stylish and accurate accessory as well. Whether it’s to use in a more corporate setting or out in the wilds of Africa, this watch won’t let you down. The exceptionally durable casing is combined with the extremely-reliable 3-hand movement and Swiss Quartz. The glass covering for the watch is made from minerals that are resistant to all manner of scratches, chips and offers a highly desirable anti-reflective coating too.

It’s water resistant for 100-meters and has a unidirectional diving bezel that will help with snorkeling. You’ll even find that it’s inbuilt compass into the strap that will ensure you’re never lost or can’t find your bearings easily.

Pros

  • checkChip, scratch and glare-resistant crystal case cover
  • checkScrewed down crown and case backing
  • checkCompass built into strap

Cons

  • cross-altWould benefit from more water resistance

Specs

  • Compass No
24

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Casio G-Shock, you know the drill. These are built to put up with a heck of a lot. And the GA-700UC-5ACR analog-digital tactical watch is good mid-priced effort from the company. There’s the Super Illuminator LED and Afterglow that helps you to see the time and other information, no matter what the level of light is. When it comes to time, you don’t just have the time for the country you’re currently in, but 48 cities across 31 time zones. Perfect for the intrepid traveler.

As with all G-Shocks, it’s very easy on the eyes and seems to pop even more with the khaki-grey coloring. The resin used in the casing construction ensures you have a robust timepiece that has a water resistance slightly higher than the standard of up to 200-meters.  It’s been kitted out with many of the features you’d expect such as the option for 12 or 24-hour clock, 60-minute countdown, stopwatch and timer with the modes for tracking split time, elapsed time and 1st and 2nd place times.

Pros

  • checkWorld time for 31 time zones
  • checkShock resistant
  • check200-meter resistance

Cons

  • cross-altCould benefit with a compass

Specs

  • Compass No
25

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’ve already featured on great military watch from Infantry. Another from their Big Face line, this one deserves a mention because for the same price it has a slightly brighter and bigger casing. It’s another multifunctional watch that you can not only use to tell the time (what kinda watch would it be if you couldn’t even do that?), you get an alarm, a stopwatch, rotating bezel which is useful as a timer and a calendar with the day, date and month.

It makes use of both the AL35 Japanese-made quartz movement and digital movement to provide an ultimately highly accurate and precise watch. As is the case with most military-style watches, you can switch between 24-hour and 12-hour timing. With an anti-scratch window for the watch face and flexible and soft rubber band for strap, this is a joy to wear, you’ll look great and it’ll be a complement to your other gear.

Pros

  • checkDual-precision quartz and digital movement
  • checkHandy tachymeter
  • checkStainless-steel casing with anti-scratch window

Cons

  • cross-altNot waterproof

Specs

  • Compass No
26

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The next tactical watch in our guide comes from Israel Defense Store, who provide military-grade watches for various end-users including air force and naval personnel, as well as different SWAT and ground forces. So, you know, with this more than many others in our guide, that it’s been designed and built with professional use in mind. Both reliable and comfortable, this is an analog watch that not let you down. Powered by highly precise and accurate quartz movement and featuring glow in the dark numbers/scales and dials, you’ll always be able to see the time, no matter what the lighting is like.

In addition to these great aspects of the design, there’s also an alarm, timer and stopwatch. Furthermore, the top ring that runs outside the casing’s edge provides tachymeter functionality, which is ideal for even more accurate timing and useful for diving too. The casing has a display window that is made from mineral glass and the whole item has water resistance for as much as 200-meters, while the back and rest are all stainless-steel. Considering its price, this is one serious contender that you should think long and hard about before passing on.

Pros

  • checkProfessional-grade tactical watch
  • checkUsed by naval, air force and SWAT/ground teams
  • checkStainless-steel construction

Cons

  • cross-altWould benefit from barometer and altimeter

Specs

  • Compass No
27

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The next Casio G-Shock we’re looking at in our guide is also the last we’re looking at from the masters of hard and tough timepieces. The G-Shock Rangeman is no different to any other watches in terms of its shock resistance and water resistance (200-meters puts it above the average tactical and military watches out there) are both highly desirable features. Particularly if you’re intending to do more than just head to the office and back. It’s also designed to have resistance to 14-degrees Fahrenheit and mud resistance. With the casing and buttons sealed to protect against mud, dust and dirt ruining the watch.

However, beyond its durability and robustness, there’s even more reason to invest in a Rangeman. For one, it runs on solar power, so you never have to worry about replacing the batteries or charging them (in the traditional sense). Secondly the watch provides time through multi-band adjustable atomic timekeeping. Therefore, the time will always be accurate. If you think we’re done there, you’re dead wrong as there’s also an altimeter, barometer, digital compass, thermometer and world time. You automatically can have the right time across 48 cities in 31q different time zones. As well as these great extras, there’s also alarms, stopwatches and countdowns that are near standards.

Pros

  • checkAtomic timekeeping for accuracy
  • checkSolar power, no worries about batteries
  • checkShock, mud, temperature and water resistance

Cons

  • cross-altAltimeter can be temperamental

Specs

  • Compass No
28

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Vostok are a company who originally began in 1942. Once the war happened, only defense equipment was made. After though, Vostok turned its attention to designing and building mechanical wrist watches and that is what the company has been producing ever since. Then in 1965 it was officially appointed as the watch supplier for the Defense Department of the Soviet Union. Fast forward to modern day and the Amphibian is yet another amazing timepiece made by Vostok for professional use where tactical watches and military watches are preferred. The casing is made from hardy stainless-steel that can protect it from water up to 200-meters.

It’s not just water resistance that this watch offers though, as it has incredibly accurate mechanical movements and a power reserve of 31-hours. So, even when your watch is off, if you don’t leave it longer than that time, it’ll keep time for you. Vostok obviously consider comfort to be an important factor as it features a nylon strap. For when the lighting could be better, the hands and numerals are luminous. When you factor in all the above features and that astounding price, is there any reason not to buy this?

Pros

  • check31-hour power reserve
  • checkComfortable nylon strap
  • checkTachymeter

Cons

  • cross-altNo digital or analogue compass

Specs

  • Compass No
29

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Hold onto your boxer briefs, buddies, because the next in our guide is not exactly a low-price or budget tactical watch. In fact, it’s the most expensive in our guide. But before that completely puts you off, consider what you get for the money. It’s made by the renowned watchmaker Breitling. It offers above the standard rate of water resistance with 300-meters worth. While it also has a unidirectional bezel that can be helpful when you’re timing yourself or if you want to snorkel. The stainless-steel casing with a polished finish that’s screwed down at both ends, helps to ensure it is completely waterproof.

As well as that, there’s glare and scratchproof sapphire crystal used in the window. So, we’ve established that it’s durable and suitable for a variety of weather conditions and situations. What else? Well, it’s powered by self-winding automatic movement and 3 separate chronograph dials, giving you the most accurate and precise timing, you can. For comfort, Breitling have included the Black Ocean Race Rubber strapping, with nice breathable holes in its design.

Pros

  • check300-meters water resistance
  • checkGlare and scratchproof sapphire crystal
  • checkComfy rubber strap

Cons

  • cross-altNo getting past it -it’s expensive

Specs

  • Compass No
30

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

For the penultimate tactical watch, we will be looking at we’re back with Timex and this time it’s the turn of their Ironman Essential 30 watch. One of the great things about this model is the fact that it’s very affordable, compared to some others in our guide and some from Timex specifically. For the lower price, you’ll expect to make some compromises, but, they’re not too big. You still, for example, get 100-meters of water resistance, making it suitable for snorkeling, swimming and showering and the casing is made from durable stainless-steel with an acrylic dial window that protects against most scratches, nicks and chips.

As well as being very rugged and robust, it’s also lightweight only weighing around 1.76-ounces. Timex have been making watches and even tactical watches and military watches for some time now. So, you do get standards like a full calendar display of day, date, month and the choice of 24 or 12-hour display. Although there’s no dials, the digital clock also provides you with a chronograph capable of tracking for 100-hours and 30 laps, a countdown from 24-hours and 3 alarms, with the choice of making them either daily during the week or daily at the weekend. Most crucially though, it may not have the vintage appeal of other Timex pieces, but it still looks rather awesome.

Pros

  • checkDual time display and dual time zones
  • check100-hour chronograph
  • checkStylish and cool

Cons

  • cross-altNo digital compass, barometer or altimeter

Specs

  • Compass No
31

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

So, we’ve finally reached the final military-style watch in our guide and we’ve certainly not left the least to least. Fossil are known for producing precision-made and durable accessories, not just timepieces, as you’re probably aware but wallets and other items. First things first, we’ll start with the strap for this one, and boy have Fossil chosen a manly looking leather band with a buckle closure. This in conjunction with the three-hand clock display and the additional chronograph dials, make it a thoroughly precise and sexy man’s man of a watch.

Beyond all that, there’s the mechanical movement that stays in good time thanks to your own movement. So, unless you plan on acting like Sleeping Beauty, it’ll continue to keep you in good time. It’s true, it does not offer the same level of water resistance as most in our guide, at just 50-meters. But, compared to the average watch that comes without any at all, it’s a bit of a step up really. It really depends on what you need the watch for, but if water resistance is not that high on your list of must-have features, then you should seriously think about investing in this model.

Pros

  • checkLightweight and rugged
  • check3-dial chronograph
  • checkStylish and masculine looking

Cons

  • cross-altNo barometer, altimeter or compass

Specs

  • Compass No

BUYING GUIDE & FAQ’S

What Types of Military, Tactical Watches are out there?

As you’ve undoubtedly seen from our reviews in this guide, the terms military watches and tactical watches can be applied to a whole variety of different watches that aren’t necessarily the exact same. To help you understand then, what the basic different types of military and tactical watches are, we’ve outlined them below –

  • General Purpose/Field
  • Pilot
  • Digital Tactical
  • Dive

General Purpose/Field Watches

General purpose, often called field watches, are military watches designed with military and other similar personnel to use in the field. They’re normally typified by their simplistic design, and are durable, robust and built to withstand a multitude of different environments and weather conditions. Many are water resistant to a certain level and shock resistance. You’ll often find that the standard tactical watches feature chronographs, barometers, compasses. But some don’t even feature those. It really depends on your available budget.

Pilot Watches

Pilot watches were first introduced to personnel in aircraft, pilots especially, in the Second World War, to give them the ability to check the time quickly. As pilot watches were obviously designed to be worn over airmen and women’s jackets and uniforms, they tend to have a larger case diameter of 50mm or more. You’ll often find that the design is very uncluttered, neat and minimalist.

Modern pilot watches still follow this principle. Though they’ve been upgraded somewhat in the style department, while maintaining sharp, angled watch hands, slide rule and easy-to-read dials.

Dive Watches

It’ll come as no surprise that dive watches are made to be resistant to water, which is why this is the main feature you’ll find in these kinds of watches. Although the majority you’ll find right now feature 200 to 300-meters of water resistance, if you want to Scuba dive to deeper levels, you might need to consider one of the rarer pieces that allow you to dive even deeper. Of course, if you’re only ever going to be skimming the surface or just below it, then you may be able to get away with just having a watch with 100-meterrs or less water resistance.

Digital Tactical Watches

Digital tactical watches tend to be military-style watches that are suitable not just for military personnel and special ops, but also extreme sports enthusiasts and survivalists. These are usually the most tricked-out watches and feature a multitude of amazing meters and tech, such as altimeters, GPS systems, temperature gauges and weather meters. As is the case with most above, they normally also are water resistant and scratch resistant.

What to Look for when Buying a Tactical Watch?

Although we obviously hope the reviews in our guide help you find the best military watch or tactical watch for you, we wanted to help make your job even easier. Below is a quick and easy to follow guide to the kind of features and capabilities you should be looking for in these kinds of watches.

Weight and Size – You’ll have no doubt noticed that tactical watches are often bulky. Therefore, you need to think about the weight and size of the prospective watches you’re interested in. Particularly as you’ll be wearing it for many hours at a time. You’ll want a watch that will aid you, rather than hinder you.

Digital or Analog – As there’s a healthy supply of both digital and analog tactical watches, you’ll need to decide which suits you best. There’s generally no difference between the two and it’s more about personal taste and preference than anything else. If you can read the watch face, either will provide the support you need. If you can’t decide, don’t worry as there’s some that display both analogue and digital readings of the time.

Water Resistance – It goes without saying, that if you’re working outside constantly in the rain and all-weather conditions that you need a military watch that’s waterproof to some degree. It doesn’t matter if you’re surfing, base jumping, mountain climbing or biking, a police officer, first responder, construction worker or in the military. Besides a few rarities, most watches in our list have some level of waterproofing from as little as 10-meters to as much as 300-meters.

Durability – This is perhaps the most obvious thing you need to be looking for from a tactical watch. You need a watch that’s durable and made to put up with serious use and abuse, intense movements, shocks and impacts. Whether you’re in the armed forces, a security guard or a weekend hiker, you need to consider watches that feature materials like titanium, carbon polycarbonate and aircraft-grade aluminum. Also specifically look for watches that have impact, scratch and shock resistant and use sapphire crystals in the casing window.

What Type of Outdoor Activities can Military, Tactical Watches be used for?

This is a self-explanatory question, but one that’s important to ask. It really depends from manufacturer to manufacturer and timepiece to timepiece, because not all military and tactical watches are designed equally. While some are suitable for use in combat, others are only designed to be used by patrolmen and security guards, while there’s even others that are more designed for outdoor extreme pursuits like hiking and survivalist activities.

Make a Tactical Decision – Buy a Military Watch

There we go, guys, our guide to the best military watches in 2019. We hope you’ve found it as fascinating a read as we did to cobble this guide together for you. You’ll notice that rather than sticking to one specific brand, model, type or even price range, we’ve presented you with a wide variety to choose from. That’s because the people that will get the most use out of military and tactical watches are as varied as the types, models and prices of watches are.

One highly expensive watch may not be suitable for you or have features and functions that you have no need for, whereas a cheaper one may not have enough features. That’s why below this section, we’ve included a buying guide, to help you decide what you’re really looking for from these kinds of watches.

It was also to give you the widest choice possible. That’s why you’ll find watches at most price points to suit various budgets, with some more tricked-out with features than others. Our job, as always, was to make your search a lot easier and hassle-free and we think we’ve really achieved that.

Best 12 Portable Monitors

BEST PORTABLE MONITORS

1

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

With a 15.6-inch IPS display, full high definition 1080p resolution of 1920 x 1080, and a lightweight and slim design, the Asus MB169B+ Portable Monitor is an excellent choice to kick of our reviews of the best portable monitors.

This is a mid-range portable monitor with regards to cost compared to the others on our list and we have to say that this price fits just about right. You’re getting a well-known brand in Asus and a portable USB monitor that not only looks stylish but also gives you stunning detail clarity. This is due to the 160°/160° viewing angles it provides, a contrast ratio of 700:1, and a 25ms response time.

We adore the lightweight design of the MB169B+ and you can tell that there has been a heavy focus of making it as portable as possible. It weighs just 1.76lbs is amazingly thin at just 8.5mm. This sleek design is topped off with a smart looking metallic finish that will leave your friends and colleagues drooling.

It’s powered by USB cable which is also where the video signal will come from which means you’ll essentially need just one cable to get the monitor up and running. USB is the only option that you’ll have for video input too as there are simply no other ports on this monitor – that said, this was probably done so that it could be this thin.

All in all, this is a fantastic portable monitor which is probably best used for work rather than gaming although it will perform more than well enough with the latter. It’s just that there are other portable monitors out there right now that are a better fit for you gamers out there.

Pros

  • check3-Year warranty
  • checkAuto-rotating feature
  • checkSleek & Slender

Cons

  • cross-altNo HDMI input

Specs

  • Resolution 1920 x 1080
  • Screen size 15.6”
  • HDMI No
  • USB Yes
2

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

GeChic might not be a name that many of you are familiar with but you’d be surprised at the reputation that this Taiwanese company has built up because of its range of quality portable monitors. The GeChic 1303i is basically everything that the Asus MB169B+ is not. Obviously, they are both designed with different focuses in mind with this one being about functionality rather than portability.

It is thicker but still thin at 10.4mm, is heavier but still light at 2lbs but offers far more in terms of ports and features. It’s still powered by USB but the video input signal can come either from USB, HDMI, MiniDisplay, or VGA. This gives you a lot more options in terms of the devices that you can connect it to other than that of a laptop.

It’s compatible with all laptops and desktop computers that run Windows, Linux, or MacOS while it’s also compatible to run on games consoles and smartphones too. Where this really differs from the previous portable external monitor is that it has a slightly smaller screen size of 13.3 inches but is also portable touch screen monitor. This means that just like a tablet or smartphone, you’ll be able to use touch mechanics as one form of input.

The above is probably one of the main reasons why this is the most expensive portable HDMI monitor on our list. That said, the reviews that the 1303i has combined with its excellent functionality and the wide range of devices it’s compatible with, really does make it well worth that price. You’ll not even need to worry about installing drivers as the 1303i is fully plug & play.

Pros

  • check10-Point multi-touch touchscreen
  • checkCompatible with many devices
  • checkPlug & play

Cons

  • cross-altBit pricey

Specs

  • Resolution 1920 x 1080
  • Screen size 13.3”
  • HDMI Yes
  • USB Yes
3

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

From one end of the price scale with the GeChic 1303i being our ‘Premium Choice’ comes our ‘Budget Choice’ in the AOC e1659Fwu 16-Inch Portable Computer Monitor. AOC has been making a bit of a name for themselves by bringing good quality monitors and portable monitors into the market that are of very good value and this is yet another in their range that follows suit.

Of course, for that price, you should not be expecting anything groundbreaking and should just accept that this is a good budget choice if you’re somebody that travels a lot that would be able to take advantage of being able to hook up a second monitor to a laptop that’s powered by Windows or Mac.

For the money, you’ll be getting a resolution of 1366 x 768 on a lightweight & streamlined portable monitor that weighs just 2.4 pounds and measures 22.86mm in thickness. The screen size is decent at 15.6 “ and the panel used is the cost-effective Twisted Nematic otherwise known as TM, which is found in many portable monitors.

One nice surprise is that it uses USB 3.0 which is not something that is common in a monitor that’s usually found in this price range. This will ensure that the monitor is able to get all of its power from the device that it’s connected to as well as it’s signal. Just one cable is needed which really aids the portability of the monitor as you can imagine.

While the AOC e1659Fwu might not come with the bells and whistles of some of the more premium models, it serves its primary purpose more than adequately and is covered by a solid three-year warranty.

Pros

  • checkPowered by USB 3.0
  • checkStreamlined design
  • checkVery affordable

Cons

  • cross-altColors a little inaccurate

Specs

  • Resolution 1366 x 768
  • Screen size 15.6in
  • HDMI No
  • USB Yes
4

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you’re like us, you’ll really admire the sleek, slender, and fantastically designed portable USB monitors that Asus are renowned for. They have a strong focus on the portable aspects of their monitors as you would have seen from our first monitor on this list and with this ZenScreen MB16AC 15.6” HD Portable Monitor, it’s seen at an even greater level.

It’s thinner and lighter than its predecessor at 7.62mm and 1.7lb respectively while it also retains its 15.6” full HD 1920 x 1080 resolution IPS paneled screen.  Featuring auto-rotation on the screen which allows you to flip it between portrait and landscape instantly, this really is going to be the perfect companion when working on your travels.

All power and video transmission are received via a USB connection between the monitor and the laptop or computer it’s being used on and via an adapter, you’re able to choose between a Type-C or Type-A USB connection.

The Asus ZenScreen MB16AC ditches using the cheaper TN panel screen and instead uses the more expensive IPS panel which offers better color and viewing angles. That combined with the implemented Asus Eye Care technology and a crisp full high definition resolution ensures that the quality of the picture is very high.

The MB169B+ and this MB16AC are very similar in many respects but this just about edges out the former albeit at a bit extra in cost. Either would be suitable for most of you but if you have a few more dollars to spend, this is certainly worth taking a look at.

Pros

  • checkWell designed
  • checkExtremely lightweight & slender
  • checkAuto-rotation feature

Cons

  • cross-altCould be a little brighter

Specs

  • Resolution 1920 x 1080
  • Screen size 15.6”
  • HDMI Yes or No
  • USB Yes
5

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Now admittedly, we fully expect that most of you’ll be as unfamiliar with Elecrow as we were when we first tested their 13.3” FULL HD Dual HDMI Portable Monitor. However, we also think that you’ll be as equally surprised as we were after purchasing it. Available at an affordable price, you’re actually getting quite an impressive portable monitor that suits both working and gaming.

It’s actually pretty portable too while not being able to compete with some of the more highly priced monitors on our list. Not as thin as others, especially those from Asus, at 15mm, this is still a very portable monitor that can be packed away and carried with ease the next time that you’re traveling.

What we really like is the fact that you’re getting an IPS paneled portable monitor at such great value. Throw in the fact that it has a full 1080p HD resolution and you’re getting some real bang for the buck with this 13.3” portable external monitor. That IPS screen allows for improved coloring and viewing angles that you’d normally get from a monitor in this price range.

As for connectivity, this is done via HDMI but you will need to use either the packed 5V/2A power adapter or a USB cable to power the portable monitor. This really is the only drawback as you’ll need two cables for this monitor to work compared to just the one for many others on our list. That said, what’s an extra cable between friends – especially at this price? You do have two HDMI ports which do go some way to make up for this as you can have two devices connected to it at once.

Another big positive though is that this monitor is compatible games consoles, laptops, computers, and many other types of devices. Want quality at a budget price, you really do not have to look much further than this solid portable HDMI monitor.

Pros

  • check1-Year warranty
  • checkCompatible with a range of devices
  • checkTwo HDMI ports

Cons

  • cross-altNeeds two cables to use

Specs

  • Resolution 1920 x 1080
  • Screen size 13.3”
  • HDMI Yes
  • USB Yes
6

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another great little option for you to consider is that of the UPERFECT 12.3” a small but highly portable touch screen monitor. This IPS-paneled monitor provides a good resolution of 1600 x 1200, aspect ratio of 4:3, and a contrast of 700:1 that will look great no matter which of the compatible devices that you choose to use it with.

One area where the UPERFECT really does stand out is through the many connectivity options that you have. You have ports for USB, HDMI, DVI, VGA, and also in and out audio ports. This is great if you wanted to use it in a more extensive setup or have a variety of devices with different connections that you wanted to use the monitor on.

On top of that, you, of course, have to factor in that the UPERFECT is a touchscreen monitor too. This means that whether you want to enjoy gaming on a console, use it as part of a Raspberry Pi setup, or for some standard office work on your computer, you’re going to be able to make use of touch controls to make your desired use that so much more efficient.

With the monitor, you’re shipped a HDMI cable, monitor stand, DC power cable, USB power cable, and of course, a handy manual that will take you through everything that you need to know about the monitor and what it can. If your budget is on the small size but you really need a value for money portable monitor, we’ve no problems recommending this one to you.

Pros

  • checkExcellent connectivity
  • checkAffordable price
  • checkTouch screen capability

Cons

  • cross-altNot full high definition

Specs

  • Resolution 1600 x 1200
  • Screen size 12.3”
  • HDMI Yes
  • USB Yes
7

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Designed for those of you that like your gaming to be more mobile, the Eviciv 10.8” Full HD Portable Gaming Monitor might be just what you’ve been looking for. Able to easily fit into a tablet pocket in a bag or case due to its size of 10.8 inches and a thickness of 8mm, this monitor can be packed away within seconds and will give you a high-quality high definition image of 1920 x 1080 whenever the need arises.

Plug & play so no drivers needed, this portable gaming monitor can be plugged into most gaming consoles including the PS2, PS3, PS4, Xbox 360, Xbox One, and Nintendo Switch. Alternatively, this portable HDMI monitor is also able to be connected to laptops, and computers.

An IPS panel is what provides you with the high definition output and this will give you improved viewing angles, quality coloring, and 1000:1 contrast ratio. As for the ports on this bad boy, there is a type-c USB port for the power, two HDMI ports that’ll allow you to connect two consoles at once, and an audio out port.

Once delivered, your package will contain the monitor, a mini HDMI cable, a type-c power cable, and a 5V/2A adapter which plugs into your power socket. You’ll also be happy to hear that you’re given a lifetime warranty with this product – that alone should give you some peace of mind with regards to the quality.

Pros

  • checkLifetime warranty
  • checkCompatible with many devices
  • checkUSB Powered

Cons

  • cross-altA little small for gaming

Specs

  • Resolution 1920 x 1080
  • Screen size 10.8”
  • HDMI Yes
  • USB Yes
8

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

WIMAXIT is another brand that will not be recognizable for many of you in the same way that it wasn’t for us but we have to say that we’ve been very impressed with it in pretty much all areas. It’s lightweight, has a nice and portable screen size of 15.6”, a 1920 x 1080 full definition IPS-paneled screen, and it is a touch screen monitor to boot.

Another key selling point is that while you have plenty of different setup configurations available to you if you like to work light when on your travels, you could just opt to use a single USB cable to both power and connect the device to your laptop. Sure, if you wanted to plug any HDMI sources into it, you have that option but it’s the flexibility that we love.

Functionality does not end there with the Wixamit either, as you can connect anything from computers, consoles, and even mobile devices such as tablets and smartphones to this portable monitor. Want to enjoy some remote gaming, you can, want to be able to work more efficiently and with less cabling, you can.

Summing up, this is a great portable monitor if you plan to use it in a variety of different ways. If you wanted a monitor aimed primarily at gaming or working there might be others out there that suit you better. However, this will cover all bases extremely well which when combined with its portability, a 1-year manufacturer’s warranty, and a crisp and clear high definition picture, makes this a very interesting portable monitor for you to consider.

Pros

  • checkFull touch screen capabilities
  • check1-Year warranty
  • checkTwo HDMI ports

Cons

  • cross-altA bit on the pricey side

Specs

  • Resolution 1920 x 1080
  • Screen size 15.6”
  • HDMI Yes
  • USB Yes
9

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The G-Story 17.3” HDR 1080p Portable Gaming Monitor is our ‘Editor’s Choice’ and while it has been designed with a big focus on gamers, we think that it’ll also standout for many of you that’s looking for a monitor for your mobile office as well. This is because it’s still lightweight, thin, and portable while offering you all the additional benefits in terms of clarity, picture, and resolution that the gamers will be enjoying.

For the gamers among you, features including AMD Radeon’s FreeSync which improves gaming performance, a 120Hz refresh rate, the 1ms response rate, and a special FPS/FTS game plus function are going to be what appeals to you over anything else. This has been designed specifically for gaming and whether you want it connected to a PC, laptop, or console, your experience is going to be in ultra-high quality.

You’re not confined to using this excellent monitor with computers or consoles either as tablets and smartphones can also connect using one of the dual HDMI ports.

Pros

  • checkIdeal for gaming
  • checkHDR (high dynamic range)
  • checkRemote control

Cons

  • cross-altCan’t put too much pressure on it

Specs

  • Resolution 1920 x 1080
  • Screen size 17.3”
  • HDMI Yes
  • USB Yes
10

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Up there with some of the more upmarket and high-end portable monitors on our list is the Eleduino 15.6” Full HD Touchscreen Monitor. This will give you a 1920 x 1080 resolution IPS-paneled screen, multiple connectivity options, touchscreen capabilities, and the ability to connect to a multitude of devices.

The first thing you’ll notice when you unpack this beauty is just that, its beauty. It has a sleek design, is only 9.5mm thick, and has a lightweight but solid bezel made from aviation aluminum. This means that whiles it small and compact enough to be highly mobile, it’s also made from strong stuff which makes it highly durable as well.

Another little bonus is that along with the many cables shipped with this portable monitor (2 x USB, 1 x HDMI to Mini HDMI, and OTG cable), you’re also given a cover that also acts as a handy stand for the monitor.

Whether you want to connect to a PC, laptop, games console, or smartphone, we’re pretty sure that this portable monitor from Elduino is going to have you covered. It might be a little pricier compared to some on this list but it’s hard to argue the fact that this is a quality monitor.

Pros

  • check10-Point multi-touch touchscreen
  • checkStylish and durable design
  • checkCover/stand included

Cons

  • cross-altPricey

Specs

  • Resolution 1920 x 1080
  • Screen size 15.6”
  • HDMI Yes
  • USB Yes
11

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Rocking up us the penultimate selection on our list is the excellent UPERFECT 10.1” 2K HDMI Portable Gaming Monitor. This is the only portable monitor on our list with a staggering 2560 x 1600 IPS display and this is what makes it so good to be used for gaming. Whether you own a PlayStation, Xbox, or Nintendo Switch, your gaming experience is not going to get as good as this from a portable monitor.

Powered by USB, this portable monitor has an ultra-slim design which allows it to have a thickness of 9.9mm and a weight of just 0.72lbs. This makes carrying it around extremely easy as it can simply slot into any tablet pocket in a bag or carry case. The price of this monitor is another big selling point as for the money, you’re not going to be able to find anything that matches it in terms of picture quality, resolution, and functionality.

Shipping with this UPERFECT monitor is a mini-HDMI cable, micro USB power cable, a power adapter, monitor stand, and a manual that will teach you how to set it all up and operate it. A 1-year warranty is also in place from the manufacturer and that combined with the many good reviews that we’ve read would indicate that this is a product that has a good build quality.

While mainly aimed at you gamers out there, this portable monitor can be used for other purposes too. It can be hooked up to Windows, Mac, and Linux computers without problem or you could even use it as a UAV monitor if you’re into your drones.

Pros

  • check1-Year warranty
  • check2k Resolution
  • checkIdeal for mobile gaming

Cons

  • cross-altA little small

Specs

  • Resolution 2560 x 1600
  • Screen size 10.1”
  • HDMI Yes
  • USB Yes
12

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Last but not least on our list of the best portable monitors in 2019 is that of the TOGUARD 10.1” HD Portable Touchscreen Monitor. Ideal for use as a second screen on your computer or laptop, or as an indoor monitor for a CCTV system, this touchscreen monitor will be able to deliver the sharp and colorful picture that only an IPS paneled screen can.

You also have to consider the affordable price with this portable monitor as it goes for quite a bit less than some of the more high-end options out there. The resolution is not full HD but it is still high definition at 1280 x 800 and that will be more than enough for what most of you will be using it for. In fact, you’ll be surprised at just how good the picture is considering the size of the screen.

One drawback is that you’ll have to use a separate power cable as well as a cable to connect the portable monitor to the device of your choosing. This is only a small issue and will only affect those of you that do a lot of traveling and would rather use fewer cables for your office setup. It does offer plenty of connectivity options though as you can connect via HDMI, AV, VGA, or BNC.

It should be noted that the touch screen capabilities of this monitor only stretch to being used on laptops or desktop computers that have installed the driver that is shipped as part of the package. When connected to other devices, the touch screen will not be functional.

Pros

  • checkRange of connectivity options
  • checkAffordably priced
  • checkTouchscreen

Cons

  • cross-altNeeds separate power cable

Specs

  • Resolution 1280 x 800
  • Screen size 10.1”
  • HDMI Yes
  • USB Yes

BUYING GUIDE & FAQ’S

What are Portable Monitors Used For?

For most of you that work at home or the office, a lot of the time a single monitor is not enough and you’ll have an external monitor or two set up. This is to allow you to extend your desktop and have more screens to display what you want to see rather than being confined to a single screen with tabs.

Portable monitors are just that, more portable monitors – they’re monitors that you can pick up, pack easily, and take with you on your travels. Whether you travel a lot for work and want to have a multi-monitor setup for your laptop, or want to enjoy some gaming when on your vacation, a portable monitor is going to be of great help to you.

Traditional monitors are much bigger, are not really designed to be carried around, and will usually require an external power source, something that most portable monitors do not need as they get their power via a USB connection into the device they’re used on.

What Types of Portable Monitors are Available?

No portable monitor is the same as another and your choice is going to come down to what type you’re going to need. Do you want a type of portable monitor that is a certain size, weight, or thickness? How about one that has touchscreen capabilities? Perhaps the resolution or type of screen is an important factor for you?

All of the above and more will have to be considered, which is why our buying guide and review was written in the first place – so that you can find all of that information and more without lifting too many of your own fingers.

  • Types by Resolution

As most of you’ll know, screens come in different resolutions with the higher these resolutions comes to a sharper and clearing picture on the screen. This might not be overly important to you if you’re just going to be using the monitors for work but if you want to watch movies or play games, you’re going to want the highest resolution you can possibly get.

  • Types by Screen Size

You’ll be able to find portable monitors that range from as small as 10/1” to as large as 17.3% on our list and generally speaking, these should offer you more than enough without affecting their portability and functionality too much. Normal monitors will be bigger but these are not designed to be carried with you on your travels.

  • Types by Screen Types

Portable monitors can also be categorized in terms of the panels that they’re using. There are a number of different panel types that are used in LCD monitors with the most common being Twisted Nematic (TN), In-Plane Switching (IPS), and Vertical Alignment (VA).

Each of these will have their own benefits and without going into much detail, TN are the cheapest and best for gaming, IPS have better viewing angles and colors, and VA has better contrast and image depth. So, with that in mind, if you’re going to be making presentations you might want the better viewing angles of IPS or if some gaming is going to be your main use for a portable monitor, TN might be the best option.

  • Touchscreen

If you prefer to have touchscreen capabilities on your portable monitor, you’ll be happy to hear that there are plenty of them out there for you to choose from. These will give you the ability to operate your computer or device through touch rather than through other input devices. Many of these monitors will provide 10-point touch capabilities which mean you’ll be able to use all the same tapping, swiping, and all the other commands that you can do on your tablets and smartphones.

What to Look for When Buying a Portable Monitor for Your Laptop or Computer?

The first thing to consider is exactly what it is that you’re going to be doing on your laptop or computer. If you’re simply working, you’re going to be more interested in its portability, connectivity options, and durability. On the other hand, if you want a high resolution to play games or watch movies, this is going to be high on your priority list.

Something else you’ll want to consider for a portable monitor for your laptop or computer is whether or not it’ll actually run on your operating system. Not all monitors are designed to work on all systems, so always make sure your one will be compatible before buying.

What to Look for When Buying a Portable Gaming Monitor?

If you’re buying a portable monitor specifically for gaming, the first thing you should be looking for is a high resolution. You’ll want at least full HD 1080p but if you can find a monitor that fits your budget with even higher, even better!

As well as the resolution, you’ll also want a portable monitor for gaming that gives you plenty of connectivity options. HDMI will be a must for any consoles and computers but you’ll also want to be able to plug in external speakers as most portable monitor built-in speakers suck a bit in this regard. If it’s mobile games you want to play, you’ll need to make sure that you can connect your monitor to your tablet or smartphone.

After that, your considerations will come down to what else you want. Do you want as large a screen as possible? How about the type of paneling used for that screen? You might even want a monitor that only requires one cable to operate.

Conclusion

So, did you find a monitor among that lot that you think could be a perfect fit for what you need?

If yes, great, if no, go back and look again as we’re sure you missed it. Jokes aside, we’re pretty confident that we have provided an extensive list that offers plenty of variety in terms of what you might need or the budget that you might have. Whether you’re looking for the best portable monitor for a laptop or for your consoles, tablets, or smartphones, any of the above will be worth consideration.

Just be sure to know what it is that you’re going to need from your monitor and what you’re going to be using it for before ultimately making a decision.

Best 11 Whole House Humidifiers

BEST WHOLE HOUSE HUMIDIFIERS

1

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

To start things off we’re going to talk about the Aircare MA1201 Evaporative Humidifier, a portable humidifier that can run for up to 36 hours before it needs refilling, has a tank capacity of 3.6 gallons, and has a coverage area of 3,600sq.ft. The latter is especially impressive considering its price in comparison with other humidifiers.

Aircare actually has a wide range of whole house humidifiers and they’re recognized as being one of the more popular manufacturers around at the moment. We have featured a number of their humidifiers on our list simply because in general, their products work well, are easy to maintain, and have better energy-efficiency compared to many other brands.

This humidifier runs on a voltage of 120v and its humidistat will instantly detect when the humidity levels in your home are lower than what is considered to be ideal. When needed, your humidifier will turn on and operate until those humidity levels have reached when the desired levels have been reached. The only other occasion this unit will switch off is when the unit has no more water and needs refilling.

Light and mobile due to casters on the bottom, the Aircare MA1201 comes with 4 fan speeds, an easy to read digital display that will keep you informed of current humidity levels and will also remind you when you need to refill the water or check the filter.

Pros

  • checkCaster wheels aid mobility
  • checkGood for whole home or larger spaces
  • checkCustomizable humidity settings

Cons

  • cross-altA little noisy

Specs

  • Type Evaporative
  • Dimensions 20.5in x 21.5in x 14.5in
  • Voltage 120v
  • Reach 3,600sq. ft
2

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Next up we have another from Aircare – we did warn you that there’d be a few! This one is the elegant and stylish looking Aircare EP9 800 Digital Whole House Evaporative Humidifier. There are some differences between this and the last humidifier and no, not just by how they look. This one is not designed to be overly portable, it will offer coverage of 2,400sq. ft, and will run for as long as 60 hours for starters.

It’s also a little more expensive but that is probably more down to its stylish design and the many additional features that it has. Designed to be placed in a room and left, rather than being moved around when you see fit, the design of it would make it look appealing no matter your homes décor. It can even double as a small table or bedside cabinet.

Like the previous Aircare MA1201, this has a 3.5-gallon water capacity but instead of being able to run for up to 36 hours, the EP9 800 can give you up to 60 hours continuous running when needed. Another area where it’s slightly improved is that it has 9-fan speeds instead of three but other than that, it pretty much has the same features.

A digital display will allow you to either manually control the humidifier or customize your preferred settings for it to run automatically. Here you’ll also be able to see the current humidity and temperature in your home. The different fans speed really do help to increase the speed at which you can increase humidity levels in your home.

Pros

  • checkRuns for 60hrs consecutively
  • checkStylish design
  • check9-Fan speeds

Cons

  • cross-altExpensive for coverage area

Specs

  • Type Evaporative
  • Dimensions 18in x 18in x 18in
  • Voltage 120v
  • Reach 2,400sq. ft
3

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Honeywell is another well-known manufacturer of whole house humidifier and their He120A is the most expensive on our list so far. This is not by too much however, which considering drum bypass-type humidifiers are renowned for being the most expensive type, this is actually quite a good sign. As you’ll see later, drum humidifiers can sometimes cost as much as four times this unit.

Like other drum humidifiers, this works by being mounted on your furnace and works alongside it to keep your homes humidity levels in check. Installation is not as complicated as you might think and an installation kit is shipped along with it to ensure that you know what you need to do.

Ideal for small to medium sized homes and rooms, the HE120A the humidifier comes with a humidistat which is what you’re going to use to control it. It does not have as many features as other drum humidifiers but we feel that this is reflected in the price. All said and done, this is an excellent cheap Honeywell whole house humidifier that will do a solid job of keeping your home at the required humidity levels.

Pros

  • checkCheap for a drum humidifier
  • checkInstallation is not so tricky
  • checkNo drain needed

Cons

  • cross-altConfusing wiring

Specs

  • Type Bypass
  • Dimensions 12.5in x 10.94in x 9.125in
  • Voltage 120v
  • Reach 4,000sq. ft
4

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you’re not in the market for a drum humidifier and would rather have something that’s far more portable or you simply don’t have the correct heating system to accommodate one, the Aircare EA1208 Evaporative Whole House Humidifier.

What we like about this humidifier and Aircare humidifiers, in general, is that they really focus on the aesthetic nature of their products almost as much as they do on the quality humidified air that they produce. This looks like an espresso machine which means it’d look fantastic sat in your kitchen or bedroom.

As for the technical stuff, this evaporative humidifier is able to cover a good 2,400 square feet, it holds 3.5 gallons of water, and can run for up to 45 hours before it needs to be refilled. To do the latter, all you need to do is open the pour-in cap on the front of the humidifier and start pouring in your water. If you’re unsure on when it needs a refill – not to worry as the innovative digital touch screen display will be sure to let you know. It’ll also let you know when it’s about time to check and change the filter.

Using that touch screen, you’ll also be able to check the temperature and humidity in the room and fine-tune your own customized settings and when to shut it off. This will allow it to work automatically if you decide you’d rather not have to turn it on and off manually.

Summing up, if you wanted a stylish humidifier on wheels that if highly effective at bringing your homes humidity levels to where they need to be, the Aircare EA1208, like many Aircare humidifiers is well worth checking out.

Pros

  • checkTouchscreen display
  • checkEasy to fill
  • checkRuns for up to 45 hours

Cons

  • cross-altCan be a little loud

Specs

  • Type Evaporative
  • Dimensions 19in x 21.5in x 18.5in
  • Voltage 120v
  • Reach 2,400sq. ft
5

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The first of a couple of Aprilaire whole house humidifiers that feature in our list of the best 11, is that of the Aprilaire 500. A bypass drum humidifier, this works in tandem with your furnace and heating ducts to send humidity throughout your entire home. With coverage of 3,000 square foot, this will be more than enough to be sufficient for a small to medium sized home.

Control of this humidifying system can either be done manually or via a convenient digital control screen. If you wanted to set up some customized humidification settings and let it run on autopilot you can do so easily. You can also set when you whether you ever want it to run when your furnace is running or even when it’s not. Additionally, you’ll be warned whenever you might need to change out the water panel when the system is in need of a service and the current humidity percentage.

As well as all the splendid functions and the obvious quality in performance, we also have to say that we find the design to be pretty attractive too. Sure, this is not going to be the biggest priority when choosing a drum humidifier but some of them do look a little on the ugly side. This is well-designed and at least it looks and feels sturdy.

As for the price, we think it’s about right. It’s a little more than some but a little less than others. When you consider the benefits of whole house humidifiers on the whole, especially health benefits, the price is actually tiny.

Pros

  • checkMinimum maintenance required
  • checkEvaporation capacity of 0.50 gallons per hour
  • checkAutomatically delivers optimum humidity

Cons

  • cross-altNot as noiseless as claimed

Specs

  • Type Bypass/Drum
  • Dimensions 16in x 10in x 13in
  • Voltage 120v
  • Reach 3,000sq. ft
6

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

You just have to love the designs of some of these portable Aircare whole house evaporative humidifiers. The Aircare H12-400HB has been designed with an oak finish which will alow out to fit right in if you have similar oak furnisher in your home. We find it refreshing that they factor in the look of their units while other brands are quite happy to have their humidifiers looking bland and unattractive.

As for how it performs, the Aircare H12-400Hb will give you humidifying coverage of around 3,700 square foot. That is good for a small home and perhaps even a medium sized home at a push. It will run for a good 45-hours and will be able to provide an output capacity of 12 gallons per day.

We found it to work efficiently well to keep humidity levels up to speed and that was even when using just the lowest of the four-speed setting on the fan. Of course, the faster the fan, the quicker your desired humidity levels will be reached and this can all be changed up via the digital display.

When it comes to refilling this attractive humidifier, this can be done easily via an included hose in your nearest sink. This is not the most ideal method for refilling which is a slight negative but for the money, the look, the performance, and the fact that this is a wheeled-humidifier that can be pushed around easily, we’re willing to ignore it.

Pros

  • check2-Year warranty
  • checkNice design
  • checkAffordably priced

Cons

  • cross-altRequires two filters

Specs

  • Type Evaporative
  • Dimensions 13.8in x 23.5in x 21.8in
  • Voltage 120v
  • Reach 3,700sq. ft
7

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Aircare is back with yet another of their highly stylish but incredibly effective portable whole house evaporative humidifiers and this one has been given a beautiful brushed nickel finish to go along with the excellent benefits that it will bring to your health.

The Aircare 4DTS900 is one of their more expensive models but this is likely to be because of the 5.7 gallons of water it can hold, its runtime of up to 48 hours, and the 9-speed fan that you can use to determine the speed at which your home gets humidified. Coverage of 3,600 square feet means that it can output more than enough humidity to keep a small home well humidified and with durable casters, mobility is never going to be an issue.

Like the other Aircare humidifiers, you’re able to control the settings via a touchscreen. You can decide to set your own custom humidity levels or let it automatically decide for you, tell it when to automatically shut off, and you’ll also receive important notifications such as when it needs to be refilled with water.

You have to hand it to Aircare, they really know how to develop high-quality whole home humidifiers that not only perform great but look the part as well.

Pros

  • checkBuilt in the USA
  • checkEnergy efficient
  • checkRuns for 48 hours

Cons

  • cross-altCan be noisy

Specs

  • Type Evaporative
  • Dimensions 13.2in x 27in x 21.5in
  • Voltage 240w
  • Reach 3,600sq. ft
8

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

if you have a large home that needs to be humidified, you’re not going to find much better than the Aprilaire 800 Whole House Steam Humidifier. As the only steam humidifier on our list, and also the most expensive of all of the humidifiers, it stands to reason that this should have the best coverage. With 6,200 square feet of coverage, it certainly does manage that.

Particularly effective in homes that are in a dry desert climate, this humidifier will be able to add as much as 34.6 gallons of humidity to the air in your home on a daily basis.

Simple to install and use, this humidifier and its humidistat will monitor the levels of humidity in your home and automatically take action to bring them to the required levels. Unlike drum humidifiers, this steam humidifier will function independently from your homes HVAC system. It still connects to your ductwork and works by simply injecting steamed air into your ducts when required.

Other benefits to using this humidifier over any other are the fact that it’s easy to maintain – all you need to do Is replace the steam canister when needed. As its primarily automatic, operating it easy too although you could opt to operate it manually if you so choose.

All said and done, while this is a very expensive whole house humidifier, in terms of pure performance and coverage, there are not many others that can come close.

Pros

  • checkEasy to install and maintain
  • checkHuge coverage
  • checkOperates automatically

Cons

  • cross-altNot needed by everyone

Specs

  • Type Steam
  • Dimensions 21in x 11in x 8in
  • Voltage 240w
  • Reach 6,200sq. ft
9

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

You’d be forgiven for thinking we work for Aircare in some capacity considering how many of their whole house humidifiers are on our list but truthfully, they’re just up there with the best in the business. The Aircare 696 400HB is another good example as it once again provides a good combination of performance and design.

Providing a solid coverage of up to 3,600 square feet, a small to medium-sized home will have no trouble achieving its desired humidity. Its smart design means that you don’t have to have another ugly appliance in your home as it would not look out of place due to its classy finish. In fact, it would go well in just about any room in the house.

This humidifier can hold up to 5.4 gallons of water and when it comes to refilling, you’ll be notified by a refill light on the humidistat. There’s a hose provided with this humidifier so that you’ll be able to fill it back up a little easier. The digital display will keep you informed of current humidity and temperature levels and when you need to swap something out like a filter.

All in all, a great humidifier, as per usual from Aircare and the cherry on top is the fact that you get a 2-year warranty with your purchase.

Pros

  • checkAttractive design
  • checkHidden casters
  • checkDigital display

Cons

  • cross-altLouder than most

Specs

  • Type Evaporative
  • Dimensions 15.5in x 28.2in x 23.8in
  • Voltage 240w
  • Reach 3,600sq. ft
10

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We started our list with an Aircare, scattered a bunch more of them throughout the middle, and now we’re going to spoil the trend by not finishing with an Aircare and instead of having it as our penultimate humidifier. The Aircare H12600 Whole House Evaporative Humidifier is one of the cheapest in their range but this does not seem to be at much expense when it comes to quality.

Once again, this humidifier has a stylish look to it and it would certainly compliment many a home’s décors. It’s also fairly lightweight and mobile and the dimensions are slightly smaller than some of their other models. Despite that, in terms of specifications, it’s pretty much on a par with most of them. It has good coverage of around 3,700 square feet and that should be enough to keep a small home well humidified.

Its daily output is a little lower at 11.9 gallons but this is not by much while a 5.4-gallon reservoir will keep you going for a good length of time. All of the controls for this Aircare can be found hidden behind a panel on the top and this will allow you to set customizable settings or simply operate it manually.

Cleaning this particular humidifier is very easy as well as you simply lift off the power unit from the top of the humidifier so that you can get cleaning in a safe manner. Last but not least is the fact that you can choose between four different fans speeds to increase the speed at which your room or home becomes humidified.

Pros

  • check2-Year warranty
  • checkNicely designed
  • checkEasy to clean

Cons

  • cross-altFilling it’s not that easy

Specs

  • Type Evaporative
  • Dimensions 13.8in x 21.8in x 23.5in
  • Voltage 240w
  • Reach 3,700sq. ft
11

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Drum whole house humidifiers are renowned for being a little tricky to install in general, and most of the time you’ll probably need to call in a professional. With the Honeywell HE280A however, the installation kit provided ensures that you’re given clear instructions on how to do it yourself. In fact, as long as your furnace and cooling systems are compatible, you’ll have yours set up within 3-hours.

Once you’re done, you’ll be able to enjoy the 3,000 square foot of humidity coverage throughout your home as it’s sent through your air ducts all over your property. Within just six hours of your first use, Honeywell claims that you’ll immediately see an increase in your humidity levels of up to 25%.

Through the humidistat, your drum humidifier will now automatically monitor and control your homes humidity levels – as much as you let it anyhow. You can set it to your very own customized preferences, tell it to shut off once it gets to a predefined level, and even to operate when your furnace is not turned on.

We really like this drum humidifier especially at its price and while we recommend you still check out other options, you’re not going to be going very wrong by choosing this one.

Pros

  • checkLow maintenance
  • checkEasy to use
  • check16-Gallons of moisture Daily

Cons

  • cross-altNot the most environmentally friendly

Specs

  • Type Bypass
  • Dimensions 22.9in x 19.8in x 1.7in
  • Voltage 120v
  • Reach 3,000sq. ft

BUYING GUIDE & FAQ’S

How to Pick the Best Whole House Humidifier and What to Look For?

When picking the best whole house humidifier for your home, it’s not just a case of picking one that looks nice and is a decent price, there is so much more to consider. There are some that do look great however but looks are never everything.

You’ll have to consider the following and more before you decide which is going to be the best fit for you and your home:

  • The Type of Humidifier

The first consideration is to decide what type of whole house humidifier you want and whether they will suit the size of your home and the HVAC system that you already have installed.

We’ll talk about the different whole house humidifier types in more detail in the next section but to give you an idea, you’ll have to choose between a bypass humidifier, steam humidifier, or an evaporative humidifier.

  • The Coverage Area

When looking for a humidifier, one of the most important things to consider is the coverage area that it’s suitable or most optimal for. If you get one that is is for a coverage area that is either greater or smaller than your home, you’re not going to be getting the right humidity levels.

To expand further, if the coverage area if far greater than the size of your home, you’re going to be paying out a lot more in bills as the greater the coverage area, the greater the energy that is used. Another issue is that your home is likely to be far too humid which can then lead to issues such as mold in your home.

  • Maximum Daily Output

You’ll also have to consider just how much the maximum output is for any humidifier that you’re looking at. Again, this is a balancing act as you’re going to want to make sure that it matches your daily needs. Too much and you risk mold, not enough and your home is likely to feel dry rather than humidified.

  • The Humidifiers Dimensions

Will the whole home humidifier fit in your basement? Is it small enough and easy enough to move around? Will your furnace be able to take the extra weight? The size and weight should always be considered, especially because a number of humidifiers will need to be connected to your home HVAC system.

  • Compatibility

Another vital consideration is to make sure that your home and heating system is even compatible with the air humidifier that you’re considering. You have to remember that all humidifiers apart from portable types, will not be able to work in your home if you have central heating instead of forced air heating.

Even if you do use air ducts there is still no guarantee that the humidifier is going to work with it. You need to make absolutely sure that your heating system will be compatible with your whole house humidifier and vice versa.

As well as all of the above, other considerations will include the warranty that you’ll be given and any other additional features that the whole house humidifier might have. The latter could include being able to be programmed rather than operated manually all the time or a display that is particularly easy-to-read.

What Types of Whole Home Humidifiers are Available?

As we touched upon in the last question, there are several different types of whole house humidifiers and each will have their own advantages and disadvantages to one another. Take a look at the three main types and learn what sized homes they are suitable for and whether they can operate on their own or need to use your home’s furnace and ductwork.

  • Evaporative

The most common type of whole-home humidifiers is that of the evaporative type. These can either be portable humidifiers that can be moved from room to room or they can be connected to your HVAC system so that the heat generated already has extra humidity added to it.

These are usually best suited to smaller homes and rooms but as mentioned, if you have a portable one, you can run them in a number of rooms as they are easily moved. They work by sending air either by a fan or via your heating system through a saturated wick filter.

Steam humidifiers are probably the best type of whole-home humidifier but they do not come cheap usually. These work in tandem with your furnace to keep the humidity levels in your home at the right amount. The steam humidifier will be notified by a humidistat whenever the humidity levels are too low and the humidifier will instantly start heating water which is then turned into steam and pumped into your home via your ductwork.

This will happen whether or not your furnace is on or off but it will adjust the amount of humidity it generates if the furnace is already on. These are ideal for larger homes and spaces but do cost a lot.

  • Bypass/Drum

Another type of home humidifier is that of the bypass humidifier which is also called a drum-style humidifier. These are heavily reliant on your furnace and will probably require some additional ductwork to get it set up correctly. This can mean that these are a little too complicated on occasions and are therefore better suited to homes that already have the necessary ductwork in place.

They actually work by having the heating and cooling system in your home blow through their saturated pad which adds moisture to the air in your home.

What are the Costs Involved Running Whole Home Humidifiers?

As with any home appliance, how much it costs will depend on how much electricity it uses on a monthly basis. Well, a whole house humidifier will only use as much electricity as is needed to keep your home humidified. This will then also depend on the size of your home as the larger the space that needs to be humidified, the longer your humidifier will have to be running.

You also have to understand your particular model and the type of humidifier it is. They will all use different amounts of electricity. The differing weather conditions will also further show that the costs involved when running a whole home humidifier will vary from household to household. That said, from our own research across homes of various sizes using various systems, monthly costs should range between $20 – $50.

However, you have to offset that with the savings you’ll also be making. Humidified air holds heat better which means during the colder months, you’ll be able to turn down the heat in your homes a few notches. This will save you energy and thus money.

How to Install Whole House Humidifier?

Due to there being different types of whole house humidifiers, the installation for each type is going to be very different. If you’re opting for a portable humidifier, as you can imagine, you’ll be able to set this up easily yourself – after all, you’re only going to have to move it to a room and plug it in.

On the other hand, if your humidifier is going to be used in conjunction with and connected to your homes heating system, the installation process is going to be far more complicated. Not all will be too difficult and you might be able to perform them yourselves but a good portion of them will probably be best left to people that know what they’re doing.

Conclusion

When it comes to the humidity levels in your home, you’ll want to make sure that you get the best possible whole house humidifier possible. We have already mentioned the main reasons why in our introduction but both the health of you and your family as well as the health of your property will be so much better off if those humidity levels are at their optimum.

Whether you wanted to obtain these levels via a portable, drum, or steam humidifier will come down to your own preferences and circumstances but we think we have you covered for all of them on our extensive list of the best 11 whole house humidifiers. Just be sure to understand exactly what you need in terms of coverage, compatibility, and everything else before you make your final decision!

55+ Minimalist Wallets for Men

BEST MINIMALIST WALLETS FOR MEN

1

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’re starting this guide especially strong with a lightweight and compact wallet offering from one of the most highly regarded brands on the market, Bellroy. Known for their acute attention to detail and the heart and soul they pour into the design and construction of their products, it was clear from the moment we clapped eyes on the Micro Sleeve, that we’d feature it. This is perfect if you’re low on cards and like to have some cash money on you when you’re out and about. It’s a cinch to slip bills in and out of this thoughtfully design accessory.

Made from premium quality, environmentally-friendly leather, that has been double tanned following the LWG environmental protocols, it will last a long time and can put your conscience at ease. Externally, it’s got space for 2 to 4 cards, the ones you need quickest access to and then on the inside there’s plenty of room for a generous amount of folded cash and 2 more cards.  No more looking like a fumbling fool while you try to pay for that coffee or beer. More looking like a suave gent who has discerning taste in his he carries his money.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 6
  • Thickness N/A
  • Dimensions 1.7 x 4-inches
2

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Next up, we’ve got the Wally Micro leather wallet from Distil Union, which is reportedly the company’s slickest and most minimalist wallet yet. So, compact it is, in fact, that it can be slipped into even the tightest suit jacket or trouser or pocket or even the breast pocket of a shirt. It really doesn’t matter if you’re looking for a new full-time, always on you kinda wallet or just looking for a smarter, more streamlined partner to your bulky everyday use one, this is a great stripped back wallet to consider. Made using top-grade leather, you know it’s a quality wallet when it’s in your hands.

Opening the smooth to the touch wallet it easy thanks to the inclusion of the pull tab. Once in, you have quick and easy access to as much as 10 cards, without the bulk you may expect from other wallets capable of holding similar or even less. Distil Union are known for their innovative approach to wallet design and that is abundantly clear with the Wally. There’s a sleeve that’s fully compatible with NFC, meaning if you regularly use a contactless or a special entry card for your property or workplace, you can slip it in the sleeve, unless you want to store cash in there. It’s up to you. Either way, we know you’ll be as surprised as we were by the ridiculously slim profile of this product.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 10
  • Thickness N/A
  • Dimensions 2.1 x 0.2 x 3.7-inches
3

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you prefer a more futuristic and modern look, then you may want to consider the Radix One wallet money clip. The aim Radix Products evidently had when designing the Radix One was to give us all the option of switching out those stylish, but bulky trifold and bifold wallets we’ve all used in the past. There’s really no need to carry one of those anymore, if you’ve got less than 10 cards, and with the Radix One you have space for easy-access to anything between 4 and 10 pieces of plastic.

It’s more than just a streamlined wallet though with polycarbonate and silicone components, as there’s space to secure cash on the outside and use it like a handy money clip. Regardless of whether you’re looking to slip it into your jacket pocket, a shirt pocket or even the tightest pocket in your tightest pair of skinny jeans (whether you prefer distressed or ripped, we know you’ve got some), this wallet will always slide in with ease and sit comfortably. It really doesn’t look like much at all, and that’s the real beauty of this wallet – subtle with the storage capacity of larger, heavier options.

Specs

  • Material Polycarbonate, silicone
  • Card capacity 4 to 10
  • Thickness N/A
  • Dimensions 3.5 x 2 x 0.5-inches
4

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Back with leather again and this sexy little wallet from HUSKK. Classically stylish with timeless appeal, flexible and exceptionally durable, this wallet also performs well in the purpose it was designed for. There’s not just space for as many as 10 of your plastic bank and credit cards, but there’s also space for holding cash securely and even an ID card. HUSKK have a reputation for their attention to the finer points in the design of their wallets, and with a pull-tab, this is a suitably practical accessory to have in your pocket.

Yes, it looks great, has adequate storage space, even if you’ve got a wide array of plastic to carry. The thing that really makes this stand-out is the fact that it has RFID tech that prevents identity theft and card cloning from digitally-minded thieves. Wherever you decide to keep it on your person, be warned that it’s so slimline and has such a low profile that you may forget that it wasn’t even there. Until of course, the bill comes and that lunch with your hot date or cheeky little ale you bought needs to be paid.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 10
  • Thickness N/A
  • Dimensions 3.5 x 2.2 x 0.1-inches
5

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Serman Brands is a brand that has very small and humble beginnings, having been established by a father and his oldest son who had the aim of delivering executive-standard accessories to a global audience. Their designs and products are created to improve men and women’s management of time. Using only the best leather, they created this slim, intuitive and very compact wallet that has room to carry all the cards you need when you need them, even though it’s no bigger or thicker than the average smartphone.

As a result, your pocket, whether it’s in your jacket, jeans, slacks or even shorts, does not need to feel heavier or distractingly uncomfortable than it needs to. What’s more, thanks to the inclusion of special RFID-blocking tech, you have the protection you need against the every-growing and commonplace problem of digital fraud and identity theft. It stops your cards being cloned by crafty thieves using scanners while standing next to you or walking past you in crowded public spaces. Did we highlight the fact that it looks great too and is available in six different colors? As such, there’s bound to be one that suits your look and style.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 6 to 8
  • Thickness 0.5-inches
  • Dimensions 4 x 3 x 0.4-inches
6

Back with Bellroy again and this time the Bellroy Low Down minimalist wallet. As is the case with most products made by Bellroy, this wallet has been crafted using top-grain environmentally-certified leather and even comes with a full 3-year guarantee. It’s slim and has a tapered construction that is ideal for the shorter bills you get here in the US compared to other places around the world. You’ll be amazed to realize that the company put this together using just two good pieces of leather.

What it does in a low-key way, it does well. There’s space at the back for your bills to lie flat, safe and secure, while two of your most-used cards can sit in the central and frontal quick-access spots. Any others that you like to carry on your person most of the time, but don’t immediately need access to, can be hidden in the 6 other spots without the need for additional leather layers. That’s what other companies do and that’s why their designs always feel complicated and hard to manage. Due to its shape, it’ll suit you if you’re looking for a simplistic wallet, but one that still offers a full-format.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 2 to 10
  • Thickness N/A
  • Dimensions 3 x 4.3-inches
7

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The M1 Maverick is next in our guide and is a fantastic wallet devised and engineered by Dango Products. It incorporates aerospace-grade anodized 6061 aluminum and high-quality leather to create a wallet that is extremely elegant with an industrial vibe. Stainless-steel mil-spec bolts are utilized to hold the leather and aluminum chassis together. As this is the 4-pocket bifold version there’s room for anything from 14 to 16 credit cards and other plastic, in addition to cash, making it the roomiest in our guide so far.

One of the most striking features of this wallet from Dango Products that sets it apart from others is the 4 loops holes that have been worked into each corner of the metallic chassis. These can be used in whatever way you prefer – for tethers, lanyards or even keys. So, rather than just being the slim profile thing, you use to carry your cash and plastic around in. This wallet can become so much more and is fully adaptable to provide you with the ever-changing functionality that could be different from one day to the next. A winning mixture of high-end materials, ingenious design and perfect execution for a stylish everyday use wallet.

Specs

  • Material Leather, CNC-machined aluminum chassis, stainless-steel bolts
  • Card capacity 16
  • Thickness 0.43-inches
  • Dimensions 3.1 x 4.2-inches
8

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Vaultskin uses the finest Italian leather for its durability and softness to produce a minimalist wallet that is sophisticated and compact, without losing functionality. The RFID-blocking tech incorporated into the insulation of the wallet is something that you’ll notice as very standard in these high-end wallets and it is put to good use here. With space for as many as 9 cards and cash as well, you know you have room for everything you need on the average day. You can go about your business without fear of criminals cloning cards and stealing your identity.

To help you have what you need immediately when you need it, there’s eternal pockets where you can store the cards you use the most. This means you don’t even have to take the wallet out of your pocket to remove the card or even the bills you are intending on using to pay for tat lunchtime burger, coffee or dinner with your significant other. It may not have been made in the Big Apple, but it certainly lives up to the cool of upper Manhattan where it gets its name from.

Specs

  • Material Italian Leather
  • Card capacity 9
  • Thickness N/A
  • Dimensions 4.1 x 0.4 x 3-inches
9

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The second Distil Union minimalist wallet in our guide is this Wally Agent one. Made from durable and robust leather, this has a classic bifold design without all the bulk and weight that often comes with these kinds of cash and card-carrying options. At just 0.3-inches there’s no chance that this will take up too much space in a pocket or bag, even with all 12 spaces for cards used and money too. Like the other Wally wallet, we featured further up the page, this comes with the exclusive and trademarked Pull-Tab that keeps 4 cards securely.

One particularly impressive thing is that, unlike many other minimalist wallets, this has been designed to carry not just US currency, but that from other places too. Also, similarly to the other Wally wallet it benefits from being NFC compatibility. This means that if you’ve got a keyless entry card for your home or work premises or want to use your contactless cards without removing it from the wallet. Additionally, it’s fitted with RFID-Shielding that helps to protect your cards and sensitive financial information from digital thieves looking to clone your cards and steal your identity.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 12
  • Thickness 0.3-inches
  • Dimensions 3.7 x 3.8-inches
10

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another name that’s getting mentioned for a second time here is the leather wallet artisans at HUSSK. Designed exclusively in London, UK like all their wallets, this has been made to last. That’s why they’ve used only the best leather and the designers and individuals working on the wallets have put a lot of hard work, patience and attention to detail into it. Although it’s very sturdy and durable, it has also been built with a degree of flexibility for easy access to your cash and cards. That’s thanks to the elasticated material used to line the wallet.

If we had to pick out 3 words that really drove home what makes this wallet so special those words would be convenient, comfortable and elegant. Between its two roomy pockets, it can hold a maximum of 10 cards and a reasonable amount of money. That’s more than enough for daily use, unless you’re going to Vegas, that is.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 10
  • Thickness 0.1-inches
  • Dimensions 3.4 x 2.2-inches
11

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Ted Baker is obviously a very respected and well-known fashion brand, who make a wide range of different products and garments. This Nach Cardholder from the company takes that cool style and sophistication from their other items and channels it into this company and lightweight cardholder wallet. Made from 100% leather, with high-quality polyester lining, this not just good-looking but designed to be long-lasting too.

The only major downside we’d pick out about this wallet is its size, because it’s only got space for 6 cards. But, for anyone who doesn’t like to carry too much around with them or who doesn’t have too many different accounts, this is a blessing in disguise really. This wallet is perfect for fans of the Ted Baker clothing and accessories range or just high street fashion labels in general.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 6
  • Thickness N/A
  • Dimensions 3 x 4-inches
12

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Minimalism is the name of the game when it comes to the wallets we’ve been looking at and they surely don’t get more minimal than this one. With space for 20 cards, it’s got one of the biggest capacities in our guide, but the most amazing thing is that, compared to other leather card holders and wallets, it’s 2 to 3 times thinner.

As part of being thinner and more minimal than others, it’s also a lot lighter. So, even when you’ve got a wallet full of cards and some cash, the SlimFold will never feel too bulky or too much. Each individual card slot can hold 2 and it accommodates the contents. When you’re just using a slot for a single card, it readjusts its shape and holds it securely.

Specs

  • Material Soft Shell, Mylar
  • Card capacity 20
  • Thickness 0.2-inches
  • Dimensions 5 x 3.5-inches
13

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Known for their hipster and oh-so-very retro backpacks and other accessories, we really felt the need to feature Herschel Supply Co. in our guide, so picked out this Charlie RFID-blocking Cardholder wallet. It has all the good looks of something you’d expect someone to pay for their caramel macchiato with. The breezy cool slimline design and the throw-back tri-colors and heck, even the material all scream love for a bygone age.

It’s true, it doesn’t hold too many cards, but if you’re not big of plastic and just carry the important stuff daily, this is the wallet for you. It even has the RFID-blocking tech that’s becoming commonplace now. One funky little wallet.

Specs

  • Material Polyester
  • Card capacity 8
  • Thickness N/A
  • Dimensions 3 x 4-inches
14

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

It’s fair to say that wallets from Dango Products, like the DO1 Dapper, have unique vibes. Like the other Dango wallet in our list, this is built upon an aerospace-grade aluminum chassis that has been paired with top-notch leather to create a wallet that bridges the gap between form and function, practicality, style and minimalism.

We just love the mix of metal with leather and the fact it comes with that security in the form of RFID-blocking tech. At just 2.4-ounces, it’s hardly a heavyweight wallet and will never feel too big or thick, even when all the business card/credit card slots are full, and it has a wad of cash in it. We’d never thought we’d be speaking about aluminum chassis in reference to wallets, but here we are. It was all Dango Products fault and we love them for it.

Specs

  • Material: Leather, aerospace-grade 6061 CNC-engineered aluminum
  • Card capacity 12
  • Thickness 0.3-inches
  • Dimensions 4 x 1.5-inches
15

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

This Essential slim wallet is a part of Magpul’s DAKA Collection and has been designed to store the cards you really need on a day to day basis. The aim is to make your life simpler, so you can get to the plastic you need quicker. Simply put, the company surmised that most people only really need 3 bills, 3 credit cards and 3 access/ID cards. Although this may not suit everyone, we think it’s a very strong and confident design concept.

The robust and durable wallet has a side pocket with the logo on that can hold a maximum of 4 ID or access cards, while there’s a dual pocket that has space for 4 bills in the pocket at the bottom and 3 credit cards in the top. Simple and quite sexy with it!

Specs

  • Material Reinforced polymer
  • Card capacity 3 to 7
  • Thickness 0.1-inches
  • Dimensions 4.13 x 2.75-inches
16

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

At first glance, we did think the Ekster Parliament slim wallet was a bit odd looking, because of how the card holder section sticks out. However, it has a man about town kinda smartness to it and we really can’t fault its functionality and practicality. The card section is one of the things that we love most about it, because it gives you fast and easy access to the cards you need when you need them.

Another aspect of this wallet that we appreciate is the RFID-clocking. Having peace of mind to go about your daily business, without fear of your identity being stolen is a great feeling. At just about 0.5-inches this will never feel distracting or frustrating slipping in and out of pockets.

Specs

  • Material Dutch and German leather
  • Card capacity 9+
  • Thickness 0.59-inches
  • Dimensions 4.1 x 2.5-inches
17

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

By far one of the cheapest minimalist wallets in our guide, the Raw credit card wallet is perfect if you’re not looking to spend too much money and want a wallet that won’t be too bulky in tight jeans pockets. It can hold a maximum of approximately 8 cards, though it depends on how many bills you’re also carrying at the same time.,

A stylish looking and simplistic design with each access from the top, this is not just one of the cheapest on our list, it’s one of the most hassle-free wallets.  Raw, sexy and a must have, this wallet most certainly is. Are you hot enough for it though? That’s something only you can answer, buddy. Of course, even if you’re sitting there, not sure if you’re hot enough to own this wallet, you could always just follow that piece of sound advice of ‘fake it ‘til you make it’. By dreaming you’re hot, you might just become hot.

Specs

  • Material Fabric
  • Card capacity 8
  • Thickness 0.2-inches
  • Dimensions 3.5 x 2-inches
18

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Incredibly slick, slim and truly minimalist, the Ronin wallet from 5.11 is perfect for when you don’t want your pockets to bulk out too much. 5.11 is a company that have a strong reputation for designing and building apparel and accessories that are good for the environment, not just surviving it but with the safety of the environment in mind.

Made from a blend of polyamide and PE, this is sturdy and robust, with a clear window pocket that easily displays any ID card you want. In addition, though, there’s also space for 5 credit cards and another card. Don’t let the fact that it resembles a rubber flooring carpet sample detract you from investing in this fine piece of simplistic design and incredible functionality.

Specs

  • Material Polyamide/PE blend
  • Card capacity 5
  • Thickness 0.6-inches
  • Dimensions 5.9 x 4.6-inches
19

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

TUMI and their Alpha Ballistic wallets are considering if you’re looking for a slim and lightweight option for carrying those all-important bits of plastic and cash. In addition to the RFID-blocking tech that’s incorporated into this nylon card and cash holder, there’s also the TUMI Lock.

Storage-wise there’s 6 card slots and 2 slide pockets and a snap-shut coin pocket too. Although we’d warn that it’s very small, it’s a good lookin’ bifold that will suit anyone looking for a simple solution. Did we mention that it’s got that cool greyscale-sorta camouflage vibe to it? So, if you’re into war films, war games, war memorabilia, war mementos (okay enough with the talk of war) or just a bunch of grey and white tones looks good next to your skin, then this is a brilliant choice of wallet for you, pal.

Specs

  • Material Nylon
  • Card capacity 6+
  • Thickness 1-inches
  • Dimensions 3 x 4-inches
20

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Fans of big beat and electronic dance music will appreciate the puntastic name of this Jaimie Jacobs slim wallet as being a reference to Fatboy Slim. What’s so magic about it? Well, if you’re wanting to carry cash money in the wallet, you open it up and place them inside and then close it over. Next time you open it, you’ll find your bills are safely strapped in place. So, as a bonus you can impress your friends at the same time.

This wallet is not just a way you can show off your mad magic skillz to the girls at the local pool hall or to hustle the big dudes with the tats. It’s also not just an easy solution for carrying your money and cards, it’s also a safe one because of the RFID-blocking tech. Whether you use this in a back pocket, front pocket or in a jacket or bag, it’ll always be safe.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 8 to 16
  • Thickness 0.31-inches
  • Dimensions 4.06 x 3.27-inches
21

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Looking for the quality and style of Oakley without the higher price some of their items are available for? Look at this simplistic and slimline leather wallet from the company. As it’s only got 4 card slots, this bifold is probably not going to suit you if you’re looking to carry more than that.

With its embossed Oakley logo and space for a reasonable amount of cash, it’s a good low-price and stylish leather wallet. If you’re a particularly tactile person and love textured items, including wallets, you’ll be won over by this. It may look a little reptilian, but trust us, it’s a lot nicer and softer than that.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 4
  • Thickness 1.1-inches
  • Dimensions 5.8 x 4.2-inches
22

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you think some of the wallets in our list have been a little wishy-washy and namby-pamby, then you may like this rugged and very masculine option from Trayvax. Trayvax are known for this kinda off-kilter approach to making wallets. So, it’s not surprising that the Trayvax Element is a very robust and tough wallet that includes a stainless-steel chassis that’s wrapped in covering of oil-tanned high-quality leather.

As well as looking completely badass, it’s also incredibly functional and therefore ideal as an EDC wallet. RFID-blocking tech, an attachment point, a money clip and a bottle opener are all jammed into this cool af card and money holder. What’s more, as it’s only about half an inch thick, it won’t feel too bulky in your pocket. What you really need to ask yourself, punk, is does your pocket deserve a tough little wallet like this? Do you think you can handle it, punk? Well, do ya? Don’t just sit there if you do man, go get it tiger!

Specs

  • Material Leather, stainless-steel
  • Card capacity 3 to 10
  • Thickness 0.5-inches
  • Dimensions 4.5 x 2.8-inches
23

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Perhaps you’re interested in having a wallet that looks as tough as it is. In that case you may appreciate the materials, design and aesthetics of this Grid wallet. It comprises of two plates of sturdy aluminum, meaning it can’t be stretched and will last an exceedingly long time. That’s right, a wallet that has the perfect protective encasement for your cards – good ol’ aluminum. This is one for the industrial fans out there. All that metal reminds us of Terminator and the uprising of the robots.

It can comfortably store around 12 credit and business cards, as well as a reasonable amount of cash, thanks to the inclusion of a money clip. With the RFID protection, you also have the safe knowledge that any attempt to clone your cards and steal your identity will be thwarted. And when you’re buying drinks for your buddies, it has a decidedly menacing look to it. It suggests that you mean business, even if the business is just buying those Long Island Ice Tea’s you love so much!

Specs

  • Material Aluminum
  • Card capacity 12+
  • Thickness 1.2-inches
  • Dimensions 5 x 3.8-inches
24

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Dash Co. produced the next fine and slim wallet in our guide. With its 3-compartmentr storage system, you’re able to keep all your paper money and plastic business and credit cards neat and tidy. The luxury Saffiano leather canvas provides suitable RFID protection, meaning that your ID, driver’s license, debit and credit cards are all safe against forms of digital theft.

Thanks to its slimline profile, it won’t take up too much space in your pocket or bag and it has a simple opening to give you access to your cards when you need. So, no more looking like you’re trying to avoid paying for the bill when it’s your turn at the local drinking well.

Specs

  • Material Saffiano leather canvas
  • Card capacity 8 to 10
  • Thickness 0.1-inches
  • Dimensions 3.5 x 2.5-inches
25

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

For those of you reading this that want something sophisticated, or even regal, the Ettinger Sterling Billfold wallet is an excellent choice. It takes a lot of its stylistic cues from the £5 used in British currency and has a rich and undeniable confidence to it. The soft buttery texture of the leather with the deep and striking turquoise coloring of the interior gives the whole wallet an effortlessly timeless and refined feel.

There’s a total of 6 credit card slots, 2 note pockets and 2 slip pockets, so it’s not just all about its good looks – it’s functional too. The very slim profile of the Ettinger also means that it won’t feel uncomfortable in your pocket.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 8 to 10
  • Thickness 0.4-inches
  • Dimensions 4.3 x 3.5-inches
26

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Sports casual fans will surely love the next in our guide, the Chantaco leather wallet and card holder from sportswear and accessories brand Lacoste. This has an elegant monochrome design and enough space on the interior for up to 10 cards.

With a relatively low profile and compact design, it also manages to squeeze 1 ID display window, an exterior pocket and three in the pull-out section. Simple and exquisite. We don’t know about you but whenever the Lacoste branding is on an item, we’re always a little excited. Because Lacoste usually means quality.

Specs

  • Material Leather, Polyamide
  • Card capacity 10
  • Thickness N/A
  • Dimensions 3.75 x 4.25-inches Sports casual fans will surely love the next
1

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

From The Frenchie Co. comes the unsubtly but incredibly apt Speed Wallet. As you’d probably guess, it’s so-called due to how easy it is to get access and use the cards and money you need on a day to day basis. Rather than rooting and digging around a bulky and over-complicated wallet, you can just locate and pull the plastic or bill you want. Nice and quickly.

It holds up to 10 cards, though may stretch to more, depending on how many bills you have in it and its secured shut by a magnetic closure. With the RFID-blocking tech and its beautiful leather finish, this is a winner for any stylish gent. Now you can be the quickest draw in the west, or at least when it comes to getting a round of drinks in or when you’re networking and want to show-off your business card in slick and swift fashion.

Specs

  • Material Italian leather
  • Card capacity 10+
  • Thickness 1.1-inches
  • Dimensions 6 x 5.1-inches
2

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Operating on behalf of Amazon, the appropriately-named Leather Architect are the makers of the next wallet in our guide. This is a simple, but gorgeous slim wallet made from genuine leather with a pebbled finish and tonal stitching. The style and quality really belies the fact that’s simply an own branded item from Amazon.

As well as its ID window slot, it also has 4 separate credit card slots, the RFID-blocking that’s becoming a standard and will not feel too bulky or heavy in your pocket or bag. At an incredibly affordable price, the quality of the workmanship and materials is unbelievable.

Specs

  • Material Italian leather
  • Card capacity N/A
  • Thickness 0.1-inches
  • Dimension 2.5 x 4.5-inches
3

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The second Trayvax wallet in our guide is this toughened leather front pocket model that’s specifically designed for regular use over a long period of time. Although it’s not as tricked-out as the Element wallet, this has a single plate of high-quality stainless-steel that has been notched to provide you with a nice and comfortable grip. As with the Trayvax Element, the Ascent features only the finest leather.

There’s space for a maximum of 7 cards in the slots, with another 2 to 3 able to fit in the ID slot with display window. One thing, over everything else that’s worth highlighting though is the fact it comes with an outstanding 65-year (heirloom) guarantee.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 4 to 7
  • Thickness 0.3-inches
  • Dimensions 3.8 x 2.75-inches
4

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Fossil are well known for producing cost-effective accessories, including watches and like this Derrick model here, wallets. It’s been fashioned from 100% leather and features the RFID-blocking tech to protect your identity and digital financial accounts.

In terms of storage, there’s 8 credit card or business card slots, along with a billfold pocket for all your cash money and additional space in the form of 2 slide pockets that sit behind the main credit card slots. Slim and stylish, this is a great wallet for its price.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 8+
  • Thickness 0.64-inches
  • Dimensions 4.75 x 3.5-inches
5

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Cicero, as leather goods manufacturers, believe that their responsibility to their customers is to deliver only the best-looking items made from the highest quality materials. With this sexy bifold wallet, that’s exactly the case. Full-grain leather has been utilized to stunning effect to produce a durable and strong wallet.

There’s space for 10 cards as well as space for a reasonable amount of cash money too. Space for the cards comes in the form of the 6 easy-access slots, with 2 special concealed compartments behind them too.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 10
  • Thickness 0.4-inches
  • Dimensions 4.7 x 3.5-inches
6

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The second wallet from Ekster, suitably called Senate, is a great minimalist leather wallet constructed from premium Dutch and German leathers and has an extremely thin profile at just 0.59-inches.

Despite that, it still has space for between 4 and 6 cards, and 8 or even more at a push. As ever, it’ll depend on the number of dollar bills you’ll be carrying too. Like the Parliament model, we did think that this has a bit of an odd design, but the pull-out tab that carries the cards is perfect for hassle-free access to your plastic.

Specs

  • Material Dutch and German Leather
  • Card capacity 8+
  • Thickness 0.59-inches
  • Dimensions 4.1 x 2.5-inches
7

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another great card and money holder from Ted Baker is the Looeze leather wallet. With the pebble leather finish, 8 credit or business card slots and 4 slip storage spaces, you have more than enough room for everything you could need daily.

Although you may prefer a wallet with a magnetic or clip/fastener closure, this has an easy and quick-access lack of closure, that means you can just flip it open easily. The brown leather is kinda plain, but there is the nice Ted Baker logo that is a good indicator of the experience and skill that’s gone into its manufacture.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 8+
  • Thickness 1.1-inches
  • Dimensions 5.4 x 4.4-inches
8

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you’re not a fan of leather and want something a little softer to the touch, you should consider the Leef Felt wallet and card holder. It’s made, as the name suggests, from 100% felt wool and is called Leef as it enables you to leaf through your bills and cards easily, so you don’t have to fold anything and can take what you need out quickly.

As well as being soft, the felt also gives the wallet a very lightweight feel and will slip nicely into your pocket. So, you won’t get the that weighed down and awkward feeling leather wallets you often get from leather wallets. The RFID card protection is a nice but expected touch. Most amazingly though, the best thing about this attractive card and money holder is its price.

Specs

  • Material Felt wool
  • Card capacity 7+
  • Thickness 0.4-inches
  • Dimensions 4.6 x 3.3-inches
9

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

So-called ‘simplicity by design’, the I-CLIP is a great minimalist wallet option. The focus the designers had was on functionality, usability and simplicity, after all and that is very evident when you look at it. It eliminates uncomfortable and unsightly bulges in your pockets, has a lightweight construction thanks to the high-quality materials used to build it and even has an extremely high capacity. In addition to the space for cards, there’s also a built-in money clip.

We especially love the use of top-grain cowhide leather with what’s known as Robutense, a cutting-edge lightweight plastic-based composite that only weighs around ½ an ounce.

Specs

  • Material Robutense, leather
  • Card capacity 12
  • Thickness 0.6-inches
  • Dimensions 3.5 x 2.6-inches
10

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Durable and robust brushed stainless-steel and top-grain leather are used to great effect in this handy and lightweight wallet from Forrest & Harold. Despite its slim profile of just 0.8-inches thick, there’s still space for a total of 8 plastic cards, whether it’s your credit, debit or business cards. In addition, though, there’s also the display window slot for an ID card.

Forrest & Dean put their money where their mouth is when it comes to backing their products. As a result, you get a full 1-year warranty if anything happens to it in that first year of ownership. It probably won’t and that’s what the company are banking on but having that peace of mind is great.

Specs

  • Material Leather, stainless-steel
  • Card capacity 8
  • Thickness 0.8-inches
  • Dimensions 4.25 x 2.75-inches
11

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Duebel is the company behind the next high-quality leather in our guide. With a thickness of just 0.4-inches, it’s amazing to think that between the 5 slots for cards and cash there’s room for anything between 8 to 10 cards and a little cash too.

Simple and elegant, is what we’d home in on being the key descriptors of this wallet. Whether it’s the beautiful stitching work or the magnetic closure that makes opening and closing it a pleasant experience, this is one cool accessory.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 8 to 10
  • Thickness 0.4-inches
  • Dimensions 3 x 4-inches
12

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Andar are a popular manufacturer known for crafting unique items that are perfect for everyday use and ensuring that your life is an organized one. This wallet is made using high-quality leather and elastic and includes space for anything from 1 to 8 cards, though it depends on just how much money you are also carrying.

The 1 central slot and 3 quick-access card slots mean you are not fussing around trying to pull out that one card between all the others that you really need. They are all organized and spaced out enough, despite the wallet only being 0.3-inches in width and weight just under 1lb.

Specs

  • Material Leather, elastic
  • Card capacity 1 to 8+
  • Thickness 0.3-inches
  • Dimensions 5 x 3.7-inches
13

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

RFID-blocking is one of the key features of this robust and rather futuristic-looking slick card holder and wallet. The Martrams wallet even incorporates a slightly different material in combination with the aluminum that so many feature – carbon-fiber. This not only gives it a cool AF and appealing look, but also lends its lightweight properties to the money and card-carrying option.

With space for up to 12 cards, they really weren’t messing around when they designed this thing. Inexpensive, high capacity, but still low-profile and well-organized enough that you’ll wonder what the hell you’ve been doing without it for so long.

Specs

  • Material Carbon-fiber, aluminum
  • Card capacity 12
  • Thickness 0.3-inches
  • Dimensions 3.3 x 2.2-inches
14

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

VBax were a company that were once called Ebax. Whatever they want to call themselves, they’re responsible for a high-end, but ultimately very affordable leather wallet. Designed with slimming your pockets down in mind, that is what they successfully achieved with this product.

There’s space for as many as 10 cards plus a healthy amount of bills. That means even if you’ve got a credit card, debit card, driver’s license, gym membership card and even a fricking library card, you’ve got enough space in this awesome little wallet. We love how easy it is to access the cards too and the fact it helps protect your financial accounts and digital ID from cloning tech, is the cherry on top of an ultimately tasty and classy cake.

Specs

  • Material Leather, nylon
  • Card capacity 10
  • Thickness 0.2-inches
  • Dimensions 3.2 x 2.2-inches
15

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’d be lying if we said reviewing this wallet didn’t make us drool a little. It’s just so darn sexy! From a company that was established in 2014 with a commitment to function, quality and innovation – it’s not surprising that this wallet is so cool. First things first, it looks the bomb. But, more importantly than that, it’s a rather small and inconspicuous bomb that outperforms many of its bulkier bigger cousins.

Isn’t it hard to pries those cards out? Not at all, and there’s also the fact you get easy access to the 4 cards you use the most out of the 15 it can hold. One major issue many people have with minimalist wallets is that you either get easy-access to your cards or a slim profile, but rarely both. That’s not the case with the Nomatic from Basics.

Specs

  • Material Leather, elastic
  • Card capacity 15
  • Thickness 0.1-inches
  • Dimensions 3.4 x 2.2-inches
16

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Back with Serman Brands for the 5.0. This is another great slimline and simplistic approach to card holders and wallets. With top-grain leather used to appealing effect in a design that’s been built to hold between 8 to 10 of your plastic/paper business, credit and other important cards.

Despite its generous capacity, it never feels too bulky or heavy, so you’re never left looking foolish at the cash register or when trying to find the right membership card.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 8 to 10
  • Thickness 0.5-inches
  • Dimensions 4 x 2.8-inches
17

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

When a wallet claims to be thinner than a 0.022kg pencil, you should always take more than a passing glance at it. Especially if you’re in the market for a minimalist-style wallet. And really, why would you be here for any other reason? The Inscribe Self slim wallet we’re featuring here is made from high-quality real leather and incorporates a few different pockets.

Those pockets provide enough space for anything between 7 and 9 cards. Though the amount yours fits at any one time will depend largely on how many bills you’re carrying. There’s even a secret pull-out tab where you can store your most valued cards to protect them from RFID scanners and thieves looking to steal your money, cards and identity. The beautiful leather is finished nicely with a stainless-steel logo pierced into it, with precision and care.

Specs

  • Material Leather, stainless-steel
  • Card capacity 7 to 9
  • Thickness 0.1-inches
  • Dimensions 3.5 x 4.7-inches
18

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’ve not featured too many carbon-fiber minimalist wallets in our guide, so we felt it was only right to include this awesome product from FIDELO. For any of you guys that don’t really like leather or a lot of aluminum in your wallets, this is perfect. 1-inch thickness means that although there’s some out there that are slimmer, this is still worth considering because it has space for15 cards.

Not only that, but those cards are protected by RFID-blocking tech and you can easily access the cards you need when you them using the simple push and pinch technique. That’s even though there’s a color band tightly secured around the wallet. To match your differing style, you also get 4 colored bands to choose from to hold your money in place.

Specs

  • Material Carbon-fiber
  • Card capacity 15
  • Thickness 1-inches
  • Dimensions 4.1 x 2.9-inches
19

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Touted as being the company’s most-refined leather wallet up until this point, the Trayvax Contour is certainly something that commands your attention the moment you clap your eyes on it. An outstanding combination of leather and stainless-steel with a coating of Titanium aluminum nitrate is just scratching the surface of why this elegant-but-completely-masculine wallet is so attractive.

All Trayvax wallets, particularly those featured in our guide, have one thing in common – functionality. This is no different – there’s an attachment point that means you can hook it on to many things for additional safety and a bottle opener, because why the hell not. It is also backed by the best-in-class heirloom warranty of 65-years, meaning you’ve got nothing to worry about every, whatever happens.

Specs

  • Material Stainless-steel plate with Titanium-aluminum nitrite coating, leather
  • Card capacity 13
  • Thickness 0.5-inches
  • Dimensions 3.8 x 2.4-inches
20

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Do you consider yourself to be something of a gearhead? If so, this rather nifty mini wallet might be what you need in your life. From Mercedes Benz AMG, this little cutie shares the style, sophistication and AMG metallic badge that you expect from the German automotive geniuses. Although it may not have quite as many card slots as some in our guide, it makes up for that in cool swagger. Plus, there’s still space for at least 3 to 4 cards, a wad of bills and some coins to boot.

In super sexy black, it has a carbon-fiber look but is 100% genuine leather. Perhaps your ride is a Benz and you’re looking for something to match it or you want an inspirational piece to make you work harder for a Merc of your own. Whatever the reason, join us in shouting at the Germans ‘Take our money, fool!’

Specs

  • Material Carbon-fiber-look leather
  • Card capacity 3 – 5?
  • Thickness 0.6-inches
  • Dimensions 4.1 x 2.95-inches
21

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Michael Kors is a name synonymous with style and fashion and that’s two things that could be said about their slim wallet. It has been finished with a black PVC-style studded finish and has 3 slots for credit cards in the front and back of it. With an easy-to-open top closure, it’s very simple storing and using cards with this.

The studs really make this look like more than just a practical accessory. You’ll certainly look like one cool dude with this wallet in your pocket.

Specs

  • Material Carbon-fiber-look leather
  • Card capacity 3 – 5?
  • Thickness 1-inches
  • Dimensions 4 x 3.25-inches
22

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The second appearance of VBAX in our guide is this great wallet. It’s made from high-quality, top-grain leather and high-denier ballistic nylon, to create a strong and reliable wallet. As well as robust and durable, it’s also stylish, compact and won’t feel too bulky in your pocket.

There’s space for a total of 7 cards, which is just about enough for most men in this day in age. If of course, you’ve got more than 7 that you always need to carry on your person, you need to look elsewhere. With its camouflage coloring, it also looks kinda badass. So, you’ll never have to feel embarrassed about pulling this out when getting the drinks in, paying for that business lunch or the meal with your hot date, partner or wife.

Specs

  • Material Leather, High denier ballistic nylon
  • Card capacity 7
  • Thickness 0.2-inches
  • Dimensions 3.9 x 2.7-inches
23

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

In our guide we’ve featured just as many brand names that you’ve more than likely heard of and some you haven’t. Saddleback Leather Co. are one of the former though and it’s easy to see why this company is so popular, as a manufacturer of all kinds of leather-based goods. This credit card holder wallet is just another example of this, not just thanks to the durability that the full-grain leather gives it, but its good looks and functionality too.

With space for 12 cards and some folded notes, this has all the space you need. It’s ridiculously easy to get to your cards when you need them as you can either pull them up or push them up from the bottom. With bills it’s the very same process. With 4 different finishes, Black, Dark Coffee/Dark Brown, Chestnut/Red-Brown and Tobacco/Tan.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 12
  • Thickness 0.2-inches
  • Dimensions 2.5 x 3.5-inches
24

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Whereas the above is from a company that most reading this guide will have heard of and are a fan of, Travelambo is another that you’ve more than likely not heard of. However, despite the name not being one we’re all familiar with, this thin wallet is worth highlighting because of the extremely high card capacity it offers, of 29 cards, as well as there being space for cash too.

As well as that, they’ve also incorporated RFID-blocking technology that as we’ve noted at many times throughout this guide, is what you need if you want to fight against the modern thieves. This has had a lot of effort, patience and skill put into its design and construction, with very hands-on technicians.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 29
  • Thickness 0.12-inches
  • Dimensions 3.3 x 4.1-inches
25

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Who doesn’t love high-quality Italian leather? There’s a lot of good reasons why people prefer Italian leather over the many other options out there. It’s some of the highest quality of any leather used, it’s incredibly durable and stylish. And over time, it loves much better than it did when you first bought it. That’s just some of the reasons why Italian leather is considered the best and why you should invest in this Tony Perotti wallet, especially if you need a highly reliable and durable wallet.

There’s 4 slots for credit cards or business cards. In addition, though, there’s also a gusset for coins and paper bills, a display window slow for ID cards and a slot to keep your receipts nice and tidy. As it comes in an attractive Tony Perotti gift box, it makes for a great present.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity N/A
  • Thickness 0.5-inches
  • Dimensions 4.4 x 3.4-inches
26

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

From Thread Wallet comes this slim credit card holder that has been designed to meet the company’s unique motto of ‘no boring wallets. Rather than being designed to be used horizontally, this is used vertically, which makes it instantly different from most of the wallets in our guide. With fine leather used throughout the construction, it’s also been made to a high standard of quality.

When it comes to space, there’s enough room for between 2 and 8 cards, depending on how many you need daily and the amount of cash you’re currently carrying. Therefore, if you’re not someone who likes to carry every single membership card, credit card, debit card and discount card they own with them, this is a great choice. Another unique element to this card holder is the D-ring that’s been incorporated into it, that makes it easy to connect the wallet to lanyards, keys, backpacks or just about anything else you might fancy. Did we mention it looks great too?

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 2 to 8
  • Thickness 0.2-inches
  • Dimensions 3.7 x 3-inches
27

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

You may not, admittedly, have heard of Spiex, but based on the high-quality product that is this genuine 100% leather slim and minimal wallet, you probably should learn more about the company. For one thing, 100% leather should be commanding your undivided attention, as well as the fact that this card holder-style wallet is on the market for a ridiculously competitive and, importantly, low price. The fact that it also comes with the RFID-blocking technology that is one of the most sought after features of modern wallets too, should have you almost hook, line and sunk.

What more could we say to entice you to this seemingly budget price and not worth a second glance wallet? Oh, the fact that it has 4 different card slots, 1 clear ID display window slot for ID of whatever type you need to carry, 2 additional functional slots for cards, and a larger pocket where you can place the cards you use the most, money, receipts and anything else you want to keep in there that’s slim and essential for everyday life (we’re not going to join the dots on that thing though, use your imagination sunshine!) So, space, function, durability and quality this credit card holder has in spades. It also doesn’t hurt that it’s quite sexy too.

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Card capacity 7
  • Thickness 0.2-inches
  • Dimensions 4.5 x 3.2-inches
28

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’d be lying if we said this didn’t remind us of several other wallets featured in this guide from other companies and brands. Because, clearly it does. Once you’ve seen over 50 wallets, you’ve seen just about every possibility and what can be done with a wallet. Does that mean that this is merely just another throwaway option? We can’t agree with that statement. Because look at it. Look at just how small, portable and even a little sultry it is. That stainless-steel metal strap-like component, with the very distinctive and elegant W in the circle. Don’t you just wish you had it in front of you, so you could see whether it was textured or not?

Okay, maybe you’re right…maybe we’ve reached that stage in this guide when we’ve looked at so many wallets that we’ve grown unnaturally attached to them and desire them in bizarre ways. However, when you’ve got something you use to carry bank cards, credit cards, business cards and other important items from your day to day life, it’s an important part of you. Without getting too philosophical, we’re not mad, but you are for thinking we are. This has a very simple look that’s appealing, the fact it’s easy to use and can store up to 10 cards with RFID-blocking tech to boot, makes it all the sweeter an option.

Specs

  • Material Carbon fiber, stainless-steel, texalium and aramid fiber
  • Card capacity 10
  • Thickness 1.1-inches
  • Dimensions 4.9 x 3.6-inches
29

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’re about to get deep and philosophical for the next and final item in our guide. We’d like to ask you a question – when does a minimalist wallet stop being a wallet and more just a frame for holding cards. If you could imagine in your head the simplest way to carry important cards, so that they are visible, easy to access and will not take up too much space in your pockets or wherever you store them, but also protect the structural integrity of your cards, would it look like the image above? The DM1 does not just claim to be a minimalist wallet. It is a minimalist wallet in the truest sense. In fact, it’s barely a wallet at all. We’d welcome complaints about its inclusion in our guide.

That was, if it wasn’t for the fact that it was so damn cool. What better way to show how minimalist you are than bucking with the trend of all that material being used, that opting for something that has just one piece of metal. One finely and smoothly cut piece of titanium that is designed to snugly hold the average credit, business, membership, license or anything else style of card. No rubber bands, straps, magnets, snaps, hinges, screws. There’s also no RFID-blocking tech, which means it can easily work with contactless and building access systems. It is, simply, very simply, a card holder. And a damn fine one at that, in principle, concept and actual reality.

Specs

  • Material Titanium
  • Card capacity 3 to 12
  • Thickness N/A
  • Dimensions 3.53 x 2.38-inches

Declutter Your Pocket, Get a Minimalist Wallet!

Although we’d understand if you were skeptical, even just a little when you started reading this guide. Skeptical about whether a minimalist wallet could perform as well as a standard sized bifold or trifold wallet. That it would be able to provide you with the storage space for all those cards, money and everything else you need to carry around with you, while offering the comfort for your poor thighs and buttocks that you crave. The comfort of having something that can be slipped into your pocket that’s so slim and lightweight that you forget it’s even there. That is until the bill comes.

We hope though, that having read through our extensive and comprehensive, no stones left unturned, guide to the best minimalist wallets out there, that you’ve come around to it. That you understand why these accessories are so common and popular nowadays. There is hope for those jeans you don’t wanna rip. There is hope that you can prevent yourself from looking like a fool when it comes to buying drinks on the bar on a Friday night or covering the bill when you’ve taken that high-profile client to lunch. You can be the slick guy you wanna, with one of the great minimalist wallets we’ve highlighted above.

The amazing thing about ultra thin wallets is that much like anything these days, there’s a wide range of options available. You can go for a high-end branded card holder, one that comes with a plethora of stunning extras, or you can instead opt for the workhorse that’s built to last. The minimalist wallet market is flooded with as diverse a range of options as you lot out there buying them. Want a nice piece of Italian cowhide leather in your back pocket? You get it pal! Or perhaps you’d prefer a nice masculine metallic chassis, there’s many out there like that.

Even if you’d rather just have a nice soft piece of canvas or felt, we’ve shown that there’s minimalist wallets out there for all of you. What we might single out as our favorite, might well be different to yours. After all, we’ve added the Decadent Minimalist one to our wish list, but that’s how we roll. Any of the choices above in our short…okay not shortlist, would make walking around with the cards you need easier, more comfortable and safer!

Best 10 Single Stage Snow Blowers

BEST SINGLE STAGE SNOW BLOWERS

1

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We thought we’d start things off with one of our favorites straight from the off. The Snow Joe iON18Sb Ion Cordless Single Stage Snow Blower will do a great job of clearing your driveway or yard of the white stuff.

Definitely, one of the more portable and easier to use of the snow blowers on our list, this mid-ranged model weighs just 32lbs, is cordless, and will give you 50-minutes of operation from each full charge of its rechargeable 40-volt lithium-ion battery. Capable of moving 495lbs of snow per minute, that equates to 24,750lbs of snow moved in a full charge – if you even need to move that much of course.

The auger on the Snow Joe iON18SB is made of steel and it is that and the two connected rubber blades that will be responsible for cutting through the snow and throwing it up the chute. You’ll be able to enjoy clearing a path in this thing that is 18-inches in width and through snow that is as high as 8-inches in depth.

As for the chute, this is auto-rotate and will be able to throw expelled snow as far as 20 feet. This is not as far as some but will be more than enough for most of you. A bright LED headlight is another feature of this snow blower and this just makes it easier to operate at night – obviously.

Summing up, this is a great snow blower if portability and ease of use are your top priorities. It’s light enough to be picked up and with no cord, you’re not going to be getting in any tangles.

Pros

  • checkEasy to assemble
  • checkLight and portable
  • checkCordless

Cons

  • cross-altRecharging takes three hours

Specs

  • Weight 32lbs
  • Dimensions 43.3” x 20.5” x 37.4”
  • Auger Material Rubber/Steel
  • Starting CC Battery-powered
  • Intake Height 8”
  • Clearing Area/ Mouth Width 18”
2

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

PowerSmart offers up a range of snow blowers/throwers but for this list of the very best single stage snow blowers, we’ve opted for their DB7005 21-Inch Single Stage Snow Blower. This is their mid-range offering which offers more power than their smaller and lighter electric blowers while it’s also more durable.

Under the hood, you have a 196cc engine which will not only be able to get you through the snow of up to 8-inch in height but will also help the augers to give you a little bit of help propelling the blower. As for the clearing width, the DB7005 will be able to clear 21-inches of snow as you go along. That is up there with the largest from our reviews and will allow you to make short work of your driveway.

It does weigh in at 70lbs which is twice the weight of electric snow blowers but a little lighter than many of the other engine-powered variations on our list. The mobility really is not that bad either as we found it quite easy to handle compared to its many of its peers. As for the chute, this can be rotated 180 degrees which allow you to find the perfect position to throw the snow and it will reach distances of up to 30-feet.

We really like this PowerSmart snow blower but if we had any complaints at all, it would be that it requires a manual recoil start to get it going. As you can imagine, doing that out in the cold can get a little annoying if it doesn’t start up after the first two or three pulls. That said, a two-year manufacturer’s warranty helps to ease the pain a little.

Pros

  • checkTwo-year warranty
  • checkLightweight for a gas engine blower
  • checkCan be assembled in 10-minutes

Cons

  • cross-altManual recoil start

Specs

  • Weight 70lbs
  • Dimensions 39” x 22” x 36”
  • Auger Material Steel
  • Starting CC 196cc
  • Intake Height 8”
  • Clearing Area/ Mouth Width 21”
3

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you’re familiar with snow blowers, there’s a very good chance that you would have heard of Toro. These guys are the country’s leading manufacturers and have an excellent reputation for the products that they produce. In fact, this particular Toro single stage snow blower is so good that we have decided to make it our Editor’s Choice.

This is the Toro 3831 1800 Power Curve Electric Snow Blower and it offers a fabulous mix of being affordably priced excellent performance, and mobility. With a weight of just 25lbs, you’ll literally be able to pick it up and carry it with ease and with a clearing width and height of 18 and 12-inches respectively, you’re going to be blowing quite a lot of snow quickly.

A 12-inch intake height, in particular, is very impressive as this is usually only manageable by two-stage snow blowers. We also found that it could deal with moderately wet and heavy snow too – though this required a little bit more work from our end as well.

The chute can be controlled from the handles which give you full control on where which direction the snow is thrown without you having to bend over to change it. We also like the wheels on the 38381 as they’re big in size (around 6-inches) and give you good amounts of traction.

There’s also no recharging necessary with this snow blower as it is corded and plugs straight into the main which could either be seen as a positive or as a negative. We can see both sides of the coins but not having to mess around with refilling the gas or plugging it in to charge is a plus for us.

Pros

  • checkHandles snow up to 12” in height
  • checkVery lightweight
  • checkPower curve technology

Cons

  • cross-altSome would prefer steel blades

Specs

  • Weight 25lbs
  • Dimensions 36.2” x 18” x 47”
  • Auger Material Plastic
  • Starting CC Electric
  • Intake Height 12”
  • Clearing Area/ Mouth Width 18”
4

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

In terms of the raw power and the sheer amount of snow that you’re going to be able to shift, you’re not going to find better than the Briggs & Stratton 1696741 250cc Single Stage Snow Blower. This thing is as big, heavy, and durable as anything on our list but you’ll have no problems clearing the snow due to its 22” mouth width, 12.5” intake height, and powerful 250cc engine.

The great part about that engine is that it has an easy electric starting mechanism that can be used in temperatures as low as 20°F. Even the chute can be controlled electrically from the handlebars which are a big plus for its functionality and efficiency. Large serrated steel augers are what will be responsible for cutting through the snow and that chute will then throw the collected snow a good 30-feet in your chosen direction.

Now admittedly, the Briggs & Stratton 1696741 might be considered a bit overkill for some of you but in terms of pure performance, this thing really cuts the mustard. This and its price are why we’ve selected it as our premium choice. If you have larger areas to clear and regularly get deep snow, you’re not going to find a single stage snow blower that’s nearly as effective as this one.

You’ll even be able to work on slopes as the self-propelled auger will make light work of them while you’re left with the task of just aiming it in the right direction. What’s more, you’re given a 3-year limited warranty which will help protect your purchase.

Pros

  • check3-Year limited warranty
  • checkDurable & powerful
  • checkEasy electric starting mechanism

Cons

  • cross-altExpensive but worth it

Specs

  • Weight 98lbs
  • Dimensions 36.5” x 23.2” x 24”
  • Auger Material Steel
  • Starting CC 250cc
  • Intake Height 12.5”
  • Clearing Area/ Mouth Width 22”
5

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Next up we have the Poulan Pro PR100 21-Inch Single Stage Snow Blower, another popular model when it comes to the remnants of a Jack Frost visit from your driveways. This is powered by a 136cc engine and is semi-propelled due to the rubber augers helping to pull the snow blower forward. Furthermore, you’ll be able to cut your way through 13” x 21” inch of snow. That said, any snow above a height of 6-inches is going to take a bit of patience and work on your part as this works optimally in snow measuring around 6-inches or lower.

The engine is a manual start and that combined with a large auger that measures 8-inches in diameter, four thick rubber blades, and deep tread tires measuring 7” x 1.5” that will make clearing the snow so simple. We also like the design of the chute which can be manually rotated a good 180° and will throw the snow a good 20-feet.

Other features that we’re fond of on this single stage snow blower is that of the ergonomically designed handles, the fact that those handles can also be folded away easily, and an easy to access control panel.

All in all, the Poulan Pro Pr100 makes for a good choice of snow blower and is priced at just about the right amount in our opinion. There might be other snow blowers out there that are better in certain respects but as an overall package, this is a very solid one.

Pros

  • checkErgonomically designed
  • checkNice mouth width
  • checkFairly powerful engine

Cons

  • cross-altThe engine is a little loud

Specs

  • Weight 85lbs
  • Dimensions 31.25” x 22.75” x 25.75”
  • Auger Material Rubber
  • Starting CC 136cc
  • Intake Height 13”
  • Clearing Area/ Mouth Width 21”
6

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

This is the second Snow Joe we’ve featured on our list and what can we say, other than being suckers for a catchy brand name, we’re really impressed with their single stage snow blowers. For one, this one, in particular, is a very cheap snow blower that easily outperforms its price tag. This is exactly why we made this our Budget Choice and we certainly have no regrets about that.

So what are you getting for your money? Well, to put it simply, performance that’s going to cost you three, four, or even five times as much from its competitors. On top of that, it’s extremely lightweight due to being electrically powered which means that there is no heavy engine inside. Instead, you have a corded 15-amp electric motor which gives your snow blower its power.

What’s even more amazing is that many single stage snow blowers will not be able to get their way through much more than 6 to 8-inches in height of snow. With the SJ623E you’ll be able to clear snow as high as 10-inches and each clearance that you make will also be 18-inches wide.

The auger and its four blades are also constructed of heavy-grade steel, something else that’s usually reserved for more expensive models. It’s actually quite difficult to see how they managed to manufacture this and avoid making a loss on it let alone make a profit.

Also impressive is the 180-degree rotatable chute which can propel the evil white stuff a good 25-meters in the direction of your choosing. You’ll even be able to use it at night or in low-light because it also has a halogen headlight to guide your plowing. Then, just to top everything off, you’re even covered by a full 2-year warranty. Seriously, at this price, the Snow Joe Ultra SJ623E is a no-brainer.

Pros

  • checkFantastic value
  • checkUltra-lightweight
  • checkCuts 18” by 10”

Cons

  • cross-altCord takes a while to get used to

Specs

  • Weight 33.7lbs
  • Dimensions 45” x 19” x 26”
  • Auger Material Steel
  • Starting CC Electric
  • Intake Height 10”
  • Clearing Area/ Mouth Width 18”
7

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

It’s fair to say that when it comes to engines, Honda knows their fair share and now you can take advantage of that superior expertise to cut through the snow on your driveway using their Honda Power Equipment HS720AA 187cc Single Stage Snow Blower.

Although this one of the more expensive snow blowers on our list, you’ll quickly see that it’s worth it. The easy-start Honda GC190 engine as you might expect is where it really shines but it also excels in just about every other area as well. With 187cc under your hood, you’ll be amazed at how quickly this thing moves through the snow – it practically pulls you through it in fact.

As well as the obvious power that Honda provides, this snow blower also brings a lot of finesse and efficiency to its purpose. There are not many snow blowers that will allow you to clear right down to the ground. Furthermore, an intake height of 12” is excellent and this is also combined with a decent clearing area of 20” as well. This makes it ideal for heavy snow or larger driveways or parking areas that you need to clear. It also impresses in the chute department as it can toss snow a good 33-feet and can be rotated a full 204-degrees.

Pros

  • checkEasy start
  • checkPowerful engine
  • checkEasy to maintain

Cons

  • cross-altA bit pricey

Specs

  • Weight 90lbs
  • Dimensions 49.6” x 20.9” x 40.6”
  • Auger Material Steel
  • Starting CC 187cc
  • Intake Height 12”
  • Clearing Area/ Mouth Width 20”
8

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you wanted something that has similar specs and performs almost as well as the Honda above but at a reduced price, the Troy-Bilt Squall 179cc 21-Inch Single Stage Snow Blower is well worth a look. This weighs about the same, has a similarly powered-engine, and cuts a similar path in the snow of up to 13-inches deep and 21-inches wide.

That engine is not on the same level of the Honda but you’re definitely going to be getting something that is more than able to handle the job. You’re able to electrically start the engine through the press of a button which as you can imagine, is always a nice feature compared to having to physically recoil start an engine.

The chute on the Troy-Built Squall can be rotated 180-degrees and the distance it throws is definitely over 20-feet. There are no controls for the chute on the handlebars which is a bit disappointing but you really only have to set it once in each direction that you’re going.

Pros

  • checkEasy start 179cc motor
  • check2-Year extended warranty
  • checkHandles depths of 13-inches

Cons

  • cross-altEngine is loud

Specs

  • Weight 90lbs
  • Dimensions 29.9” x 23.5” x 21.1”
  • Auger Material Rubber
  • Starting CC 179cc
  • Intake Height 13”
  • Clearing Area/ Mouth Width 21”
9

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’re big fans of Briggs & Stratton single stage snow blowers and that’s why this is the second model of theirs among our reviews. This particular snow-eater comes in at a fairly hefty price but performance wise it’s right up there with the very best. With a 205cc engine providing the grunt, a serrated steel auger, and the ability to carve through snow as high and as wide as 12.5-inches and 22-inches respectively, this will be able to clear your driveway in a quick and efficient manner.

That engine comes with a push-button electric start feature that you can rely on in even the coldest of cold weather and it will pull you along to make your job even easier. This snow blower has been designed to be as lightweight as possible and while it’s still fairly heavy, it’s one of the lighter gas engine models on our list.

We particularly like the steel auger and the fact that it’s housed in steel as well. It really gives off a tough and durable feel that gives you confidence that this thing can take a beating and last a good few years. Additionally, being made in the USA is always going to be a big selling point and that’s exactly where Briggs & Stratton products are manufactured.

Pros

  • checkElectric start
  • checkSerrated steel auger
  • checkFairly light for an engine-powered blower

Cons

  • cross-altWheels can clog up

Specs

  • Weight 89lbs
  • Dimensions 37” x 23.5” x 23.5”
  • Auger Material Steel
  • Starting CC 205cc
  • Intake Height 12.5”
  • Clearing Area/ Mouth Width 22”
10

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you wanted a cordless battery-powered snow blower that packs as big a punch as those with gas engines, the EGO 21-inch Cordless Lithium-Ion Single Stage Snow Blower is going to among your best bets.

Fitted with a strong steel-constructed auger, this 4-amp engine will easily be able to handle depths and widths of snow up to 13-inches and 21-inches respectively. This puts it right up there with some of the more powerful engine-powered single stage snow blowers except this comes with minus the fumes, gas, and loud noises.

You’ll also like how you’re able to decide just how far you want the snow to be thrown as well as which direction. This is all done via a handle-mounted lever on the shoot which means you do not even have to bend over the machine to make your adjustments. You can adjust the distance to be anywhere up to a maximum of 35-feet while you can rotate the chute up to 180-degrees.

A steel construction, LED headlights, foldaway handle, and an impressive 5-year warranty are the other big positives about this snow blower. The only negative is that you’ll only be able to use it for 40-minutes at a time. You can, of course, get around this by purchasing additional batteries and keeping them, all charged, however.

Pros

  • check5-Year limited warranty
  • checkGood performance
  • checkCordless

Cons

  • cross-altBattery lasts 40 minutes

Specs

  • Weight 64.9lbs
  • Dimensions 38.2” x 23.9” x 19.6”
  • Auger Material Steel
  • Starting CC Battery-powered
  • Intake Height 13”
  • Clearing Area/ Mouth Width 21”
11

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Bringing our list of the best single stage blowers to an end is the Yard Machines 123cc 21-Inch Single Stage Snow Thrower. This is another good option to consider as it measures up quite nicely to similar models in terms of price.

That 123cc 4-cycle gas engine might not be as powerful as some others but it certainly has enough grunt to get the job done. In fact, combined with the 21” clearing area and an intake height of 13”, this can actually deal with the sort of snow levels that’s normally reserved for two-stage snow blowers.

The clog-resistant chute does a great job of dispelling all collected snow and that can be manually adjusted to face the direction that best suits you and your circumstances. Additionally, the wheels which have been specifically designed for snow and ice offer good performance too. When combined with the pull of the augurs and the engine, you’ll have no problems pushing your way through deep snow.

Pros

  • check21-Inch clearing deck
  • checkClog-resistant chute
  • checkMade in America

Cons

  • cross-altThe first start is difficult

Specs

  • Weight 89lbs
  • Dimensions 30” x 24” x 22”
  • Auger Material Steel
  • Starting CC 123cc
  • Intake Height 13”
  • Clearing Area/Mouth Width 21”

BUYING GUIDE & FAQ’S

Do I Really Need a Snow Blower?

Well, this depends on one thing really – does it snow regularly where you live? Are there a few months of the year where it snows consistently and you struggle to get out of your home or go to work? Even if you answered yes to those questions, you still do not ‘need’ to get a snow blower but having one would certainly help. Shoveling snow is fine if you’re young, fit, and healthy but even then, it can get quite monotonous.

Sometimes it’s easier to just bite the bullet and cough up some money so that our life is easier. You can save your back, your time, and your poor little tootsies from freezing. You’ll also be able to spend more time in front of the fireplace and can go to the window and laugh at anyone out there shoveling away. You just became your annoying neighbor!


Things to Consider Before Buying a Snow Blower

So now that you’ve decided that buying a snowblower might be the logical choice – and so that you can take that smug grin off your annoying neighbor, you’re going to have to consider a few things first. It’s not as simple as buying the first snow blower that you see as each is designed to work better in different environments, with different types and depths of snow, etc.

Here are the four main considerations that you’ll have to think about:

  • The size of the area you’ll need to keep clear of snow

Most of you will only need to clear your driveways so that you can get your cars out and if that’s the case, a single-stage blower is going to provide you with more than enough to get this done. That said, if your driveway is much more than 60 feet long, you might want to consider a two-stage snow blower instead.

  • The sort of depths of snow that your area regularly sees

On average, a single-stage snow blower will be able to clear snow with a depth of up to 8-inches. That will be more than enough for most of you but if you’re regularly confronted with snow with depths of 16-inches or more, a two-stage or three-stage snow blower should be considered instead.

  • The type of snow that your area regularly sees

If you normally only experience light snow in your area, a single-stage snow blower will be able to deal with it easily enough. Some that have serrated steel blades may even be able to handle heavier or wet snow as well. That said, a two-stage snow blower will be better equipped for this is you experience heavy snow often. A three-stage will also be able to handle heavy and wet snow but will be able to clear it faster and more efficiently.

  • The terrain you’ll be using it on

The terrain you’ll be using the snow blower on will also affect your decision on which to buy. Flat terrain will not cause any problems and therefore you could go for a push-propelled or auger-assisted snow blower. However, if you’re going to be working on slopes, you might want to consider using an engine-driven snowblower so that the snow is easier for you to clear.


Main Features of a Snow Blower

Once you understand more about what you need to consider before choosing a snow blower, you’re then going to want to know a bit more about the features that they have. Some will be electric, some gas, and some battery powered. They will also differ in the materials used to create the augur or how far they can throw collected snow. In fact, there are tons of product-specific features that you should be looking at considering before choosing your ideal snow blower.

  • How They’re Powered: Engine powered snow blowers will offer the best grunt in most cases but you’ll also find plenty of them that are powered by electric or batteries which can be recharged. Always check the CC of the engine if you’re going to go for a gas-engine-powered blower as you’ll want to make sure it offers the type of performance that you need.
  • How They’re Started: Electric and battery-powered snow blowers will just be switched on but if you’re getting an engine blower, will it require manual recoil starting or have a push-button electric starter?
  • Clearing Width and Height: A feature that is usually high on people’s priority lists is just how much snow a blower can shift as it’s moved along. This will be calculated by the clearing width and the height intake. The larger these two are, the more snow you’re going to be able to clear. You’ll also need to know the height especially if there’s a chance that it might not be tall enough for the height of snow that you usually experience.
  • Propelled/Semi-Propelled/Push-Propelled: Auger Material: Auger materials are usually either rubber, plastic or, steel with the latter offering the best performance in our opinion. The augur is what will cut through and collect the snow before sending it up the chute.
  • Chute Features: How far does the chute throw any snow it expels? Does it rotate so that you can specify the direction it goes?

Additionally, other cool features such as heated handles, remote controls for the chute, headlights, speed controls, and the size and type of tires should also be features that can be found on snow blowers.


Single Stage vs Two-Stage and Three-Stage Snow Blowers

To give you a little bit of help when deciding which is the best type of snow blower to go for, take a look through a short summary of what single-stage, two-stage, and three-stage are best used for.

Single-Stage: For most homeowners, a single stage snow blower will offer more than enough. They will easily handle small to medium-sized that have amassed up to 8-inches of snow. These are usually lightweight compared to the others and the easiest to handle.

Two-Stage: These are designed for snow that is above 8-inches and is of the heavier and wetter type. They’re also better designed to cope with larger areas and will, therefore, be used commercially or professionally in most cases.

Three-Stage: A three-stage snow blower is not too much different to a two-stage in terms of the depths that they can clear, it’s just that they can do it a lot quicker. They are known to clear snow in one-tenth of the time it would take a stage-two.

Conclusion

Did you find what you’re looking for from the above? If not, good luck finding better as we’re confident those are the best single-stage snow blowers on the market right now. Well, either way, you could always go and get yourself reacquainted with your shovels and put up with your smug and grinning neighbor for a few more years!

Jokes aside, a snow blower can make all the difference in the right circumstances and can be more than worth the investment. Obviously, if you only get light snow for a day or two each year, there’s little point but if you’re used to seeing a lot of it, there is plenty of time and effort that can be saved by just dipping your hands into your pockets and stumping up the money for one of the best single-stage snow blowers found above.

Best 31 Sling Bags For Men

BEST SLING BAGS FOR MEN

1Banuce Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’ll kick things off with this leather sling backpack that is designed to last. The top-grain cowhide leather is strong and easy to maintain, while the zippers are made from zinc to withstand the elements and guard against rust. The strap is also a durable inclusion which is made with a thick canvas that will not wear easily and can be adjusted to your body frame effortlessly.

One of the coolest aspects of this sling backpack is that it has an earphone or cord access. This is a small hole that feeds your cords out of the bag, while keeping them and your bag’s contents secure. Look cool and listen to your favorite playlist as you commute with this extraordinary sling bag. Its functionality is only matched by its awesome aesthetics which boast an embossed pattern for added style.

Pros

  • checkEasy-to-maintain leather
  • checkDurable material composition
  • checkAnti-rust and strong zippers
  • checkEmbossed pattern
  • checkAdjustable strap
  • checkInnovative earphone access

Cons

  • cross-altNo other color options

Specs

  • Material Leather and polyester
  • Dimensions 7.8 x 4 x 9.8in
  • Laptop Sleeve Tablet only
  • Weight 1.08lbs
2Under Armor Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The second sling backpack we want you to know about comes from a brand you probably certainly do know about. Under Armour are slinging their hat in the ring with their one-strap design. This model is predominantly made from water-tight polyester but complemented with robust nylon accents. When you do choose this bag, you also get a choice of colors between an artillery green and a cool black and silver design.

Inside this sling backpack you will find a laptop sleeve. And this sleeve is not only soft-lined to keep your valuable device safe and secure. It’s also one of the biggest laptop sleeves you’ll find on these compact products. In fact, it will hold a laptop or tablet up to 15 inches in length. Another great feature on this sling backpack is that it has easy-access zipper pockets, so your valuables are always at arm’s reach. Not to forget to mention that these pockets are also waterproof to keep your valuables dry.

Pros

  • checkAwesome color options
  • checkDurable materials
  • checkRenowned brand
  • checkLarger laptop sleeve
  • checkConvenient pockets
  • checkWaterproof design

Cons

  • cross-altLess compact than others

Specs

  • Material Polyester and nylon
  • Dimensions 19 x 13 x 6in
  • Laptop Sleeve Yes
  • Weight 1.62lbs
3MOSISO Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Finding these compact sling backpacks with a dedicated space for a laptop comes few and far between, but we have managed to dig out another spectacular option. MOSISO are guilty of creating an awesome sling backpack made from strong polyester and durable zippers. The strap is made to be exceptionally breathable and won’t leave any sweaty prints on your work shirt in the summer. The strap is also adjustable between 18 and 36 inches so every man may get involved with this stylish product.

This model has been made with two mesh water bottle holders. Not only are these placed in the prime location for easy access – but they are also they store even the larger bottles to keep you hydrated all day long. There are many other compartments to keep electrical items, keys and your smartphone secure. This sling backpack comes in many colors and a one-year manufacturer’s warranty. If you’re a student or a businessman, this bag may be for you.

Pros

  • checkLaptop storage
  • checkBreathable and adjustable strap
  • checkTwo mesh bottle holders
  • checkWarranty included
  • checkMultiple colors to choose from
  • checkMany compartments

Cons

  • cross-altSome color options are somewhat feminine

Specs

  • Material Polyester
  • Dimensions 17 x 10.8 x 3.9in
  • Laptop Sleeve Yes
  • Weight 1lb
4Unigear Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The Unigear Sling Backpack for men may be on your radar if you want a versatile and everyday backpack without the need for a laptop sleeve. This model has crafted a way of combining multiple storage options with lightweight convenience. It includes a main compartment which is secured by a trustworthy zipper. There is also a second large compartment and multiple smaller pockets to keep ID cards, spare change and pens you accidentally took from the office.

Like some of the sling bags on the market, this model’s strap is situated in a way so you can wear the backpack over one shoulder in the orthodox fashion. Alternatively, you can choose to place the strap across your body to give you more freedom. To round off a cool backpack for men, Unigear will even supply their creation with a lifetime warranty. To learn more about this awesome sling bag simply hit the button below.

Pros

  • checkVersatile strap design
  • checkReliable zipper
  • checkWaterproof materials
  • checkMultiple compartments
  • checkLifetime warranty included
  • checkAccessible accessory pockets

Cons

  • cross-altNo laptop sleeve

Specs

  • Material Nylon
  • Dimensions 19 x 12.6 x 7in
  • Laptop Sleeve No
  • Weight 1.1lbs
5

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Modern men on the move need a backpack that accommodates their urban lifestyle. This sling backpack made by Kingsons does just that and comes in three sleek color options to choose from. You can even get this model made with a port to charge your smartphone.

The bag is made with durable polyester and nylon that repels water and is resistant to tears. The back section of the bag is made to encourage airflow and prevent you from getting a sweaty back on a summer’s day. Along the lining of this model, you will also notice patches. These patches are reflective stripes so you stay safe when traveling with this sling backpack in low light conditions.

One of the innovative inclusions on this backpack is that the rear compartment’s zipper can be hidden so the compartment is not visible to the naked eye. Thus, preventing pickpockets from targeting you as you weave the urban pedestrian traffic. You know it’s a fantastic sling backpack for men when we only just get a chance to mention its laptop sleeve. It has one of them too! What color would you get? We’ll go grey.

Pros

  • checkColor options
  • checkUnique USB port
  • checkAirflow design prevents shirt sweat marks
  • checkReflective patches for evening safety
  • checkHidden zippers reduce pickpocket threats

Cons

  • cross-altHeavier model

Specs

  • Material Polyester and nylon
  • Dimensions 11.02 x 15.75 x 4.33in
  • Laptop Sleeve Yes
  • Weight 1.54lbs
6DPark New Group Series Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Next up on our search for the best sling bags for men is this model though up by the clever people at DPark. The backpack is made from water-resistant canvas and includes a PU leather handle in case you choose to carry the bag instead of opting for the cross-body strap. The strap is one of the highlights of this model. It not only has extra padding for enhanced comfort, but it also reverses to make this bag the perfect accessory for righties and lefties.

This backpack includes multiple compartments. It has a main compartment to keep your larger items. Along with multiple side pockets and internal stretch pockets for your other bits and pieces. It will even accommodate books and small devices such as tablets and iPads. The zipper is one of the most reliable on the market and promises not to catch or break easily. Find out more about this bag by hitting the button right below.

Pros

  • checkWater-resistant canvas design
  • checkPU leather handle
  • checkSmooth zippers
  • checkReversible strap
  • checkMultiple compartments
  • checkFour color options

Cons

  • cross-altToo small for laptops

Specs

  • Material Canvas
  • Dimensions 14.9 x 7.9 x 3.5in
  • Laptop Sleeve Tablets only
  • Weight 1.2lbs
7Y&R Direct Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Although color options such as green coffee may have you scratching your head, the actual designs and aesthetics of the Y&R Direct Sling Backpack is something to get excited about. It’s made from water-resistant nylon and a protective polyester lining that you can count on. In terms of compartments, you also get plenty of storage options. This bag will keep your tablet, camera, smartphone, university books and any other accessory secure, making it ideal for students and working professionals. Other features worth mentioning include a breathable mesh on the back area, a padded ergonomic strap and the inclusion of a one-year warranty.

This is one of the most affordable bags for men on our list and the reason why we’re featuring it as the budget option. Guess how much it costs? Close – but hit the button below to reveal its actual low price and other features!

Pros

  • checkLow price
  • checkFive color options
  • checkThree compartments
  • checkBreathable mesh helps you keep cool
  • checkWarranty included

Cons

  • cross-altNo water bottle storage

Specs

  • Material Nylon and polyester
  • Dimensions 15 x 7.5 x 4in
  • Laptop Sleeve Tablet sleeve
  • Weight 0.55lbs
8Maladen Sling backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Look great and travel conveniently with this awesome sling backpack for men made by Maladen. Take it to work or take it on your weekend trips cycling and hiking. Don’t worry, that beer you had with lunch did not hit you harder than you think and you’re not seeing double. This model does look a lot similar to the previous sling backpack we featured. But there are some key differences.

The anti-scratch materials used within this model makes it perfect for outdoor use. Maladen had some complaints about their design back in 2016 and have responded to their critics by enhancing their creation. The strap is now packed with extra padding for optimal support and incorporates breathable mesh to prevent those mid-back sweat patches from appearing. Prepping for a weekend in the great outdoors? Take this great sling backpack with you and experience style and convenience rolled into one.

Pros

  • checkColor options to choose from
  • checkAnti-scratch material
  • checkPerfect for the outdoors
  • checkPadded strap
  • checkBreathable design
  • checkCheaper option than standard

Cons

  • cross-altSleeker designs found elsewhere

Specs

  • Material Nylon
  • Dimensions 7 x 2.8 x 13.8in
  • Laptop Sleeve Tablets only
  • Weight 0.41lbs
9Tinyat Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you don’t mind having a smaller and more compact design than some of the others we’re featuring, then you may want to give some serious consideration for this cheap sling backpack for men. Tinyat is the creator behind this phenomenal sleek design that comes available in either a black or two different shades of gray.

The main body of the backpack is made from anti-scratch and water-resistant polyester. The strap can be adjusted in length and by position for a personal fit and to match your preferences. This affordable model even has an earphone cable hole just like the premium options out there. Say yes to looking cool and say yes to heightened convenience for any inner city or country adventure. Want to learn more? That’s too easy. Just hit the button below to head to a seller of this in-demand sling backpack.

Pros

  • checkDurable materials
  • checkAdjustable strap for personal wear
  • checkInnovative cable port
  • checkSleek color options
  • checkAffordable price tag

Cons

  • cross-altMuch smaller than competing designs

Specs

  • Material Polyester
  • Dimensions 6.3 x 2.6 x 11in
  • Laptop Sleeve No
  • Weight 0.7lbs
10

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another sling backpack that was deemed a great buy by the Men’s Gear researchers was this model from Gemeer. They have made their sling bag into a teardrop design, which you’ll come to realize isn’t so uncommon. One aspect of their design which is a little less common is that that the strap is made from multiple pieces of rope. Using rope eases the tension on your shoulder and makes for an overall more comfortable experience.

Just because the manufacturers have gone with a teardrop shape, this sling backpack doesn’t sacrifice compartments. In fact, the Gemeer Sling backpack For Men has a main compartment and two easy-access pockets guarded by reliable zippers. This is without forgetting about the mesh water bottle holder. We believe this model is suitable for the avid hiker and outdoor adventurer. Got the family tent already? Now you just need cool outdoor gear like this backpack!

Pros

  • checkRope strap adds comfort
  • checkEasy-access pockets
  • checkMesh water bottle compartment
  • checkIdeal for adventures
  • checkLightweight
  • checkCool teardrop design

Cons

  • cross-altNo protection for devices

Specs

  • Material Nylon and rope
  • Dimensions 10 x 5 x 19in
  • Laptop Sleeve No
  • Weight 0.94lbs
11

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We don’t just feature cool tactical tops and tactical accessories made for men in the heat of battle on Men’s Gear. We also feature tactical sling backpacks that are rough and ready for your own outdoor pursuit. This particular model comes in a sandy tan color or a black. As you would expect on such a reliable and functional backpack, this Reebow creation does offer MOLLE webbing to attach your frequent essentials – as well as an array of pockets and compartments. You can even add a laptop, handguns or a two-liter hydration bag to this design with ease.

This sling backpack is made to last the test of time and is made from strong nylon that is then double stitched and rounded off with heavy-duty zips. One of the nice finishing touches to the aesthetics of this sling bag is that it has a US flag incorporated onto the back of the product. Serious hikers, happy campers and men of war rejoice that the robust Reebow Tactical Sling Backpack is on your side!

Pros

  • checkHolds handguns and ammo
  • checkProtective laptop compartment
  • checkTwo military-style color options
  • checkDouble stitched manufacturing
  • checkCool US aesthetics
  • checkMOLLE attachments

Cons

  • cross-altHydration bladder not included

Specs

  • Material Nylon
  • Dimensions 14 x 12 x 7in
  • Laptop Sleeve Yes
  • Weight 2lbs
12

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Not every man likes a dark purple sling backpack, but those that take no issue with Pine’s color choice will really like this highly-functional design. The main compartment has a zipper that spans the whole top area of the bag and is then supported by two other easy-access compartments – both with a zipper. What makes it even more functional is that the strap can be adjusted to fit your body size and it can even be arranged to sit in different ways.

When it comes to materials, the Pine Sling Backpack doesn’t let you down either. The predominant part of the design is made with water-resistant and tough nylon. But it also boasts some accents made with PU leather for added strength and easy maintenance. The back panel will prevent your back sweating and revealing sweat patches once you take off your backpack in the office. Other cool features found on this product include a USB port and it even has a pocket with RFID blocking. For those unaware, RFID technology prevents criminals from using electronic readers to access your personal details in your wallet.

Pros

  • checkUSB port
  • checkRFID technology
  • checkMultiple compartments
  • checkAdjustable Strap
  • checkDurable build

Cons

  • cross-altIt’s purple…

Specs

  • Material Nylon
  • Dimensions 12.6 x 7.9 x 3.9in
  • Laptop Sleeve Tablets only
  • Weight 1.2lbs
13Nicgid Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another nylon construction that oozes quality and functionality is this sling backpack made by the guys and gals at Nicgid. It’s made from high-quality nylon that is both resistant to water and tear resistant. However, just because it’s a solid construction you can trust, it doesn’t mean that it’s heavy. In fact, this is one of the lightest sling bags on the market. This bag comes with a choice of six color options, many of which are influenced by the armed services.

It offers many practical storage solutions with a number of different sized pockets and compartments. Most of the pockets are easily accessible which make this model perfect for outdoor adventures when you need a pen knife, a compass or your camera. Another convenient factor on this model is that the strap doesn’t just adjust to cater to different sizes. It can also be tailored to switch from a one-strap shoulder backpack to a cross-body backpack. If you’re part of the one-strap club or want to try a new innovative type of backpack that is made to last – choose this one!

Pros

  • checkLightweight construction
  • checkSix awesome colors
  • checkAccessible compartments
  • checkAdjustable strap setting
  • checkHidden ant-theft pocket
  • checkWater resistant and tear resistant

Cons

  • cross-altNot really for the office

Specs

  • Material Nylon
  • Dimensions 7.1 x 0.8 x 14.5in
  • Laptop Sleeve Tablets only
  • Weight 0.55lbs
14Vanlison Cross-Body Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Many of the designs we’ve shown you so far are much narrower than an original backpack. This is natural considering they have one strap fewer. However, Vanlison has managed to create a sling backpack without making it overly narrow. They’ve done this by making the top of the strap much wider than other designs, which simultaneously adds more durability and strength to the overall backpack. It also makes it suitable for the lefties and righties among our readership.

The wider design means you can carry your tablet, books and feed headphone wires through the bag. You can even add two water bottles! Perfect for students and the working man? You can choose to purchase this sling backpack in six different colors. All of them are dark and musty colors which will look in place in your office or up a mountain. Your payment is also protected with a lifetime guarantee! Click below to see the other five colors for yourself.

Pros

  • checkWider design
  • checkReliable and robust strap
  • checkFor righties and lefties
  • checkSix color choices
  • checkWater bottle holders
  • checkLifetime guarantee included

Cons

  • cross-altNot as sleek as other designs

Specs

  • Material Nylon
  • Dimensions 8.2 x 13.7 x 3.9in
  • Laptop Sleeve Tablets only
  • Weight 0.86lbs
15MyGreen Sling Backpack For Men

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Briefcase meets a sling backpack in our next feature. This MyGreen bag comes in many different cool colors from a stylish black to an appealing coffee. You can also choose to get this model with two straps if you decide a sling backpack isn’t for you.

This is one of the most sophisticated designs because the combination of durable washed canvas pairs well with leather accents such as buckles, zipper tags and other aspects. We certainly recommend this bag for office workers wanting to turn heads on the commute to work.

The bag is as efficient and functional as it is aesthetically awesome. It includes multiple compartments for your books, documents and even your laptop. The strap is reinforced and can be switched to either side to cater to left-handed or right-handed people. Another phenomenal feature is an accessible water bottle holder for all day H2o.

Pros

  • checkLeather accents
  • checkPerfect for urban commuting
  • checkMultiple roomy compartments
  • checkWater bottle holder
  • checkLefties and righties accommodated
  • checkSophisticated and gentlemanly

Cons

  • cross-altNot ideal for adventuring

Specs

  • Material Canvas
  • Dimensions 10.6 x 14.1 4.3in
  • Laptop Sleeve Yes
  • Weight 1.4lbs
16Rswsp Men’s Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Full-grain leather sling backpacks are not that common so when you do find one of these gems you should give it serious consideration. A slash-proof leather design also makes you less of a target to potential thieves. This particular model comes available in a black color with a cool eye graphic. However, if you want something less quirky and more formal you could always choose the characterful brown leather design instead.

The durable and easy-to-maintain leather may add style to your look, but the inside is all about practicality. This sling backpack is lined with elegant and soft fabric to protect your devices and other contents. There are multiple compartments so you can stay organized for college or for work and there is even an accessible back pocket to store your most frequented items. To round off a cool bag, the strap is made to be comfortable, light and it can be adjusted for your preferences. Discover more about one of the best sling bags on the market by tapping below.

Pros

  • checkDurable model
  • checkEasy to maintain
  • checkPrime organization
  • checkLightweight and comfortable
  • checkPerfect for college and work
  • checkFull-leather design

Cons

  • cross-altBlack option less professional

Specs

  • Material Full-grain leather
  • Dimensions 11.8 x 6.7 x 2.75in
  • Laptop Sleeve Tablets only
  • Weight 0.8lbs
17Aotian Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The Aotian Sling Backpack is one of the most unique designs we have to show you. This is because the main buckle is placed sideways so the bag wraps around itself rather than folding down like orthodox designs. But its’ not just a clever design that you should get excited about when owning this incredible sling backpack. The materials it incorporates are also a big plus.

The main body of the bag is made with strong and water-resistant waxed canvas. The shoulder strap is made with cow leather and is even more durable but also exceptionally comfortable. Even the zippers are made to last the long haul and are of premium quality that will not rust or stick.

Inside the bag is just as impressive and houses many different compartments for organized storage. It can even fit a tablet or iPad up to 9.7 inches. Overall, this sling backpack mixes earthy outdoor aesthetics with a professional feel. To the mountains or to the city? No problem. Grab this backpack in one of four awesome colors and be on your way.

Pros

  • checkVersatile sling bag
  • checkInnovative wraparound design
  • checkColor options available
  • checkDurable composition
  • checkHolds large tablets

Cons

  • cross-altHeavier than most

Specs

  • Material Canvas
  • Dimensions 9.05 x 5.11 x 14.56in
  • Laptop Sleeve Tablet only
  • Weight 1.54lbs
185.11 RUSH MOAB 10 Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We showed you one tactical sling backpack earlier but here is another. 5.11 are no mugs when it comes to creating outstanding tactical quality and they’ve continued their high standards when crafting this top-notch sling bag for men.

It is made of high-quality 1050D nylon that is both strong and resistant to water. This nylon is then enhanced with the addition of MOLLE webbing, so you may easily attach your most-frequented items to these accessible points covering this outstanding bag. There is even a pocket on the shoulder part of the adjustable strap so you can retrieve your compass or something else effortlessly.

Other awesome features that you can’t miss before scrolling on or hitting the button below include a fleece-lined sunglasses pocket, self-healing YKK zippers, compression straps – and even a hydration pouch. This is the perfect tactical sling backpack for any men who love an outdoor adventure. Be the alfa of your guys’ weekend in nature with this bag for men.

Pros

  • checkHydration pocket
  • checkShoulder pocket
  • checkMOLLE webbing
  • checkCompression straps
  • checkPerfect for rugged adventurers
  • checkSunglasses pouch

Cons

  • cross-altHydration bladder not included

Specs

  • Material 1050D Nylon
  • Dimensions 18.25 x 9 x 5.25in
  • Laptop Sleeve No
  • Weight 3.4lbs
19KAVU Rope Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you’re heading to the beach or need a second backpack for your backpacking adventure in the tropics, then this rope sling backpack will do the trick. KAVU have made this sling backpack. The backpack itself is made from durable and polyester and boasts numerous storage compartments. There are in fact two main compartments with an internal zipper pocket to store your valuables safely. This is not forgetting the two easy-access external compartments.

The signature aspect of their design is the rope strap. Each piece of rope is soft, durable and matches the overall colorful aesthetic of the bag. Fancy yourself as a funky rock climber, cyclist or an adventure junkie? Then hit the button below and take a further look at this groovy sling backpack for men. You won’t regret it.

Pros

  • checkColorful and groovy design
  • checkMultiple internal and external pockets
  • checkSoft and comfortable rope strap
  • checkInternal zipper pocket
  • checkDurable polyester design

Cons

  • cross-altNot subtle enough for the office

Specs

  • Material Polyester
  • Dimensions 20 x 11 x 3in
  • Laptop Sleeve No
  • Weight 0.65lbs
20Best Guimiaray Sling Backpack For Men

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Back from the weekend at the beach or a Sunday hiking and it’s time to get back down to business. You can do just that with this vintage sling backpack made of leather. It wouldn’t look out of place darting for the subway or resting on the back of a chair at a sun-drenched inner-city café.

The bag is made from cowhide leather which is both durable and super easy to clean. The functionality of the backpack boasts five pockets made for specific purposes from storing IDs to your tablet device. It comes in a choice of five different shades of charming and sophisticated brown colors that make it look sleek and professional. It’s the go-to choice for businessmen, interns and students who want a professional backpack for the weekday and a casual model for the weekend. So, which color would you choose? Browse them all by clicking the button below.

Pros

  • checkEasy maintenance
  • checkDurable leather
  • checkMultiple color options
  • checkFive pockets
  • checkKeeps devices safe
  • checkSophisticated design

Cons

  • cross-altBetter options for hiking elsewhere

Specs

  • Material Cowhide leather
  • Dimensions 10.2 x 13.5 x 5.5in
  • Laptop Sleeve Tablets only
  • Weight 1.15lbs
21

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Water is a key aspect of this next sling backpack. This is because Waterfly has created a formidable bag that is water resistant, has a water bottle holder, and will also equip you to stay dry with an umbrella holder/pocket.

You can pick up this sling backpack in one of five cool colors. All of which will look great zooming around on the back of a cyclist or making their way up the side of the mountain. Just because this bag is perfect for outdoor activities doesn’t mean it isn’t ideal for everyday use as well. It even boasts seven compartments, so you can be organized and carry your gear conveniently. The water bottle holder is joined by many smaller pockets to keep keys, IDs or just some snacks at easy reach.

One of the best features of this design is that the back panel is made with extra padding for enhanced comfort. Yet, this same part of the backpack is designed to be extraordinarily breathable, making sure you never get back sweat patches during summer. We’d choose the blue one – how about you?

Pros

  • checkMultiple pockets
  • checkWater bottle holder
  • checkColor options
  • checkBreathable back panel
  • checkFor activities and everyday use
  • checkUnique umbrella storage

Cons

  • cross-altNo laptop storage

Specs

  • Material Waterproof linen
  • Dimensions 16.5 x 10.6 x 4.7in
  • Laptop Sleeve Tablets only
  • Weight 0.94lbs
22

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We will start our final ten sling bags by looking at the work of Kemy’s. These guys have created a sling backpack which can also be worn across the front of your chest as well. They also make it available in either a classic black color or a unique red shade.

The smooth nylon composition means this sling backpack is easy to keep clean as it is strong. The strap is adjustable and can be tailored to your body shape as well as preferences. One of the best features of this model is found amongst its storage compartments. It includes one stealth pocket that can easily go undetected. Use this compartment to keep your valuables away from lurking pickpockets. We recommend this sling backpack for everyday use whether you’re heading to class, the gym or on a hike.

Pros

  • checkEasy to maintain
  • checkPerfect for everyday use
  • checkMultiple storage options
  • checkUnder-the-radar pocket
  • checkWear forwards or backwards
  • checkAdjustable strap

Cons

  • cross-altDoesn’t hold devices safely

Specs

  • Material Nylon
  • Dimensions 7.5 x 3.2 x 4.5in
  • Laptop Sleeve No
  • Weight 0.8lbs
23Alena Culian Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Thank us later because we have another phenomenal leather sling backpack to show you. This model isn’t as gentlemanly as some of the other leather models, but it remains suitable for professional occasions and weekends city dwelling.

It comes in a range of darker colors and is adjustable to your dimensions. It can also be worn across your back or across your front like some of the previous models we’ve featured. The main larger storage compartment is coupled with a number of smaller and accessible pockets, secured with reliable zippers. One of the highlights is an earphone port to weave your earphones out of the bag for added convenience. Hit the button below to discover more.

Pros

  • checkEarphone port
  • checkMultiple color options
  • checkDurable leather
  • checkFront and back wear

Cons

  • cross-altNo tablets or laptops welcome

Specs

  • Material Faux leather
  • Dimensions 6.3 x 12.6 x 1.97in
  • Laptop Sleeve No
  • Weight 1.04lbs
24Vanlison Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

One of the lighter and more slender designs that will appeal to a certain market like joggers and cyclists is the Vanlison bag. Weighing in at just over half a pound, this is not going to add much weight to your active lifestyle. You’ll still conquer the trails and the tracks with this incredible backpack for men.

The backpack is made with watertight nylon and the strap has been additionally padded to add more comfort to the wearer’s experience. Just because it is one of the smaller sling bags doesn’t mean it’s short of storage options. Don’t be deceived but be amazed at its six compartments plus an internal zip pocket for valuable items. The lake blue color edition caught our eye. Which one would you choose?

Pros

  • checkExtra lightweight
  • checkExtra compartments
  • checkMultiple color editions
  • checkReliable zippers
  • checkWater-resistant nylon construction

Cons

  • cross-altNot big enough for some books

Specs

  • Material Nylon
  • Dimensions 7 x 14.9 x 2.5in
  • Laptop Sleeve No
  • Weight 0.6lbs
25

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’ve always got your back at Men’s Gear and so will this 7Senses design made from high-quality polyester. Being made from polyester means that this sling backpack doesn’t compromise on durability but it’s also easy to wipe clean and keep in excellent condition. The back panel is also breathable and designed to support your back. Similar support is applied to the padded strap, which also includes reflective stripes to keep you visible in low-light conditions. Bikers and cyclists are listening more intently now.

Water bottle pockets, smartphone pockets and even room for a laptop make this a stand-out option to most sling bag shoppers. It’s one of the largest and best models on our list. Think again before scrolling past our link to the top sellers!

Pros

  • checkAbove-average dimensions
  • checkEasy maintenance
  • checkStrong manufacturing
  • checkPadded strap
  • checkExcessive pockets

Cons

  • cross-altOnly available in wine red

Specs

  • Material Polyester
  • Dimensions 18.1 x 11.8 x 4in
  • Laptop Sleeve Yes
  • Weight 0.65lbs
26Piscifun Men’s Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We just showed you a great sling backpack for the cyclists in our readership. Now we have one for the fishermen among us. This is not just a sling backpack for fishing trips though. This is a tactical sling bag for fishing trips!

The prime nylon is water resistant and durable. Still, don’t try and fall in the lake though guys. Quality materials are also found in the product’s SBS full-length zippers and KAM buckle. So, what makes it great for fishing trips? We’re glad you asked.

This particular sling bag includes two rod belts, so you can store your rods securely. There is also ample storage to keep lures, fishing boxes, line, pliers and the other accessories and items in your life. There is even MOLLE webbing which gives the bag its tactical status. The final perk is that you get to choose from a host of military-inspired colors!

Pros

  • checkRod belts
  • checkMOLLE webbing
  • checkMany color options
  • checkSBS zippers
  • checkKAM buckle
  • checkPerfect for fishing

Cons

  • cross-altAesthetically not as appealing as others

Specs

  • Material Nylon
  • Dimensions 12 x 8.7 x 4.3in
  • Laptop Sleeve Tablets only
  • Weight N/A
27Kalevel Sling Backpack For Men

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Closing in on the final sling backpacks brings us to the Kalevel Sling Bag. This is one of the cheapest sling backpacks we have in store for you, but you wouldn’t think it to look at its materials and features. Grey, coffee, black or army green are your color choices and each one is made with water-resistant cotton canvas.

But it’s not only color options that you get here. You also get a choice between dimensions to suit your needs. Just be aware that both sizes will accommodate a tablet and not a laptop. The strap remains adjustable and the space on offer is plentiful. You get to make the most of a roomy main compartment, two additional pockets with zippers – and an internal zip pocket for your valuables. Fashionable? Check. Functional? Check. Affordable? Triple check! Discover more about the Kalevel Sling Backpack for men by hitting the link right below.

Pros

  • checkFour exceptional color options
  • checkMultiple compartments
  • checkInternal zip pocket
  • checkDurable materials
  • checkExceptionally affordable

Cons

  • cross-altUnpadded strap

Specs

  • Material Cotton canvas
  • Dimensions Multiple available
  • Laptop Sleeve Tablets only
  • Weight N/A
28POSO Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The POSO Sling Backpack is a stylish creation and has a hint of the popular Herschel backpacks in it. The predominant part of the design is made from scratch-resistant and water-resistant nylon you can count on. This makes it perfect for outdoor activities as well as daily living.

The strap of this design is not padded, but POSO has cleverly padded the shoulder region of their sling backpack so they retain the comfort factor for the wearer. While we’re talking about the strap, also notice how it is adjustable in length and can be adapted to make the bag a shoulder backpack, a cross-body bag – or even a cross-chest model. It’s a versatile bag that can work for you. This sling bag comes available in four colors and comes with an attached 90-day satisfaction guarantee. Not happy with it for whatever reason? Sling it back and get your money back too!

Pros

  • checkOne of the lightest around
  • check90-day guarantee
  • checkDurable nylon
  • checkShoulder padding
  • checkVersatile strap setup

Cons

  • cross-altToo small for devices

Specs

  • Material Nylon
  • Dimensions 12.4 x 7.4 x 2.8in
  • Laptop Sleeve No
  • Weight 0.4lbs
29SDIYABALO Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The modern man needs a modern backpack and this sling bag is just that. Unlike many of the previous models which are water resistant, this bag is made from PU leather that is completely waterproof. The leather has been made into an ergonomic design to support your back, making it ideal for prolonged wear.

This sling backpack is one of the most spacious we’ve featured. It’s so big it includes a laptop sleeve and plenty of other compartments and pockets to keep your papers and college work organized. These storage options include an external pocket with a strong and smooth zipper. Use this pocket to keep the items you need frequently, whether it be a company ID or your car keys.

One of the special features on this backpack is the headphone and earphone port. Slip a powerbank inside the bag and charge your smartphone as you commute to work. Or, keep your smartphone in your sling backpack and feed your earphones to listen to your playlist anytime and anywhere. There are five different color options to choose from and some of them use a two-toned design that adds stylish contrast to the bag’s overall aesthetics.

Pros

  • checkTwo-toned color options
  • checkPU leather
  • checkErgonomic design
  • checkHeadphone/earphone port
  • checkMultiple pockets with reliable zippers

Cons

  • cross-altHeavier than the average bag

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Dimensions 8.7 x 5.1 x 12.5in
  • Laptop Sleeve Yes
  • Weight 2lbs
30Altura Photo Men’s Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The penultimate sling backpack on our buyer guide is something for the men that enjoy photography. This bag has been specifically made to carry cameras safely and securely. The inside of the compartments includes padded dividers, so you can store your DSLR cameras in a way that suit you. There is also a top compartment where you can store camera accessories such as zoom lenses and more.

Altura has put some serious thought into the functionality of their creation and recognized that many photographers need quick access to their camera and accessories. To cater to this quick rush to grab your camera and get the perfect snap, they enhanced their strap. They added extra padding into the strap so you can swivel it around and grab your camera without having to take it off. To give you purchasing power, the manufacturers are also supplying this sling backpack with a 90-day satisfaction guarantee.

Pros

  • checkPerfect for photographers
  • checkVersatile dividers
  • checkPadded protection
  • checkAccessory compartment
  • checkGuarantee included

Cons

  • cross-altNiche market

Specs

  • Material N/A
  • Dimensions 8.5 x 5.5 x 16in
  • Laptop Sleeve No
  • Weight 1.1lbs
31S-Zone Sling Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The last chance to board the sling backpack train to Style Ville is the S-Zone Sling Bag. The majority of the backpack is made from durable canvas and includes some leather aspects to add to its aesthetics and durability.

You will find many different compartments inside ready to securely hold all your daily items. From smartphones and car keys to 14-inch laptops – everything is catered for here. It must be noted that the laptop sleeve has been filled with extra padding to prevent it from getting damaged during the rush hour commute.

They offer their design in either a stylish dark gray or a cool coffee color. Both will make you look great in the city or on a weekend adventure in nature with the family. Learn even more about this backpack for men by clicking the button just below.

Pros

  • checkFoam padded
  • checkAccommodates laptops
  • checkTwo awesome color options
  • checkEasy-access storage
  • checkPremium materials

Cons

  • cross-altAbove-average price tag

Specs

  • Material Canvas
  • Dimensions 10 x 16.14 x 8.5in
  • Laptop Sleeve Yes
  • Weight 1.69lbs

Which One Will You Bag?

That concludes our look into the best sling bags currently on the market. We had a lot to show you and your scrolling finger may be feeling a little tired right now. But if you found the best sling backpack for your needs – which we sure hope you did – then it was all worth it.

If you found many sling backpacks that caught your eye, then why not compare them by learning more about each model. Simply hit our links to the best sellers so compare features, prices and design options. We made sure our list included a variety of styles, functions and fit into different price brackets.

Despite these difference, we also made sure that our features came from reliable brands that are either household names like Under Armor or trusted manufacturers such as 7Senses, Waterfly, Kavu – and tactical gear manufacturers such as 5.11 and Reebow. If you choose any of the sling bags above, you can be assured of a smart purchase.

Lastly, thanks for dropping in with us at Men’s Gear for another look at cool products that are both stylish and functional. Modern men are flocking to our site all the time and we hope you’ll join us again on another buyer guide in the near future.

Best 21 Fire Starters

BEST FIRE STARTER PICKS FOR 2019

1Exotac nanoStriker XL

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

This nifty little starter of fires is basically the original nanoStriker by Exotac but on steroids. The biggest upgrade to watch out for is the rod which is 33% bigger giving you up to an amazing 3000 fire-starting strikes. Other than that, the striker handle is nearly 50% bigger, which vastly improves the grip of this fire starter.

As with the original, the use of aluminum for the body ensures that this device is as light as possible which ensures that you will barely notice it when not in use as it is designed to easily be worn on a necklace.

The ¼ inch ferrocerium rod is replaceable, which means that even after you’ve used up your 3000 fire-starting strikes, you can simply replace the rod and keep on trucking. A really lovely tool to add to your fire starter kit and it does come in several colors for those who like to accessorize. Fair warning though, the silver finish will probably provide the best longevity, as the paint will probably start to scratch on the other finishes over time.

Specs

  • Type Ferrocerium
  • Strikes 3000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 3.6 x 0.4 x 0.4 inch
2Bear Grylls Fire Starter

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

While some other fire starters may be a touch more ‘bare-bones’, this fire starter by Gerber offers a bit more of a complete package. This product is surprisingly much cheaper than most on the list and provides you with plenty of bang for your buck. You will definitely still be pleasantly surprised to find out that this will most likely be one of the last fire starters you may need, sporting up to 8000 strikes.

While that certainly is quite a number, the novelty of this ultimate survival fire starter lies in the little extras that are built into this package. Firstly, the waterproof construction of the body ensures that any stored tinder safely dry. The second addition along with this fire starter is an emergency whistle, which means there is one more item included which you can check off on your survival list.

Just to sweeten the deal, Gerber have also included an informative pocket survival guide by the ultimate survivor himself, Bear Grylls. What more could you ask for?

Specs

  • Type Ferrocerium
  • Strikes 8000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 9.5 x 5.5 x 1 inch
3Fire-Fast Trekker

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

For you guys out there more inclined to the rough stuff, this is definitely a fire starter to take note of on all those survival missions and trips. This fire starter does not include any fancy finishes or little bells and whistles, but what you do get is a military grade rod of solid magnesium.

This fire starter is guaranteed to get your blaze going every single time, as the magnesium is soft and easily scraped off the rod to ignite kindling or flammable material easily. The guys over at Fire-Fast have also finished this rugged tool off with a hard wood handle which provides you with effective grip which scraping and striking.

This may not check a few of the boxes for extras and sleek design but what you will get for the price is solid reliability and durability. What more could a bushcrafter, hunter, camper or survivalist really ask for.

Specs

  • Type Magnesium
  • Strikes 8000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 6.5 x 0.8 x 0.6 inch
4Zippo Emergency Fire Starter

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Perhaps one of the easiest to use fire starters on our list, the Emergency Fire Starter by Zippo is basically the same as using any lighter. The unit consists of a plastic box which houses the ignition mechanism and 4 wax-coated, water resistant flints. When you want to light the fire all you have to do is strike the ignition wheel, similar to that of a regular lighter and that’s all it takes. The fire starter does admittedly come in a plastic fished container, which at the price point may not be for everybody. What you need to keep in mind is that this does come with guaranteed quality as is the case with all Zippo products. Also, the plastic finish does enable the case itself to float while a water resistant O-ring seal keeps the contents dry, which is always welcomed when you out in mother nature and nothing is certain.

Specs

  • Type Ferrocerium
  • Strikes N/A
  • Spark Degree N/A
  • Dimensions 1.7 x 3.9 x 6.1 inch
5

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

This fire starter is definitely on the more hardcore side as it was originally developed for the Swedish Department of Defense. This is a compact and lightweight fire starter with a lifespan which punches way above others in its price range.

The improvements from the previous version include a higher quality stainless steel striker and more ergonomic design for the handle. The original intent behind the design was to develop a fire starter which could overcome high altitudes and low temperatures.

Thus, this compact and hardy fire starter is perfect for those looking at undertaking trips into high terrain or during more extreme cold weather. This is because the fire starter does not require any flints or gas to get a fire going and should be more than adequate on most oudoor adventures.

Specs

  • Type Magnesium
  • Strikes 12 000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 3.7 x 1 x 0.6 inch
6Exotac fireROD

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The fireROD fire starter by Exotac offers hunters, campers and survivalists a superior practical option for getting fires started. This is a somewhat higher end fire starter for its relative simplicity, as compared to some others on the list.

This is owing to the fact that with this fire starter you are receiving a device crafted from superior magnesium. This also includes a very practical design which is ideal for carrying with a knife. The handle doubles of this fire starter up as a storage compartment for tinder, making this a very solid but simple option for the no nonsense adventurer.

This is a great choice for a survival fire starter as it is easy to use, works in wet weather and makes carrying and storage simple. The real bonus about this item is that the rod is replaceable which means that should you ever run out of ignition material, you can simply get a new rod in and it’s as good as new.

The capsule or handle is crafted with high quality aluminum which also makes this a sturdy and light choice for a fire starter.

Specs

  • Type Magnesium
  • Strikes 5000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 3.6 x 0.6 x 0.6 inch
7

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

This is not simply a fire starter; it is a 3-in-1 survival tool that you are getting. The fire starter is accompanied by an emergency whistle and compass. Similar to most fire starters, this one is designed for thousands of strikes and works perfectly in windy and rainy conditions.

This makes this compact tool a must-have for most survival kit or hunting kits. The fire started itself comes with an easy to carry cord which also helps in not losing it on your trips.

The scraper design does have small serrations on it, which makes scraping the rod or striking it much easier but alternatively does make carrying it in your pocket a bit less comfortable. Really one of the best value buys on the market for what you will be getting. This item is perfect for a survivalist looking for a great deal or someone new to the industry not looking at spending too much off the bat.

Specs

  • Type Magnesium
  • Strikes 3000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 6.5 x 0.8 x 0.6 inch
8SOG Flint

When you talk about gadgetry that just catches the eye, it’s little devices such as this fire starter that comes to mind; compact, stylish and practical. The SOG flint is an all-black aluminum, pencil-shaped fire starter.

While it comes with a small compartment for storing flint and keeping it dry, this fire starter also includes an emergency whistle as well as a carbide-tipped glass breaker- just in case. The easy-to handle size and light weight of this product makes it ideal to be carried as a lanyard or even in a backpack or pouch.

What is quite special about this fire starter which not many products have today in general is a lifetime warrantee. That really says something about the manufacturer stading by the quality of his brand.

We must however advise that because of its relatively small size, the rod of this product is not the biggest one out there, which can make handling this fire starter a bit tricky for those heavy handed guys out there.

Specs

  • Type Magnesium
  • Strikes 5000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 5.8 x 4.3 x 4.3 inch
9

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

You are going to be hard pressed to find a more simple fire starter anywhere on the market and while some may want something that’s a bit more tricked out, this fire starter is every bit as good as any.

What you get with this fire starter is a simple magnesium rod and a striker, strung together on a simple cord. Now while you may be thinking is that all? Yep and we love it. The thinking is quite simple here, the less extras it has the fewer things you need to worry about breaking.

This fire starter also comes in three sizes, ranging from 3.5 to 8.5 inch, which means you get exactly what you are paying for. No mess no fuss.

What you are getting with this simple device is a fire starter that can strike at temperatures up to 5500 degrees Fahrenheit and up to 20 000 strikes, if not more. What you sacrificing in extras you get back in quality, and you get it back in spades.

Specs

  • Type Magnesium
  • Strikes 20 000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 8.5 x 0.5 x 0.5 inch  
10Swiss Safe 5-in-1 Fire Starter

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Let’s just start by saying each 5-in1 fire starter by Swiss Safe comes in a two pack, which is great value right from the beginning. Apart from being a great deal for any of you into bushcraft, hunting, camping or any other such activities in the great outdoors, Swiss Safe is known for the exceptional quality of their products.

This survival too comes with a compass, emergency whistle and 8-core Paracord, which on their own are each great items to have along when you head out into the wilderness. Did we forget to mention that the striker also doubles as a mini hacksaw blade?

You just can’t go wrong with this fire starter package which just screams well prepared. The magnesium alloy rod is also of the highest quality and puts out sparks at an amazing 5500 degrees Fahrenheit, which should get a fire going in just about any conditions.

This is not only a great tool to buy, but with over 16000 sparks it will be a lifelong outdoor companion.

Specs

  • Type Magnesium
  • Strikes 16 000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 5 x 0.45 x 0.45 inch  
11SHARPAL 101N 6-in-1

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Just looking at this crafty device is more than enough to pique the interest of even the most experienced outdoorsman. You wouldn’t be wrong to wonder either because there is just so much going on with this survival tool.

This fire starter comes with tungsten carbide blades for quick setting, as well as ceramic clades for fine honing. Then you have the fire starter which is comprised of a small removable magnesium rod.

The one feature which had us blown away at men’s gear was the gut hook with sharpening serrations and diamond grove for sharpening fish hooks. To top it all off, you also get a high-pitched emergency whistle.

Now anybody would think that such an all-inclusive package would cost quite a penny, but this is interestingly one of the value buys on this list and just an all-round impressive gadget. The small package also makes this wonderful as you can just pop it in your pocket and go.

Specs

  • Type Magnesium
  • Strikes 3000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 3.5 x 1.4 x 0.4 inch    
12Pro Striker Paracord Landyard

Once again we have one of our simpler fire starter options available. Now, while those of you who on not too familiar with survival and bushcraft, the braid work of the lanyard cable is not just pretty, it’s one of the way in which you can store paracord, which has so many great uses when out camping, hiking or hunting.

As with some of the more simple offerings on this list, the large magnesium rod is the centre piece of this survival gem, which provides a very generous shower of sparks; sufficient to get a fire started in any conditions.

The very high grade of steel used for the striker also increases the ability of the fire starter to provide a shower of hot sparks, which is another testament to this product’s quality and longevity.

A great too for the distinguished survivalist or just something you may want to have along for camping, because you can never be too prepared.

Specs

  • Type Magnesium
  • Strikes 16 000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 6 x 0.5 x 0.5 inch  
13Pulse Plasma Lighter

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Now for those guys out there who like things with a bit more of a modern twist, this could be your kind of fire starter. Here we have an electronic fire starter, which makes use of a high intensity double plasma arc pulse to ignite any material.

This is conveniently shaped like a lighter which means it will easily fit into your pocket. Now many may think that an electric fire starter on an outdoor adventure is just planning to fail, but this fire starter delivers a whopping 300 sparks per charge which is considerable.

In order to make it as easy as possible to maintain, the fire starter comes with a convenient USB recharging cable which only takes one hour to replenish the battery. This is however an electric product which only makes sense that this fire starter is also fire proof.

This really does impress with it’s wonderful design which is practical but at the same time quite easy on the eye; a must-have for a modern gadget junky.

Specs

  • Type Plasma Arc
  • Strikes 300
  • Spark Degree N/A
  • Dimensions 2.7 x 1.9 x 0.7 inch
14

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

When it comes to ease of use and overall safety, this fire starter outpaces the rest on this list. That’s because it is essentially designed to blow hot air over wood or charcoal in order to ignite them and get the fire started.

So simple even those who are a bit newer to the great outdoors will be able to use it without much difficulty. All this device requires from you is to point and shoot. Now while that may be great if you just sitting around a camp fire, this may exactly be a great survival tool.

This fire starter makes use of separate batteries to function, and is a little bigger than most utility fire starters, which makes it a bit harder to carry around. This will also no be great for getting a fire starter in wet conditions.

Even so, this is an extremely comfortable fire starter and can easily be part of a more relaxed trip to the outdoors.

Specs

  • Type Hot Air
  • Strikes N/A
  • Spark Degree N/A
  • Dimensions 9.2 x 2.2 x 2.2 inch
15StrikeForce Fire Starter

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The fire starter by StrikeForce provides you with a great design for the classic magnesium rod fire starter. As with many of the fire starters on this list, you are provided with a good quality magnesium allow rod and a steel striker. What sets this apart from some of the competition is the safety orientation of the design.

While this is no doubt a simple and quality product, the bar and striker are separately housed in two halves of a hard plastic box, which eliminated the risk of unintended sparking which could well happen with some of the more simplistic designs.

This is novel for those of you who are looking for a fire starter to take in your pocket along on a hike. While this fire starter is a touch bigger than some others, this does afford you much better grip when striking, which some guys with bigger hands will appreciate.

Specs

  • Type Magnesium
  • Strikes 4000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 4 x 1.5 x 1 inch
162 Pack Magnesium Fire Starter

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

This entry in the list is at the very entry point and offers the best value for money with a 2 pack of magnesium fire starters for less than most of the individual fire starters. Now while that certainly is something to take note of, the 2 pack magnesium fire starter also happens to be one of the smallest as well.

Now while many may love a beautifully crafted survival fire starter or an easy-to-use camp fire starter there will always be fans of ‘less is more’. With this product that is exactly what you will have in store.

It is exceedingly simple and takes up almost no space, but that may just be what you need in a tiny survival pack kicking around somewhere at the bottom of your backpack. So how well does it work?

Well it is surprisingly effective as you have an accompanying magnesium bar to shave a few flakes off before striking the bar. These flakes ignite very easily and should give you a good minute or two of fire even in wet weather which should be enough to get your fire going.

Specs

  • Type Magnesium
  • Strikes 2000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 1.5 x 2.5 x 5 inch
17Survival Whistle Fire Starter

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

With this fire starter, the company has put a lot of effort into producing a really good and loud whistle and combining that with a good quality fire starter while still managing to keep it as lightweight as possible.

This small and lightweight fire starter is a wonderful addition to any fans of camping and hiking as the whistle which is included not only works as an emergency or fire whistle, but because it is so loud it can double up as a deterrent for wild animals.

The magnesium alloy rod provides you with a sufficiently hot spark to get a fire going in most weather conditions and should be fine for most intended uses. While these little guys work perfectly as a device to put in your pocket or carry every day, it should be noted that these may not be the best tool for taking into extreme conditions and high altitudes.

Specs

  • Type Magnesium
  • Strikes 3000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 3.125 x 0.75 x 0.25 inch  
1840488 Fire Fast Bellows

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Once again we have another wonderful entry by Zippo, in the form of their Fire Fast Bellows fire starter. This is a battery powered device which generates hot enough wind gusts to ignite a camp fire, barbecue or charcoal.

This device certainly is beautifully crafted as it has soft touches which just set it apart from most of the rest, such as the rubber handle for easy gripping.

Many may be suspicious of taking this device along on a camping trip as it is batter operated, but a single charge of good quality batteries provides you with 180 hot air bursts of 1 minute each. Some fire situations may be a bit trickier, but this should be more than enough to get most fires started.

This may not be your best bet in extreme weather conditions including heavy wind or rain, but for most other tasks it should be more than enough.

Specs

  • Type Hot Air
  • Strikes 180/1min
  • Spark Degree N/A
  • Dimensions: 2 x 2.2 x 9.5 inch    
19

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Here we have our first butane powered fire starter on the list and while many hard-core survivalists out there may put down some that enjoy their creature comforts, just remember that this will almost certainly get almost any wood or charcoal lit within a minute.

Well on full blast you will generate a flame about 4 inches long, which is bordering somewhere between household lighter and flamethrower. One of the most expensive on this list, this product is all about quality and comfort and quite frankly we don’t mind something a bit less rugged if it provides results.

Perhaps not the best for inclement weather condition, such as heavy rainfall or snow, but most people who buy it love it. If you are in a position to spend a bit more this is definitely worth the investment.

Specs

  • Type Butane
  • Strikes N/A
  • Spark Degree N/A
  • Dimensions 16.5 x 3.2 x 2.5 inch        
20Ninja Outdoorsman Emergency Fire Starter

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

This fire starter is one of the best all round fire starter tools on this list, providing a good mix of quality and affordability. The fire starter itself is able to generate sparks of up to 5500 degrees Fahrenheit with over 12000 strikes over the lifetime of this fire starter.

This rates in a category with some of the more high-end fire starters on this list but does not have a price tag which would suggest this. In addition to being a good quality product you also get a compass and whistle built into this product which just stretches the value even further.

Now, while this is an amazing deal, there is no storage for any tinder to get your fire going which is a bit sad but we’ll get over it. On the whole, this is a solid product.

Specs

  • Type Magnesium
  • Strikes 12 000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 6.5 x 0.8 x 0.6 inch  
21PSKOOK Fire Starter Necklace

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

One of the more novel approaches to fire starters on this list the necklace cord houses the magnesium alloy rod and metal striker. What makes this so novel however, is the fact that the necklace cord itself contains tinder inside. This provides you with ample kindling for many fires, which is something that most other fire starters lack.

Most fire starters, while they do have storage compartments for tinder, this is usually limited to half a cotton ball which is fine for a single fire but poses a problem if you are not able to replenish it before or during an outdoor adventure.

The best part is that the necklace is a water-proof paracord which makes the necklace really the focal point of this fire starter.

Specs

  • Type Magnesium
  • Strikes 5000
  • Spark Degree 90 deg
  • Dimensions 43 inch cord

BUYING GUIDE & FAQ’S

What is a fire starter and what is it used for?

A fire starter can be any device or material which may aid you in starting a fire. Now, while this may traditionally espouse anything from dry undergrowth to human hair, the term is mostly today reserved for modern devices which make or provide fire.

These ‘modern’ fire starters are typically made from magnesium alloys, which owing to magnesium’s physical properties may ignite when making contact with oxygen and can even burn in water. There are also many current fire starters that make use of. This provides you with a handy survival tool as a fire starter is one of the most essential tools in any survival or camping kit.

How to use a fire starter?

For the purpose of answering this question we will be mostly covering magnesium alloy rod fire starters that need to be struck as these will probably a bit trickier to use.

The first thing you will need when using one of the fire starters mentioned above is either some tinder or kindling. Most of the magnesium allow fire starters will have a compartment for storing some tinder, of which cotton wool soaked in a flammable substance usually works well.

Things such as cotton wool or any similar flammable fiber should get the job done. Some fire starters will require you to scrape off shards of magnesium which will act as the tinder in getting the fire started.

Take the metal (usually steel) striker and scrape the magnesium alloy rod with it at a 90 degree angle to the rod away from you as close to the tinder as possible. This will produce a shower of sparks which will heat up the tinder. Repeat this process until your tinder or kindling catches alight.

Next you will need to gather some kindling, such as small twigs and dead leaves. If you can locate dry kindling that will work best, but if it is small enough even damp kindling can be set alight. Note that if you only have wet material to burn such as you will find during or after rainfall events or even ‘green’ branches, it will be beneficial to place these around you fire to dry them out sufficiently before putting them on the fire.

What types of fire starters are available?

The most popular survival fire starters are the ones consisting of a magnesium alloy rod and steel striker. There are however several other kinds such as the types that produce a hot burst of air, butane fire starters that produce an open flame and even plasma arc fire starters which use electricity to ignite a fire.

Pros & Cons
Pros

Small and can easily be taken along in a backpack or as a lanyard on hunting and camping trips

Most do not require any electricity or flammable liquid to get a fire started

Most are able to work even if dropped in water

Are relatively inexpensive and last for a long period of time

Cons

Some will require some practice to get a fire started

Most have limited storage space for storing tinder

Most are relatively small and may be hard to operate for guys with bigger hand

Spark It Up

Well now that you are all aware of how many brilliant options you have when selecting the perfect fire starter, not hunter, survivalist, camper or hiker should ever again have a reason not to be sufficiently prepared to get a fire going.

Now while some will be better suited for a relaxed camp fire, others will be better for taking along up the steep climbs of Mount Everest, it is up to you to determine your specific needs and select the tool that meet those needs. For those guys who don’t have anything specific in mind, we have you covered! There are also wonderful all-round options in this list, just for the sake of always being prepared, which is not a bad thing at all.

Best 21 Zipper Wallets For Men

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The next zipper wallet that we want you to know about has a lot going on. It may not win the award for sleekness, but it’s certainly a front runner when it comes to practicality. Inside this wallet, you can find eight card slots, a pocket for your coins, one ID window, micro and regular SD pockets and it has one card slot on the outside of the design for easier access to your most used card. When you buy this product you also get a satisfaction guarantee to protect your purchase.

Pros

  • checkMany card slots and compartments
  • checkOutside card slot for convenience
  • checkID window
  • checkSatisfaction guarantee included

Cons

  • cross-altNo color options

Specs

  • Material Leather
  • Dimensions 4.7 x 0.8 x 3.7”
  • RFID No

Best 31 Rolltop Backpacks

BEST ROLLTOP BACKPACKS

1Poler Outdoor Stuff Retro Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

First up in our guide to the best rolltop backpacks is the Tuck backpack from Timbuk2, which is a very streamlined and simplistic approach to this kind of bag. Even still, you get the benefit of spacious internal compartment with various miniature pockets for keeping gadgets, pens and various other small things safe and tidy. You’ll also find a useful and hidden side zipped pocket to the back for storing anything you don’t want to advertise, great for wallets and other sensitive items.

There’s even a small pocket at the front with a zip for keeping things close to hand and slip pockets at either side for either umbrellas, u-locks or water bottles. As many of you may use this for work or play, it’s good to know it’s got a special internal pocket designed to fit laptop’s up to 15-inches.

Specs

  • Waterproof No
  • Material Polyester
  • Weight 1.5lbs
2Oakley Men’s Voyage 23L Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The Oakley Voyage for men is the next rolltop backpack in our guide. This has a maximum of 23-liter capacity which is ideal for a wide variety of different uses, whether it’s for work, pleasure or whatever else you may be up to. This provides excellent ventilation and comfort thanks to the shoulder straps and anatomically-designed back panel made from EVA.

There’s an internal sleeve with padding on the interior which is ideal for a laptop or tablet of up to 15-inches and there’s also 2-way zipper that runs up the side to give you easy access to the main compartment of the bag. If you find that the interior does not provide quite enough space for bits and pieces, accessories can be attached to the daisy chains on the exterior.

Specs

  • Waterproof No
  • Material 1000D Cordura Nylon
  • Weight 2.2lbs
3Harvest Label Urban Rolltop Backpack 2.0

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

From Harvest Label, 4th in our guide is a modern version of a very classic and traditional rolltop bag. It may be smaller than some of the bags featured here, but what it lacks in size it more than makes up for in style and functionality. The touch of leather accents with their smart brown tones, sit nicely against the blue exterior and grey rolltop.

Compared to more simplistic rolltops this is a very well-kitted out bag indeed with a large enough main compartment, fully-lined for extra protection for your contents and a few different pockets and smaller storage compartments. As well as the rolltop entry point, there’s also a zippered entry point at the back too. Comfortable shoulder pads and a back panel that incorporates ventilation mesh completes this good-looking backpack.

Specs

  • Waterproof No
  • Material Vegetable-tanned leather accents, 1000D PU-coated Polyester body
  • Weight 1.0lbs
4Chrome Unisex Barrage Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

All your on-the-go storage needs can be fully met and more with this versatile bag. The Chrome Barrage is waterproof and thanks to its 34-liter capacity offers a great amount of storage space for many items. In addition to having space for anything similarly sized to a 15-inch laptop or tablet, there’s also side pocket that slips into the design suitable for either a water bottle or a U-lock.

As if that wasn’t enough, you are also treated to a 5-point cargo netting storage system that’s ideal for carry items like shoes, wet race gear or even a helmet. As is a standard in many rolltops there’s a back panel of EVA-foam to support your back and provide breathability, while the shoulder straps and sternum strap, as well as the mini seat belt buckle, all help to distribute the load safely.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material 1000D Cordura Outer Shell, 600D Military-grade Tarpaulin inner
  • Weight 3.3lbs
5Earth Pak 35L Waterproof Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The Earth Pak waterproof backpack has been made with on-the-water or close-to-the-water activities in mind. Not only does it have a total capacity of 35-liters, from a main compartment that can be access via the rolltop closure, but it’s been design with waterproofing on a single strip for reinforcing it to stop water from getting into the opening.

As well as the roomy main compartment, you also get a phone case waterproofed with an IPX8 rating and interior and frontal pockets for smaller items. Carrying it is made easy due to the anatomically designed and padded back paneling and the contoured and reinforced shoulder straps. If needed, there’s even a sternum strap for additional support.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material 500D PVC
  • Weight 3lbs
6Under Armor Unisex SC30 Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

From the purveyors of stylish sportswear and accessories, Under Armor comes this nifty rolltop backpack. Taken from the Stephen Curry SC30 Collection, you know this has passed not just the company’s rigorous quality and standard checks, but also the NBA star’s own too. Thanks to the use of UA Storm tech this has a high-performance waterproofing finish, which is perfect for protecting the 25-liters of gear and stuff you can carry in this bag.

The rolltop closure is kept secure with straps that hook-shut and a magnetic closure system too and there’s more than enough for any laptop as big as 15-inches. A quick-access pocket with zipper closure can be found at the front and there’s fully-adjustable shoulder straps and a sternum strap to the front to provide the support and comfort you need.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material Polyester
  • Weight 2.5lbs
7Thule Covert DSLR Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Although it’s heavier than others we’ve featured so far, the name Thule and the quality of their products should be an indication that this is worth considering. It’s also the reason why this sits at such a higher price point than others. As the name suggests, this is more of a specialist rolltop backpack, designed for a prosumer DSLR camera with an ultra-wide-angled lens attached, along with any drone measuring as much as 260 x 200 x 100mm.

It features the SafeZone camera pod system that can be removed and has bottom with dual-density padding. Constructed from highly water-resistant and rugged Oxford nylon, there’s also space for a 15-inch MacBook Pro and even an iPad. Within the rolltop compartment there’s space for storing personal, non-equipment items.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material Oxford Nylon
  • Weight 4.97lbs
8

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

For a considerate jump in price, if you’re budget allows it, why not consider this great rolltop-style rucksack from Milford. Made from supple mid-weight leather that’s around 5 to 6-ounces heavy and robust enough to face whatever challenges you put it through. Whether you’re looking to use it as a day-to-day bag or on a hike or some other kind of adventure, this is a great choice.

No matter how much or how little you need to carry, the rolltop closure will ensure your gear is always safe.

Specs

  • Waterproof No
  • Material Oxford Nylon
  • Weight N/A
9

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The next rolltop backpack in one of the best rolltop backpacks for bikers. It’s been constructed from wet-waxed cotton canvas and leather paneling that will ensure it lasts for a long time and is able to cope with daily use on the back of a motorcycle. There’s more than enough space on the interior for a 15-inch laptop and other gear. Leather panels on the exterior give it a reinforced feel, while the speed zippers and buckles with the appealing Burly embossed logo on them make for a very attractive, but also functional pack.,

You’ll find that the zippered pocket at the front is perfect for anything small you want to keep separate and as the rolltop offers variable height, you can take as little or as much as you need in it.

Specs

  • Waterproof No
  • Material Leather, UV-treated, wet-waxed cotton canvas
  • Weight 2lbs
10

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The 21-liter Dalston from f-stop is another great rolltop backpack that’s suitable for storing and transporting a digital camera. As well as the wide and easy-access opening to the top, there’s also two side zippered pockets where you can keep gear. For a laptop or tablet with the maximum size of 15-inches, there’s a padded pocket on the back panel of the bag.

On the interior, there’s a convenient brushed-nylon and padded storage section that can be removed and is split into 5 different sections. With high-quality TPU weather resistance, this is perfect for taking your gear from a to b come rain or shine.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material 420D ripstop nylon, TPU, brushed-nylon
  • Weight 1.8lbs
11TUMI Alpha Bravo London Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Refined, but robust and rugged rolltop backpack we want to discuss now is from TUMI. The London Alpha Bravo rolltop has a large enough capacity and more than enough space for your phone, tablet and laptop. With the wide-opening at top with zip closure, there’s enough space to store clothing and other items too.

Thanks to its ballistic nylon construction it won’t let you down, even if you use daily. In addition to the main compartment you also get a special pocket for iPad or similarly-sized tablet, 2 pockets for cards and 3 open pockets.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material Ballistic nylon
  • Weight 4.16lbs
12Victorinox Altmont Classic Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Victorinox is one of the most reputable names in backpacks and similar equipment, so it was only a matter of time before we’d mention at least on product from them here. A cutting-edge design that’s also convenient, the Altmont Classic is perfect for carrying a laptop, along with other items too. The rolltop closure provides you with the ability to alter the height and size of it. There’s a side-entry and rear compartment that is padded and provides suitable protection for a standard 15-inch laptop with zipper closure.

As Victorinox know a thing or two about organization, the interior compartment zippered pocket and file divider along with storage slots and key fob. On the exterior there’s also a storage pocket with vertical zip and bottle opener along with two additional adjustable pockets for umbrellas or water bottles.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material N/A
  • Weight 1.46lbs
13ASUS ROG Voyager Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

ASUS are obviously known as a computer, laptop and electronic devices manufacturer, so you’d expect their laptop rolltop backpacks to be high-quality. With this ROG (Republic of Gamers) Voyager, we’re pleased to say it’s of high quality. A lightweight design, its constructed from rugged water-resistant materials on the exterior making it suitable for everyday use.

Given its name, it’s been designed with gamers in mind and will provide enough space for you to carry your gaming laptop or other device, securely and safely. As well as the main compartment via the hook and strap rolltop closure, there’s also a front pocket for storing smaller items in.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material N/A
  • Weight 2.6lbs
14Mad Water Waterproof Classic Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The appropriately named company Mad Water’s waterproof rolltop backpack is the next bag we’re looking at. In many ways this is a quintessential classically-designed rolltop. With the bonus that it’s highly waterproof. The RF welding utilized in the construction, along with the buckle closure for the rolltop enable this to achieve a waterproof rating of IPX6.

A striking thing about this bag, aside from the smart coloring is the fact it will float on water when it’s fully sealed up. To make wearing and using it comfortable there’s a robust carry handle at the top, adjustable and padded shoulder straps with a sternum strap, a padded back panel and a fully adjustable waist belt.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material PVC interior, Nylon exterior
  • Weight 2.1lbs
15The Friendly Swede Waterproof Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another classy waterproof rolltop backpack in our guide comes in the form of The Friendly Swede’s Varberg design. This is constructed from industrial-grade 500D Polyvinyl tarpaulin that will help to keep your gear and belongings dry and protected, regardless of what Mother Nature throws at you.

Bags from The Friendly Swede are known for their functionality and the Varberg is no different. Highly visible reflective detailing, a survival whistle for emergencies and in addition to the spacious main compartment, there’s two roomy mesh pockets for carrying whatever you need. It won’t look out of place on an outdoor adventure or at the office and holds a massive 33-liters.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material 500D Polyvinyl Tarpaulin
  • Weight N/A
16Victorinox Altmont Active Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Back with Victorinox again and this time with the Active rolltop backpack from the Altmont line. This is a handy bag to have if you’re looking for a compact design that’ll still hold a laptop or tablet up to 15-inches in size and want to benefit from nice additional storage pockets and compartments. Within the main part of the bag, there’s a file divider. There’s also two stretchy pockets to the side that are perfect for water bottles and other accessories you need close to hand.

Its rolltop closure is secured using an SR buckle and snaps and comfort is considered with the inclusion of load-shifting pulls, shoulder straps that can be easily adjusted and a back panel with compression-molding.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material Polyester
  • Weight 1.54lbs
17Timbuk2 Heist Rolltop RF Pack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The second Timbuk2 rolltop backpack we’re featuring is the rather attractive Heist model. Along with the rolltop closure there’s a zippered side compartment that gives you extra storage when necessary and easy to access. When visibility is poor or you’re out and about at night, there’s reflective paneling.

It’s even designed with 500D water-resistant TPU on the exterior, to protect your belongings in all weather. Not only does it look great, but it has space on the inside in its internal pocket for a 15-inch iPad and MacBook.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material 500D TPU
  • Weight 1.54lbs
18Fishpond Wind River Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

At a slightly higher price point than some of the others in our guide, next in our guide is the rather awesome Fishpond Wind River rolltop backpack. With a 38-liter capacity and 1680D TPU coating for waterproofing. Its main compartment is roomy enough for most of your gear, but there’s also a stretchy mesh pocket at the front with a zipper closure on the exterior. To the interior you’ll also find a small pocket for gear and internal organization and a pocket with zipper closure.

For comfort, it benefits from an ergonomically-molded back panel, a hip belt, adjustable shoulder straps with lightweight foam padding and gear straps that can be position either on the right or the left. All in all, a worthy investment.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material 1680D TPU
  • Weight 3.5lbs
19Urban Dezire Leather Vintage Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

From Urban Dezire comes the next rolltop backpack in our guide. This rolltop has two large compartments on the interior that are perfect for carrying tablets, laptops, files and documents that you want easy access to. Additionally, there’s 2 other compartments with zipper closures for keeping more important items like paperwork and documents safe and secure. With a rugged, but aesthetically-appealing leather exterior, the interior of the bag is lined with canvas.

Although small, if you don’t want to carry too much around, this is the perfect solution.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material Canvas lining, Vintage leather
  • Weight 2.7lbs
20Sandqvist Bernt Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

For something that only has a capacity of 20-liters you may wonder why this has such a high price. Sandqvist, though, are a very reputable brand and therefore, the quality and care that has gone into the design and construction of this bag is second to none. It’s made from special Condura Eco Made polyester to give it water resistance and durability and benefits from selection of compartments and storage pockets.

For instance, there’s an internal pocket designed specifically for laptops and tablets. To make it as easy and comfortable to wear and use, the Bernt rolltop has adjustable shoulder straps. It looks great and performs its role exceedingly well.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material Condura Eco Made Polyester
  • Weight 1.72lbs
21

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

This encompasses all that’s great about utilitarian waxed canvas backpacks with a touch of New York style and rolltop adjustability. On the inside, as is very much a standard in these kinds of bags, as you’ll notice from our guide, there’s a large pocket with padding suitable for 15.6-inch laptops. In addition to that, as most people use more than one device, there’s also room in another pocket for a tablet/iPad.

The lining has been finished using high-quality Oxford cotton and in addition to the storage space on the inside, there’s side pockets and an organizer compartment at the front with zipper closure and key clips for hanging accessories from. Comfort has been considered by Solo with the padded out back panel and the comfortable backpack-style straps.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material Waxed Canvas
  • Weight 2.65lbs
22Poler Outdoor Stuff Retro Rucksack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

From Polar Outdoor Stuff, this 35-liter backpack with rolltop closure is perfect for a wide range of uses. In addition to the large and roomy main compartment, where there’s space for most of your gear, there’s also two side pockets with zipper closure.

To give you quick and easy access to your devices though, you can even take your laptop or tablet using the zipper entry point. At under 2-pounds in weight, it will not feel bulky or cumbersome to use this.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material Polyester
  • Weight N/A
23Reverlry Supply The Drifter Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

This beautiful, smart rolltop backpack is made by the stylish team at Reverlry Supply and has been very aptly named The Drifter. Perfect for long journeys and adventures or if you’re just looking for a rugged solution to carrying your gear on a day-to-day basis. Made from rubber-backed nylon, it has a maximum capacity of 23-liters and an extremely roomy internal compartment, especially when you consider its size.

The waterproof zipper closure ensures that water stays where it should be – on the outside and the ergonomically-fashioned shoulder straps make it easy to wear and use. For additional storage space there’s a secret stash pocket hidden on the inside and the double clip closure and rolltop opening enable you to adjust its height and dimensions to meet your needs.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material Rubber-backed Nylon, Leather accents
  • Weight 4lbs
24

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Filson are known for their waterproof accessories and this Rolltop backpack from the company is no different. Made from rugged twill and tin cloth with an oily finish, it rocks a very spacious main compartment, bolstered by a sleeve specially designed to hold a laptop or tablet. From the side, you can access the main section easily and there’s numerous pockets all round the exterior for additional storage options

The bridle saddle-grade leather accents give it a touch of outdoors charm, while the adjustable cinch straps, shoulder straps and back panel with paneling ensure it’s comfortable to wear.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material Bridle saddle-grade leather details, 22oz twill, 15oz tin cloth and oil finish, cotton lining
  • Weight 3.6lbs
25Johnny Urban Rolltop Cotton Canvas Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

This cotton canvas rolltop backpack from Johnny Urban is one cool customer of a bag. The cotton canvas not only gives it a stylish urban look but gives it its durability. This makes it ideal for use daily. The rolltop, as ever, can be adjusted to give you much or as little space for storage as you need.

Carrying it is made an easier and more enjoyable experience, despite its 18 to 22-liter capacity, thanks to the padding at the bottom and back of the bag in the form of rubber coating. While the shoulder straps also benefit from padding to protect your arms and shoulders. It even has the benefit of being flight-approved and meets the dimensional requirements of most airlines for hand luggage.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material Cotton canvas
  • Weight 1.76lbs
26Moleksine Classic Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Looking for a smooth and almost modern take on a traditional rolltop classic? Look no further than the Moleksine rolltop backpack. Perfect for your urban and light rural adventures, this has a very large main compartment that has room for all your important gadgets and other gear. The rolltop closure is finished off with a zipper for keeping everything secure. It even has a padded compartment for your device on the interior that keeps them separate to everything else, ensuring that they’re always safe.

Like many others in our guide, there’s also the side access in addition to the rolltop opening, that makes it easier to get at the things you really need, when you need them. With a 100% durable PU construction and high-quality air-mesh back panel, you could do a lot worse than choosing this bag.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material PU
  • Weight 1.76lbs
27Mission Critical S.01 Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

After several stunning, but admittedly expensive rolltop backpacks, we’re pleased to highlight one of the more affordably priced models out there. The Mission Critical bag we have here offers a great number of features that make it more valuable than the less than the price it’s retailing at. These features include the lightweight construction using the extremely durable 1000D hexagon-ripstop nylon and the zipper pockets on the exterior and interior along with the water bladder pocket, in addition to the spacious main storage space.

Comfort and safety were one of the primary concerns, its clear, when this bag was designed, as it comes with a survival whistle, ergonomically-designed and padded straps.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material 1000D Hexagon-Ripstop Nylon
  • Weight 1.2lbs
28Bioworld Star Wars Pilot Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Calling all prospective members of the Rebel Alliance. There’s no point in rocking up to the rebel strongholds unless you have something that shows your allegiance in a loud and proud fashion. Like this official piece of Star Wars merchandise. Constructed from high-quality polyester with the traditional Rebel Alliance orange and grey/off-white colorings, this is perfect for all those looking to take on the Empire and Kylo Ren.

As well as the roomy main storage section, there’s also what every rebel needs, numerous pockets and that all-important Alliance Starbird emblem.

Specs

  • Waterproof No
  • Material Polyester
  • Weight 1.56lbs
29Renwick Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

From Renwick, comes our next rolltop backpack, which is heavy marketed towards you techies out there. As well as the obligatory sleeve for laptops and tablets, that many backpacks have these days, there’s also what the company refers to as a ‘tech burrito’ to store all your cables and other essential tech and gadget accessories. Documents and paperwork can be stored in an organized manner in the dedicated pocket, while there’s even a pocket to conveniently store a water bottle.

Comfort is always a concern with anything you’re carrying on your shoulders and against your back and Renwick ensure this is a joy to wear and use. Mainly thanks to the padded shoulder straps and back paneling.

Specs

  • Waterproof No
  • Material Polyester
  • Weight N/A
30PKG 13” Waterproof Laptop Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The inspiration behind this LB09 from PKG is clearly the materials and silhouettes of modern urban landscape-suitable clothing and accessories. Sophisticated and practical, this bag is made from fabric that is both breathable and waterproof, as well as being particularly lightweight.

Padded shoulder straps, a sturdy handle at top and other components ensure that it’s a breeze walking with this on your back. Breeze is accurate, thanks to the well-ventilated back paneling.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material N/A
  • Weight N/A
31Poler Outdoor Stuff Retro Rolltop Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The final bag in our guide is this rather attractive, if loud and proud burnt orange rolltop backpack from the Poler Outdoor Stuff. Resembling the kinda colors you’d expect on a lifeguard’s dinghy, this is a high-quality rucksack with rolltop style closure that is jam-packed with great features and nice touched.

As well as the wide-opening access at the top, there’s also a buckle closure that can be easily released to give you access to the bag and your belongings from the side. Whether you’re planning an intensive trip of hiking and other outdoor pursuits or just looking to have a rugged bag that will endure constant wear, tear and even a little abuse, this is worth considering. The laptop sleeve, as expected, is padded on the inside, while there’s leather-made lash tabs and compression straps to the sides and an accessory pocket with a zipper closure. Considering the reputation Poler Outdoor Stuff has for designing and constructing reliable and stylish outdoor gear, it’s not surprising.

Specs

  • Waterproof Yes
  • Material Nylon
  • Weight N/A

Roll Up, Pack Up and Head Out

That’s our guide to the best rolltop backpacks available right now. We’re sure that if you were just looking as a complete newbie to this style of bag or because you’ve spent so long scratching your head trying to work out which is best for you, that you’ll find it above. It’s important, as with any bag, that when you’re looking at rolltop backpacks that you consider their use and application ahead of anything else. After all, what’s the point in trying to buy any old bag if you’ve not given it some thought as to how much you need to store in it. Once, you know that, you’re then better equipped to sift through the choices to get to the one that meets other important criteria.

Budget is obviously a major concern when you’re buying anything. Although a buying decision should not be based solely on the price tag, it’s a crucial factor. That’s why you’ll notice that there’s a mixture of both the higher end of the price range and lower, modest budget-friendly bags. If you’re looking for something ridiculously simple that’ll provide you with a reasonable amount of space for a ridiculously low price, you’d want to give some serious consideration to the Mission Critical rolltop.

However, the manufacturer when it comes to bags, especially rucksacks and backpacks, is just as important. Brands like Victorinox, Sandqvist, Poler Outdoor Stuff, Oakley and Timbuk2, among others, obviously have sterling reputations when it comes to producing high-quality storage and baggage options. They are the companies that put a lot of effort, time, expertise and financing into designing and producing the high-end backpacks and if you want the best of the best rolltops, regardless of price, then you need to look at those.

It’s fair to say that rolltops are known for their simplicity, but the more you’re willing to pay, the more compartments and extra features you’ll get the benefit of. Do you need waterproofing? Do you need a similar amount of external and internal pockets as a standard rucksack or backpack, but with the height adjustability that comes with rolltops? These are the kinda questions you need to think about how you’d answer. Once you’ve considered all the above, choose the one that fits you best and enjoy how easier and more enjoyable the very best rolltop backpacks can make your life.

Best 14 Bowie Knives

BEST BOWIE KNIVES IN 2019

1Mossy Oak Survival Knife

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Starting our list off is a knife that probably looks as awesome as it is tough. This fine 10 inch fixed blade, bowie specimen by Mossy Oak, offers quite a bit of bang for your buck. The black trim with the dark color of the steel makes for an extremely pleasing on the eye bowie knife.

The blade itself is fashioned from 440C stainless steel which will not easily dull and should be minimal on the maintenance side of things. That being said the blade itself is just under 2/16 of an inch which does make the knife much lighter and easier to handle. Albeit so, the knife is still quite large which makes it better suited for chopping and abrasive jobs, but not the best option for filleting.

The edge itself may dull with harder or regular use, but that’s what makes the addition of a sharpener so great, as you should have this knife sharp and ready to go in no time at all.

This larger-than-life and tough-as-nails bowie knife also come with a fire starter, which makes it the perfect tool to complete an outdoorsman’s must have list. Perhaps not the highest quality on this list but for the amazing price you could buy one of these just to add to your collection and still be more than satisfied.

Specs

  • Blade Length 10 inch
  • Overall Knife Length 15 inch
  • Black Thickness 0.12 inch
  • Sheath Nylon Sheath
  • Tang Full Tang
2SOG Seal Strike- Black

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The Seal Strike is a serious piece of hardware, brought to you by SOG who are renowned for their military grade wares. This bowie knife is aimed at the more serious hunters and survivalists out there. This is definitely a smaller 4.9 inch fixed blade, which offers much greater utility.

The AUS-8 steel used for the construction of the blade is certainly a higher grade of steel produced through a specialized heating and cooling technique. This high grade of steel will not easily dull, chip or crack. In addition to the amazing quality of the steel, this bowie knife also sports a small serrated section on the blade which offers extra assistance which carving up a kill during hunting.

As it was designed with underwater use in mind, the textured high impact nylon handle fits snugly into your hand and will not easily slip, even during more rugged use. This handle additionally requires no care and is extremely light weight. Apart from being an absolute pleasure to handle, this knife’s design is also extremely eye catching and should not take up much space or even be noticed on your hip.

For a few extra dollars you can also upgrade to the deluxe sheath. Both however do have a belt clip attached which can either be clipped to your belt or woven through, depending on your personal preference.

Definitely a bit more than just a camping blade and even though it does cost a bit more than some of the other knives on this list its worth the extra cash and also makes a great gift for any hobbyist or serious user alike.

Specs

  • Blade Length 4.9 inch
  • Overall Knife Length 9.6 inch
  • Black Thickness 0.16 inch
  • Sheath Hard Molded Nylon Sheath
  • Tang Full Tang
3Whetstone Tactical Bowie Knife

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The Whetstone Tactical Bowie Knife comes in a matte black and steel finish, which really is breath-taking just to look at. The most impressive features of this knife are the ergonomics and modified features for ease of use. This includes the slim design with black rubber handle and cut-out in the blade for reduced weight.

The Whetstone Tactical Bowie Knife knife is mainly aimed at those looking for something to take along on camping, hunting and fishing trips and should have no issues cutting up meat, smaller bones and even some kindling for the fire. This is a great design for a utility knife which is designed not only for its eye-catching features but also for its great versatility.

This knife is light weight and easy to use, making it an excellent companion for hunting and camping. The handle additionally has a hole for threading a wrist wrap through, which is perfect for keeping it nearby when skinning game. This knife comes standard with a nylon sheath.

This knife has by no means a small blade, but its elegant design lends it to some finer uses, not really the heavy bush-wacker some bowie knives can be. This bowie knife does not come with any extras though. All in all, you would struggle to find a better blade for the price.

Specs

  • Blade Length 10 inch
  • Overall Knife Length 15.25 inch
  • Black Thickness 0.14 inch
  • Sheath Nylon Sheath
  • Tang Half Tang
4Handmade Damascus Steel 14.00 Inches Bowie Knife

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

One look at this beauty and almost any knife enthusiast will be sold- love at first site! This hand crafted bowie knife is one of the bigger boys on this list but certainly holds it weight. The blade is comprised of a beautiful alloy steel forged with 176 layer or folds which finishes with an almost iridescent speckled shimmer.

The handle and sheath are also hand made. The handle is made from a Marandi wood while the sheath is a leather sheath. Now, this is a handmade bowie knife and may not stand up to some of the high-tech wizardry on this list but still does make a good all-round knife. We would however not recommend intensely hard usage of this knife as the steel is forged by hand and therefore a softer steel.

This may thus require a bit of extra care through regular sharpening of the blade as well as treatment with oil to avoid any potential blemishes on the lovely surface. This knife probably will not be your best bet for heavy-duty skinning and cutting up of meat and bones, but should be able to if it is required. This gem of a bowie knife is also extremely well balanced which just feels so at home in your hand. It absolutely fits like a glove.

Definitely more of a collectable than a utility type of bowie knife, but still for something made by hand (which is increasingly rare these days), this knife still cracks a nod from us just because it’s amazing to look at an not too pricey all things considered.

If you do plan on getting yourself one, we recommend general camping usage or even display, just be sure to make sure you keep this bowie knife in tip-top condition.

Specs

  • Blade Length 9 inch
  • Overall Knife Length 14 inch
  • Black Thickness 0.19 inch
  • Sheath Leather Sheath
  • Tang Full Tang
5USMC KA-BAR Knife

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

These are just one of those things where you get that, “what more can I say” feeling- literally the most famous knife in the world! The amazing thing about the KA-BAR is that it lives up to all the hype. Originally given to U.S troops deployed during WWII, not much has changed in the design since, mainly because it’s just that hard to improve on.

Let’s just for a minute try to get past the uber iconic looks of this masterpiece and get down to brass tax. The steel of the blade is made from 1095 Cro-van steel, finished with a leather handle. The blade is 7inches long with a 4 inch handle, making it a really comfortable size, but most definitely not too small.

Now, this may not be the hardest steel on the market but this old-faithful will not chip crack or break and what makes it so amazing is how easy the blade is to sharpen. Of course the right tools for the job are always recommended but, this knife could literally be sharpened with so many basic pebbles or stones one may find in the woods.

Maybe because of its history, this knife has been used as a blade, digging tool, pry bar, screwdriver, and who knows what else. Whatever you may potentially need the bowie knife for, it will almost certainly fit the bill.

A boon for woodsman, hunters and armed forces alike, all users swear by it and say it’s likely the last knife you’ll ever buy. It’s just that good. It little more than you likely to pay for most new bowie knives, but when it comes to such a tried and tested knife what’s a couple extra dollars for peace of mind? Not really a purchase but more of an investment.

Specs

  • Blade Length 7 inch
  • Overall Knife Length 11 inch
  • Black Thickness 0.165 inch
  • Sheath Leather Sheath
  • Tang Rat Tail Tang
6Winchester Brown Large Bowie Knife

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

You might be thinking, do they do knives as well? Luckily for the world of knives they do. Now when they say large bowie knife they mean large! This iconic throwback to a simpler time pays homage to the great James Bowie himself with this classic design.

This Winchester Bowie Knife is crafted from AUS-8 stainless steel which means you get high durability from this item which should be able to tackle any heavy duty use you can think of. Now, one must note that for this price you are not getting the very top of the line bowie knife, the finish is quite simple and the handle is crafter from wood with brass studs for finishing.

The large design and large blade complete with full tang make this a perfect utility knife for rugged outdoor such as skinning, chopping and digging. Sharpening may be a bit of a task, but because it is surgical stainless steel, the blade does not quickly dull and should last you for decades.

Some serious outdoor enthusiasts sing this bowie knife’s praise and quite frankly it would even be great just as a show piece. Do not be fooled by the relatively low cost of this knife, it is definitely value for money and just gives you that frontier, manly-man feeling holding it in your hand.

The only potential drawback of this knife is that it may feel too big for a smaller set of hands and because of the smooth wooden handle, could be a touch slippery if being used to baton wood. Our verdict is however that one should definitely consider this as a valuable addition to any knife collection.

Specs

  • Blade Length 8.75 inch
  • Overall Knife Length 14.25 inch
  • Black Thickness 0.17 inch
  • Sheath Nylon
  • Tang Full Tang
7Marine Force Recon Sawback Bowie

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Wish a jagged blade measuring a whopping 11.5 inch, this bowie knife is perhaps one of the most visually intimidating knives on this list. Just how big that is may be lost on most readers without seeing it in person, but do make a clear mental note that the blade alone is just shy of a foot in length!

Now, the blade itself is made from quality AUS-4 steel, which provides you with decent durability and at that size, should easily be able to take care of most hacking and chopping you can throw at it. This bowie knife is perfect for survival, camping and hunting purposes. Many of the buyers however are just happy to add it to their collection, as the design is just so breathtaking.

Having said that, most will find it a bit big for sticking on their belts and carrying it around as it can be a bit heavy. The rubber mold handle however does give one a firm grip when handling this knife even if it may not be suited for more finicky tasks, such as skinning of smaller animals or using for fishing.

Even though this knife it on the heavy side, it compensates for that buy being a well-balanced weapon/tool. Now you should first consider your intended use before settling on this specific bowie knife, but at a reasonable price point, even if it doesn’t fit into the “take it everywhere” category of knives you will be glad to have this by your side. This bowie knife will serve you well and is an excellent value buy- not exactly the cheapest but certainly a far way off from being the most expensive knife on the list.

Specs

  • Blade Length 11.5 inch
  • Overall Knife Length 16.4 inch
  • Black Thickness 0.182 inch
  • Sheath Nylon
  • Tang Rat Tail Tang
8Smith & Wesson SW3B

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The Smith & Wesson SW3B, prides itself on being a high quality, reliable, all-purpose bowie knife. Now this bowie knife may hold a bit more appeal for those who are interested in getting a bayonet for their Smith & Wesson Special Ops M-9 rifle, but is still an excellent choice for general outdoor use.

This bowie knife is made from high quality 420J2 powder-coated, black oxide stainless steel. As oxide stainless steel tends to be a higher grade of steel, you will most likely not need to sharpen this bowie knife regularly and it should be up to most tasks. Thus one can easily incorporate it into most hunting, camping or survival trips.

Interestingly, enough its functional yet understated looks are also a selling point for this knife which is touted as a concealable self-defence tool or “every day carry”. The knife also comes with a wire cutters and stone sharpener.

The black finish and notched spine do give it somewhat of a more military professional swag, which just makes this both pleasing on the eye as well as intimidating to any potential attackers or assailants.

The handle is finished in a textured nylon fibre, which enhances the gripping capabilities of this knife without adding unnecessary weight to the product. Overall this bowie knife is a classy showing by Smith and Wesson. While this is certainly not the most expensive knife on the list, be sure to note that you will be paying a bit more than the average bowie knife price for this item, which based on the overall quality, will not let you down.

Specs

  • Blade Length 7.8 inch
  • Overall Knife Length 12.8 inch
  • Black Thickness 0.14 inch
  • Sheath Nylon
  • Tang Full Tang
9Survivor Fixed Blade Tactical Hunting Survival Knife

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

This bowie knife falls into the no nonsense category of knives, in that the design itself may seem a bit fancy but it’s as straightforward as you may expect from just about any bowie knife. This bowie knife is around the average size, when comparing blade sizing, with a pretty standard 7 inch blade length. Be that as it may, the blade is constructed from a very modest stainless steel. This is however offset by the fact that the blade is finished in a very stylish black with some serration on the front and back edges.

The black color theme is carried over onto the handle which is made of a tasteful mix of rubber and nylon fiber and finished in black and olive green. On the whole quite a pleasure to look at even though this bowie knife is quite simple.

The sheath is also made of plain nylon which rounds out this great value for money offering by Survivor. This is however more along the budget side of the options on the list and it should be noted that the steel itself should best not be put to rough work as it may quickly dull.

Perhaps a small price to pay as this is still quite a great buy for the price and should be more than capable of handling general camping, hunting and survival duties. This may not be your best bet for cleaving bone but while sharp should make light work of simpler cutting duties.

Specs

  • Blade Length 7 inch
  • Overall Knife Length 12.5 inch
  • Black Thickness 0.126 inch
  • Sheath Nylon
  • Tang Full Tang
10Anaconda Bowie

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Now a look at one of our high end selections on this list, the Anaconda Bowie, fixed blade knife by Tops Knives. Once again, just like the famous USMC KA-BAR bowie, the Anaconda is made from extremely high quality 1095 steel. Also quite similarly, this fine bowie knife is made locally in the U.S which is generally a sign of quality you can rely on, for decades to come.

As with the USMC, the blade of this knife is extremely solid and will not chip or crack but due to the slightly softer nature of the 1095 steel it may dull with heavy use but should be easy to sharpen. It may be worth noting that due to the curvature of the blade this bowie knife would be easiest to sharpen with a sharpening tool and not just a random stone you find while trekking across the jungle.  That being said sharpening the blade should be relatively easy, but is possibly not something you are likely to do often.

This is mainly owing to the fact that the blade is rather sizeable and thick, making this a very durable blade that is great for chopping through dense undergrowth or being used to baton wood. It should work just fine for cutting and skinning but may be a bit heavy when it comes to more delicate slicing jobs.

On the whole, this is a well-balanced and well-constructed blade which should make the perfect survival and hunting companion; perhaps a bit heavy duty for camping but one can never be too well-prepared either. Definitely on the pricier side but not a purchase you will be likely to make twice during your lifetime. This fine blade also comes up spades as far as aesthetics are concerned. Basically a bit more refined than the USMC, but still a tool for those in search of a bit of rugged adventure.

Specs

  • Blade Length 7.5 inch
  • Overall Knife Length 13 inch
  • Black Thickness 0.25 inch
  • Sheath Nylon
  • Tang Full Tang
119

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Here we have an entry that is one of those really cool knives you can purchase for your next camping trip and really make all your friends envious. This is what may be referred to as a small bowie knife, with a blade length of only 5 inches, this bowie knife is a lot more compact than others on this list.

Don’t be fooled though, this nuggety blade is nearly 0.2 inch thick which makes a stout bowie knife more of an apt description. Because of its compact dimensions this knife works well as a carry-everywhere tool or weapon. For survival, camping or even hunting, this blade offers a compact companion that can easily be thrown onto your belt and should be more than capable of taking care of grittier jobs that other regular bushcraft knives may be a bit too fragile for.

Whether you need to open up a can of beans or quickly skin a kill, the G10 is your guy! You should also note that the design along with smaller size, makes this a stand-out among its peers and should easily turn a few heads. The stonewash finish on the blade is also just another one of those little details that make this knife so great, especially for the price- a real knife to be used.

The handle does seem a bit shorter than some and this may be a concern for those fellas with slightly bigger paws, but it is deceptively comfortable and provides a solid grip for heavier duty jobs. The sheath may also not be the flashiest or sturdiest material but once again is very practical and should fit snugly on almost any belt.

A lovely blade for any outdoor enthusiast and can even be taken along as a “smaller” option with a larger bowie knife, as you can’t really have too many bowie knives now can you.

Specs

  • Blade Length 5 inch
  • Overall Knife Length 9 inch
  • Black Thickness 0.18 inch
  • Sheath Nylon
  • Tang Full Tang
12CRKT Rakkasan

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Here we find another short bowie knife on the list, but unlike the previous entry, this one is on the higher end of the budget for a shorter blade bowie knife. This finely crafted tool just screams understated elegance while still providing a gritty and menacing appeal. From the very base, we find a high quality black powder coated SK5 carbon steel, which is some serious steel for a bowie knife.

This superior construction on a smaller blade means that it is highly unlikely that you will damage the blade, especially seeing as most of its uses will be centered on cutting or slicing and skinning. Don’t be fooled though even though the knife itself is perfect for more precise work, it should be more than capable of keeping up the pace with some of the more rugged boys on this list.

While it makes a splendid utility tool, this bowie knife was designed by a war vet for troops still on tour, so needless to say that this is a fine defensive tool as well. While the slightly smaller size makes it a lot less conspicuous- one may even say concealable. In addition to some of the obvious advantages of this knife, the G10 handle offers a comfortable and stable grip for this well-balanced bowie knife.

As it goes, shape of the blade is a preference that will vary from person to person with some finding that a curved end of the blade may in some ways compromise control while others may find it simply sublime. Either way, the sheath offers amazing draw/sheathing capability which just makes this such a wonderful and practical choice.

The quality should last you for a lifetime and if you are a person that enjoys a more modern take on a classic knife then this is definitely for you.

Specs

  • Blade Length 4.875 inch
  • Overall Knife Length 8.875 inch
  • Black Thickness 0.125 inch
  • Sheath Hard Molded Plastic
  • Tang Full Tang
13

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

This is one of the less traditional selections on this list and should peek a healthy amount of interest just by observing its slightly curved blade on a regular-sized bowie knife. This dark-bladed bowie knife is, as mentioned, something outside of the norm, but still does provide a few tried and tested specifications. Regular bowie knife inclusions such as a stainless steel blade with a leather covered handle provide some of the tried and tested things that most knife enthusiasts look for in a hunting or survival tool.

That knife itself is well balanced and the leather on the handle is not only confortable but also provide you with a sturdy grip. Having said that, the quality of the steel is not exactly the best on this list and while the knife can be sharpened to razor-like sharpness, one should tread carefully when handling around more robust or heavy duty tasks.

The stainless steel means that the blade is not likely to dull too easily but will require a bit of effort to sharpen. This has been taken into consideration by Marble and they have very thoughtfully provided a sharpener as part of the package, very conveniently nestled in the leather sheath.

It’s often those little things that knife collectors like to see when reviewing a bowie knife and with these unique looks and attention to detail, this could easily form part of a knife collection; even if you not going to go up against mother nature with it every other day.

An interesting take on a very popular knife and for a really reasonable price it could easily sit up there with some of the more mainstream offerings on this list. Just so you know- you don’t have to be a pilot to try this one out.

Specs

  • Blade 7.6 inch
  • Overall Knife Length 11.8 inch
  • Black Thickness 0.12 inch
  • Sheath Leather
  • Tang Rat Tail Tang
14G7533-CF

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Last but not least on this list is the only folding bowie that managed to crack the nod from the boys over at Men’s Gear. Folding bowie knives can be a very divisive topic, but we felt it only fair to include at least one option on the list and to be quite fair, this one does stand up pretty well to some of the fixed blade bowies on this list.

So, what we have here a well-crafted knife by a company that is renowned for giving customers bang for their buck and that’s something almost anyone can appreciate. The blade of this knife is 440C stainless steel which is something that can be found on a few knives that are quite a bit more, granted this knife is quite small.

However, what you also get are a few higher end features with this blade as compared to other folding knives, such as the axle style lock and the G10 handle with a carbon fiber finish. All in all this is quite pleasant on the eye, considering that it is aimed at budget conscious consumers.

The blade is not too thick, which can be an issue with budget friendly knives that try to hide poor quality, which means that you are getting a comparably good bowie knife. Be that as it may, this is a small bowie knife which is normal for folding bowie knives, making is convenient to carry and still giving you some of that sturdy craftsmanship you may be expecting from something labeled a bowie knife.

This provides a great concealed option for personal protection but can just as easily find a spot among camping and fishing gear or in a survival kit. The sturdy blade should not let you down but it won’t be of much use to baton wood or cut down thick bushes and small trees.

Specs

  • Blade Length 3.5 inch
  • Overall Knife Length 8.25 inch
  • Black Thickness 0.13 inch
  • Sheath None
  • Tang N/A

BUYING GUIDE & FAQ’S

What is a bowie knife and what can it be used for?

A bowie knife truly is something that is hard to describe in a very exact manner because of the multiple designs and uses that have evolved since its inception. Be that as it may, the bowie knife was described by a historian as in essence being, a knife lengthy enough to be a sword, as sharp as a razor and as heavy as a hatchet. Essentially, this was the one-size-fits-all knife for the distinguished manly-man.

Originally the bowie knife was conceived as a weapon which could be used in close combat situations, and could be carried on your person. Most bowie knives are most easily recognized by the clip point on the back of the blade. This is usually a smallish curvature of the back of the blade, which brings the tip back in line with the handle for greater accuracy during use.

There are however other distinguishing features of the bowie knife which also meets general conformity among the myriad of available designs. This includes the fact that all blade lengths vary between 8 and 12 inches, the handle is fitted with a hilt to protect the user’s hand and the blade itself is between 1/16 and ¼ inches thick. The blade of the bowie knife is also made out of steel, although not all steel is made equal and its grade may greatly vary from one knife to the next.

The overall design in terms of esthetics and functionality can vary greatly depending on the intended use of the knife itself. While you would probably have seen these knives on just about any movie that features the armed forces, many find these extremely useful when camping and hunting. Of course, owing to their popularity and prevalence throughout history and in pop culture, there are also many collectors of these knives. Some of them can fetch up to hundreds of thousands of dollars. Of course, in addition to hunting they can also be extremely handy for fishing, especially some of the smaller bowie knives.

On hunting trips, bowie knives are preferred as they have longer blades which give you more power when skinning and butchering your kill, without compromising any of the accuracy needed to work some of the trickier spots. This can be an incredible boon on longer trips as  you may want to skin and butcher the meat while still fresh in order to preserve the fruits of your labor.

Alternative if you need to defend yourself against human or animal attackers, the bowie knife provides you with superior reach and is capable of dealing considerable damage owing to its weight.

As a general survival tool, which has become increasingly popular lately, the bowie knife allows you to cut down smaller trees and branches as well as carve the wood for creating basic utensils and even making simple shelters. Because bowie knives are so durable, literally military grade in most cases, you are unlikely to damage or break the blade so the sky is really the limit as far as its uses are concerned.

How to select the Best Bowie Knife and what to look for?

Selecting the perfect bowie knife is really a personal thing, as beauty is in the eye of the beholder and who wouldn’t want a do-it-all knife that they think looks bad to the bone? But the aesthetics of a bowie knife would generally appeal most to those who want to buy one for collecting and display.

For the vast majority of you, there is generally an intended usage or purpose for getting a bowie knife, so let’s go through some of the features to watch out for when getting one- especially your first one.

Size:

Let’s just end the debate right here and now; size does matter! When selecting the perfect knife to use, size is a critical criterion to consider, but surprise surprise- bigger is not always better. The size of the knife will greatly impact its weight and maneuverability. While having a bowie knife with a foot-long blade is almost guaranteed to scare off a would-be attacker, you are not likely to easily maneuver is when skinning a deer. In addition to the general size of the knife, you have to decide what suits you physically better, if you’re a big boy, you probably won’t be looking at the entry level 8 or so inches.

A bigger blade is likely to offer a bit more power and durability, which in turn could make brush clearing a lot easier when constructing your shelter for the night.

Material:

If you’re thinking to yourself, that’s simple, steel- you have another thing coming. The blades were traditionally made from carbon steel, which was generally durable and quite easy to sharpen. For purists or collectors, this may be all you will ever need. However, modern materials such as stainless steel are the norm these days with some even being made available in metals such as aluminum alloys.

That being said, most of these will do just fine for hunting, fishing and bushcraft purposes. The question you will however need to ask yourself is, how will the blade’s material affect the weight of the knife, what is the durability of that blade, how quickly will your use dull the blade and most importantly, how easy will sharpening and general care of that material be.

While there are just too many varieties to touch on each of them, you should be aware that some types and grades of steel may stay sharper for longer but these will generally require much more work to sharpen after the fact. Additionally the use of softer materials in the blade itself may reduce shock during hardier uses, but this will come with a bump in the price.

Tang:

The tang is the skank that connects the blade of the bowie knife to the handle and while many are divided on what you will need in a tang, it is understand that a full tang offers greater durability. That being said some have argued that certain swords do just fine with a partial tang, but if you are considering more heavy-handed use of your bowie knife, it’s probably best to opt for a full tang.

Skill Level:

This may seem like a moot point as I’m sure we all envision ourselves to be John Rambo when we pick up a bowie knife, all of us may not have the same level of expertise with a knife. A big bowie knife may not necessarily be easy for an inexperienced user to handle and could make the task more difficult or seem more labor intensive. Of even bigger concern is general safety. If you don’t know your way around a knife, you may want to consider something with a bigger cross-guard and a blunt or non-sharpened back edge on the blade as you can easily harm yourself if used incorrectly.

That being said, if you are not too experienced, it’s often the best to get some form of professional training in using your new knife. Not only does this ensure your safety, you may just learn a couple of cool tricks too- which is always good to know, just in case.

Should I go for a Fixed Blade or Folding Bowie Knife?

Once again you will have to consider your intended use and which option suits you better personally. Both options have clear benefits which should make it easy to decide, but if you do really like your toys and can’t choose either, then both is also a perfectly ok option.

Folding Bowie Knives:

Even though many consider a folding blade to be less sturdy, a high quality folding knife should have a blade that’s just as durable as a fixed blade.

Perhaps the biggest draw of a folding bowie knife is its ease of storage and transport. They can literally fit in your pocket and because of this are also easier to conceal, should the need arise. If convenience and space is king, then a folding knife is the clear winner for you.

Fixed Blade Bowie Knife:

The list of advantages for fixed blade bowies are a bit more extensive as you will see, but still we reiterate, it’s all about personal choice.

Fixed blade bowie knives tend to have longer blades, which automatically makes them seem like more serious tools/weapons. That being said, they do not have any moving parts which makes them easier to clean and maintain, as well as less likely to break.

The final advantage of the fixed blade bowie is it’s tactical superiority, as these knives can be drawn or brought into a situation much faster than their folding blade relatives.

A question of which one suits you better usually depends on the intended environment of use, as outdoorsman tend to prefer the fixed blade bowie, while those looking for a knife to carry in an urban environment will tend to rely on folding blade bowies.

Should I go for a small or large bowie knife?

Well a large bowie knife does have a certain grandeur to it, and is likely to turn heads on your next hunting trip. It is hard to pit these two options against each other as ideally, if you needed an a-z tool, you would want both a large and a small blade.

Be that as it may, larger bowie knives are more useful if you need to them for survival in the wild with just your wits and your knife. They are easier to cut down and branches and brush for creating a shelter, as they will require to time and effort for this purpose. In addition to this they make for better protection against wild animals and can even be used for hunting and killing certain types of prey such as wild boar.

Large bowie knives can then be used for cutting off chunks of meat and even severing bone if needs be. The will also make decent digging implements and can be used for digging up tubers from the ground.

While big bowie knives work better as powerful cutting and chopping instruments, small bowie knives work much better for gutting, skinning and cleaning smaller game and fish, which may just be impossible with a big blade. Also, for crafting utensils and traps from wood, you will have much better luck making things like notches with a small blade. Last but not least, a small blade is much lighter which makes it much easier to carry and even conceal, which may be convenient if you need to optimize mobility.

Pros & Cons

Pros:

  • A bowie knife is extremely versatile. This one tool/weapon could easily replace several others on your next outdoor excursion
  • If your bowie knife is constructed with high quality materials, it will last a lifetime
  • These knives are usually extremely durable which means that you can use it basically as you please while still requiring minimal maintenance
  • The visually intimidating nature of bowie knives make them excellent defensive weapons

Cons:

  • Bowie knives are usually on the larger side which makes them less easy to conceal or use for more delicate knife work
  • Because of their side and quality of materials a good bowie knife usually costs a bit more than other types of knives.

Conclusion

Just so many wonderful knives to choose from and if you are anything like us, surely you will want at one of each of these 15 bowie knives, or at least more than one! However with such great options to choose from, you may only need one for the rest of your life as well.

It really is hard to pinpoint any one that would serve you best, that all depends on what you need it for. Some options are heavy duty, some have more finesse and some are simply put utility jack-of-all-trades. You should probably also narrow down what you may want based on how much you looking at spending on a bowie knife, although with the exception of one or two, most of these bowie knives are really budget friendly.

The crazy thing is that even though they won’t really hurt your pocket, you can still get a bowie knife made of some of the best materials available, with some of the finest design and construction on the market. We completely understand if you feel a bit like a kid in a candy store.

If however, you need to fulfill very specific tasks with your bowie knife, pairing it up with a second knife could also be an extremely viable option.

That being said, most outdoorsmen tend to have several knives in their collection, as getting to know the various pros and cons first hand can not only improve your understanding and skill with the knife but can also provide you with more precise options for whatever you may want to achieve. Some of the purists may prefer some of the more traditional designs and constructions while some of you may want something a bit more modern sleek.

It is also advisable, if you still can’t decide, it may be useful for you to head down to a retailer that stocks bowie knives to try out some options for yourself. The weight and size of the knife will definitely speak to you a little more once you have it in your hand, especially for those of you with less knife experience.

The most important thing however is that you realize, there is definitely something for everyone!

Best 22 Countertop Microwave Ovens

BEST COUNTERTOP MICROWAVE OVENS

1

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

There are a lot of times when you would want a small-ish microwave and this offering from Toshiba is a great choice. Compact enough to fit into a dorm room, an RV, an office breakroom (or under your desk at work), or any other restricted space, but powerful enough to cook as well as the best of them, this microwave is a little workhorse.

The features of this microwave aren’t exactly cutting edge, but they do what they are meant to do, and they do those things well. One of our favorite features is the reheating option controlled by the internal sensor. With a simple press on one of the dedicated reheating options, you can turn just about any of the leftovers in your fridge into steaming bowls of goodness.

This microwave also gives you the ability to control how powerful you want it to be. Instead of the basic low, medium, and high power settings of yesteryear there are ten distinct power settings making it easy to find the perfect level of power for the food you are cooking. Another great feature makes it easy to add cooking time by simply pressing the start button during a cooking phase. If you think, for example, that your meal will benefit from an extra 30 seconds of cooking time, all you need to do is hit the button and the microwave will add the time for you.

Apart from the features, this microwave is also easy to use and looks great. Toshiba is known for creating great-looking products and this one certainly fits the bill. The easy-open handle and simple interface make this microwave a cinch to use as well, making this great for the no-nonsense cook who doesn’t really want to spend time learning how their new cooking kit works.

Pros

  • checkEasy to operate
  • checkGreat programmability and presets
  • checkSleek design looks great in any kitchen

Cons

  • cross-altDefrost setting works a little too well

Specs

  • Wattage 1100 watts
  • Capacity 1.2 cubic ft.
  • Dimensions 20.5 x 17.1 x 12.8 inch
  • Weight 34.6
  • Material Black stainless steel
2

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Coming in at number two, we have an offering from Panasonic and this is not your run-of-the-mill countertop microwave oven.  It is as good looking as it is functional with its stainless-steel build and streamlined design making this the perfect microwave oven for just about any space. What makes this entry special is the technology that it uses to cook your food. Not only does it have a patented invertor system, but it also comes with the Genius sensor that makes smart cooking decisions based on whatever you put into the microwave oven.

Of all the great features that this product has to offer, Panasonic’s invertor technology is one of the most impressive. Unlike many other microwaves, the heat provided by this appliance is always constant. Most other microwave ovens, when put into lower power modes, will provide bursts of the highest power setting to achieve the desired power level. The lower the level, the further away the bursts heat. Panasonic’s answer to that issue is the invertor technology which throttles power at lower heat settings to provide a constant source of heat, even on very low settings. Needless to say, your food will cook more evenly with this awesome microwave.

The other great feature is the Genius Sensor. This smart sensor effectively reads the steam levels that come from your food while it’s cooking, and it adjusts temperatures and cooking times according to how well the food is cooked. Even if you have entered in a cooking time that will ruin your plate of leftover Chinese from the night before, Panasonic’s Genius Sensor will save the day. Of course, the sensor isn’t always needed thanks to the 14 auto cook settings.

This is a powerful microwave that looks good enough to fit in anywhere, has a large inner capacity suitable for meals of all sizes, and has enough power and smarts to cook anything you decide to throw in it.

Pros

  • checkPowerful
  • check10 power settings
  • checkInvertor technology makes for better cooking

Cons

  • cross-altGreat power comes with more noise on this model

Specs

  • Wattage 1200W
  • Capacity 1.2 Cubic ft.
  • Dimensions 15.81 x 20.69 x 12.25 in
  • Weight 25.5lbs.
  • Material Aluminum
3Daewoo Retro Microwave Oven

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

In the world of microwaves there are very few options that really stand apart from the crowd, especially when it comes to looks. Differences in size and color, as well as special features like touch screens and the like make all the various microwaves distinctive, but only to a certain point. Daewoo pushed into new design territory with their retro line, going in a completely different direction than most of the other microwaves out there.

What you’ll love about the Daewoo retro microwave is that it looks like it was taken straight of the 1950’s. This work of engineering art would be perfect for any business sporting classic designs, but it would also look great in your home. Another cool thing about this microwave is that although it looks very old it has all the modern features you would expect from a microwave, including presets, programmability, and more.

For a microwave oven on the smaller side, the Daewoo retro is powerful enough to cook it all. There are five power settings to choose from and it even features an advanced defrosting system. Despite its small size and relative simplicity, the 4 available auto modes for common food types are accurate and dependable, leading to perfectly cooked meals every time.

The compact size of this microwave is also good for the placement options. Because of how unique it looks, you might want to display it on your countertop. And, if you do, you won’t have to worry about this oven taking up too much space. Whether you are looking for affordability, stylish retro design elements, compact size, or an uncomplicated machine that will cook your meals with ease, the Daewoo Retro should be on your list of considerations.

Pros

  • checkEco mode available
  • checkFun retro design
  • checkChild safety lock
  • check5 power level controls

Cons

  • cross-altNot as large as many others on the list
  • cross-altRetro design may not be for everyone

Specs

  • Wattage 700W
  • Dimensions 12.7 x 17.6 x 10.6 in
  • Weight 23.4lbs.
  • Material metal and plastic
4Black+Decker Digital Microwave

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Black+Decker is a company that needs no introduction. For almost 200 years, they have been supplying us with high-quality tools and appliances meant to function well and last even longer. When it comes to finding the best microwave, going with a company known for attention to detail and good craftsmanship is always a great place to start.

One of the first things that you’ll notice when looking at this microwave is how nice it looks. There isn’t anything over-the-top or fancy about its design (which is a good thing as it’s not trying to be something that it’s not) but it looks sleek enough to match any type of kitchen, whether you wish to mount it or keep on a countertop. The flush front design gives the microwave an unobtrusive aesthetic and the button color scheme and layout is bold yet understated making operation simple and convenient.

Opening this microwave oven up reveals the spacious interior where you’ll be able to prepare meals of all kinds. The generous 900W power limit is more than enough for the 0.9 cubic feet of space available, and you’ll be able to choose between an impressive 10 different power settings to achieve perfectly cooked food, every time. The technology that drives this microwave also makes it nearly impossible to overcook meals which is always nice for those busy nights when mistakes in the kitchen are the last thing that you want.

Pre-programmed cooking modes are yet another strong point for this microwave which should come as no surprise seeing as how it’s number 4 on our list. With a simple touch of a button, you can easily defrost meals of any size, set specific cooking times, and start any one of the more complex cooking programs that are designed for specific meal types. If simplicity, functionality, and good looks are important for you in your decision-making process, consider Black+Decker.

Pros

  • checkDependable product with proven track record
  • check30-second express cooking setting
  • checkCompact and convenient
  • checkPowerful for the price range

Cons

  • cross-altMay be small for families
  • cross-altNoisier than others in its class

Specs

  • Wattage 900W
  • Capacity 0.9 cubic ft.
  • Dimensions 19.1 x 14.8 x 11.5 in
  • Weight 31.5lbs.
  • Material Stainless steel and plastic
5

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Number five on our list comes from a kitchen appliance and cookware company that has been around for more that 100 years. The company is devoted to customer satisfaction and when looking at the products they bring to the table, it really shows. The Farberware Classic is a countertop microwave that has all the features you need, enough power to compete with the best of them, and is large enough to handle whatever you throw in it.

Cooking with this microwave couldn’t be easier. The Farberware Classic comes with 1000 watts of power but you aren’t limited to using full power every time. There are ten settings available, ranging from 10% to 100%, making it possible to find the perfect amount of cooking power for the types of food that you cook. You won’t need to worry yourself with going through a learning curve, however, as there are plenty of presets that do all the thinking for you. The 6 One-Touch functions apply the perfect amount of heat and time to all your favorite meals, be it pizza, popcorn, leftovers, and more. Farberware Classic also make it easy to defrost food giving you the ability to enter both time and weight.

Apart from being very easy to use, this countertop microwave comes with a few other useful features as well. The lockable keypad is great for anyone with kids. While throwing a metal fork into the microwave to watch the sparks fly might seem like a good idea to kids, it is also incredibly dangerous. The memory function is also a big help. The Farberware Classic will remember the types of food that you like to cook, along with the way you like to cook them so that the microwave can bring up the right settings at the press of a button.

Pros

  • checkModern design
  • checkAccurate heat settings
  • checkExtremely powerful for a microwave of this size
  • checkEasy-open door

Cons

  • cross-altVibration reported by some users
  • cross-altLarge exterior for a compact microwave

Specs

  • Wattage 1000W
  • Capacity 1.1 Cu. Ft.
  • Dimensions 20.2 x 16.9 x 12 in
  • Weight 29lbs.
  • Material Stainless steel and plastic
6GE Profile

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The GE Profile is a microwave oven for anyone looking for a cooking solution that goes well beyond the basics. The GE Profile wouldn’t be considered a cheap microwave by any means but sometimes you get what you pay for.

The higher price tag on this model comes with a long list of great features while adding a sense of style to your kitchen at the same time. The materials used in this microwave’s construction provide a premium look and feel, but the design adds a lot too. Instead of being bulky and boxy, the GE Profile has a wider…, well, profile. The wider shape makes this a perfect option for hanging under cabinets to save counterspace or building straight into the cabinetry to give a more finished look to your kitchen. Of course, this microwave would look good sitting on top of the countertop as well.

While cooking, the GE Profile brings all kinds of benefits to its lucky owners. One of our favorites is the ability for automated cooking. Using the Sensor Cooking Controls provided, all that you need to do to cook a perfect meal is to put the food in and activate the setting. The GE Profile will read the steam levels that are given off during the cooking process and make all the necessary changes to ensure optimal cooking. Another fantastic feature is the smart defrost setting which understand how much time and power are needed based on the weight of the frozen food.

At 1300 watts, 10 separate power settings, a turntable that can be turned on and off, there isn’t a meal that this microwave oven can’t handle. When you combine the looks, the build quality, the settings and features, and the flexibility to install the GE Profile pretty much wherever you want, you can see why we have included it on our list.

Pros

  • checkVery quiet
  • checkGood-looking wide design in an attractive color scheme
  • checkCan be hung, mounted, installed into cabinets, and placed onto a countertop

Cons

  • cross-altRequires additional hardware and trim to install in some cabinets

Specs

  • Wattage 800W
  • Capacity 1.1 cu. ft.
  • Dimensions 26.5 x 15.7 x 14.3 in
  • Weight 33lbs.
  • Material Stainless Steel
7Samsung Microwave Oven with Sensor

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

When it comes to household products, the name Samsung comes up time and time again. There is good reason for that, too. The Korean tech company is leaps and bounds ahead of most of their competition when it comes to their kitchen appliances in both aesthetics and functionality. This Samsung microwave made it onto our list because many would consider it to be the best countertop microwave.

At first glance, this microwave oven has a design that is elegant and futuristic at the same time. The front looks like a television panel thanks to the dark glass and the buttons off to the side are clear and bright making it easy to operate this microwave. A look inside, though, is where you’ll really be surprised. The entire interior is made from a ceramic enamel that not only looks awesome but is also durable and easy to clean. No matter what kind of mess you make in this microwave, cleanup is never a chore.

This Samsung microwave is more than just good looks, though. The Triple Distribution System, for example, helps circulate microwaves throughout the oven to provide an evenly cooked meal every time. Another one of our favorite features found in this microwave may not be exclusive to Samsung but what the company has done with their version of Sensor Cook has been true to their name. No matter what you put in, the microwave will figure out how to cook it to perfection, every time. In case you don’t always want to use the automatic cooking mode, you’ll find plenty of presets for your favorite dishes so you’ll never have to power through an overcooked meal.

This would be a great microwave for almost everyone, but best for anyone inclined toward the Samsung style. This is a dark microwave that sacrifices a bit of visibility for style and would look especially striking next to other dark appliances.

Pros

  • checkNon-stick ceramic interior in very easy to clean
  • checkSensor cooking is accurate

Cons

  • cross-altDark front glass hinders viewing cooking food

Specs

  • Wattage 1000W
  • Capacity 1.4 cu. ft.
  • Dimensions 21.8 x 18.6 x 12.3 in
  • Weight 37.5lbs.
  • Material Stainless-Steel
8Westinghouse 700-Watt

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’ve already seen some really good options for microwave ovens to choose from, and as you can see, they’re all good in their own ways. Coming in at number eight we have the Westinghouse countertop microwave oven, and it has some nice features as well. In fact, this microwave oven has most of the advanced features found in larger models but wraps it all up into a very compact package. Small enough for a dorm room, break room, small kitchen, or any other cooking space with limited real estate, this countertop microwave oven will deliver solid cooking performance just about anywhere.

None of the features found in the Westinghouse are unique to this microwave oven but there are definitely enough modes and presets to turn your cooking tasks into stress-free affairs. For starters, there are 10 separate cooking power levels which essentially break down the 700 W available into multiples of 10%. You don’t really need to figure out which power setting is best for the types of foods you like, however, because there are six presets designed for particular foods that are often cooked or heated up in a microwave oven. Whether you’re looking to reheat last night’s pizza, make some more milk for your kids, cook a frozen dinner, or defrost food that you’ve taken out of the deep freezer, they can all be done with a simple of a single button. The defrosting mode could actually be seen as a unique feature. At least, a feature that we don’t see in every other model. What’s special about the defroster on this countertop microwave oven is that it is set to defrost very quickly.

The Westinghouse countertop microwave also has a child lock, so you don’t have to worry about your kids are getting into. The safety features combined with the low power usage and small footprint make this an obvious choice for anyone looking for a microwave that doesn’t have a huge amount of space to put it. The microwave also looks nice which is an added bonus.

Pros

  • checkSmall footprint
  • checkLow power consumption
  • checkSpeed defrost mode
  • checkAccurate presets

Cons

  • cross-altMay not have enough power for heavy use
  • cross-altMay not be large enough for families

Specs

  • Wattage 700 Watt
  • Capacity 0.7 cu. Ft.
  • Dimensions 14.06 x 17.81 x 10.31 in
  • Weight 23.1lbs.
  • Material Stainless Steel
9Emerson Griller

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

At number nine on our list, the Emerson Griller is unique in many ways. As a contender for best countertop microwave 2018, this offering from Emerson is bound to rank highly in 2019 as well. Apart from having all the usual features that we’ve come to expect from good-quality microwave ovens, the Emerson Griller also has a toasting mechanism built in to give you more variety the types of food you can cook. This countertop microwave convection oven combo is large, coming in at 1.2 ft.³ of space on the interior powered by 1100 W.

For its job as a microwave, the Emerson Griller comes with a speed cooking setting which help get you out of the pinch when people need to be fed, 11 separate power levels to choose from so that you never have to worry about overcooking or drying out your food, an automatic defroster that knows how much time and power is required based on the weight of food that you put in, and a child lock to avoid any unnecessary problems. There is also a handy kitchen timer to help you keep everything under control in the kitchen. Another great feature that comes with this countertop microwave oven are the presets that seem to be perfectly tuned to whatever you happen to be cooking.

What really makes this microwave special, however, is that it’s also a countertop convection microwave. It isn’t every day that you see a cooking appliance that can handle cooking tasks that would normally require two different machines. The Emerson Griller is a microwave and a toaster oven all wrapped up into one. The strong metal body and large size of this microwave/griller combo is perfectly suited to whatever grilling task you have in mind. There’s also a ventilation fan built-in to ensure users safety and optimal flavor and foods that you cook. The people who would benefit most from the Emerson Griller are those with enough space for a large microwave who have their eye on convenience and who like to cook a variety of foods in many different ways. If you can imagine defrosting a frozen turkey in your microwave oven and then simply switching over to grill mode to cook it, you can understand just how convenient this offering could be for you.

Pros

  • checkIntegrated griller
  • checkLarge size and plenty of power
  • checkConvenient and easy to use
  • checkChild safety lock

Cons

  • cross-altMay be too large for smaller kitchens
  • cross-altIs not suitable for built-in cabinets

Specs

  • Wattage 1100W
  • Capacity 1.2 cu. ft.
  • Dimensions 20.59 x 17.28 x 12.8 in
  • Weight 36lbs.
  • Material Stainless Steel
10

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Number 10 on our list is hOmelabs 1050. This microwave is great at pretty much everything it does. It has all the essential features that a microwave of this class should have, it is large enough for families, it has an attractive aesthetic, has plenty of power, and looks that would make it a good addition to any kitchen. One of the main reasons that we have included hOmelabs 1050on our list of best 22 microwaves is that it is one of the best on the list according to countertop microwave reviews found across the net. We read those reviews, noted the pros and cons mentioned, and tested it out for ourselves. To our surprise, all of the good things that people say about this microwave turned out to be true.

One of the most talked about benefits of owning this microwave is the fact that it has a large 1.3 ft.³ interior, while on the outside it still looks compact enough to fit into small to medium kitchens as well as large. The interior is definitely large enough to cook for a family, and the 10 power levels divided between the 1050 W on offer make this microwave perfectly suited to any type of cooking task.

The programming capabilities of hOmelabs 1050 are fairly standard but they all work well. There are as many as 11 cooking functions and seven preprogrammed modes popular dishes which are all designed to take the guesswork out of cooking whatever happens to be on the menu. The speedy cook and quick defrost settings also make short work of cooking tasks that usually take up a lot of your kitchen time. All in all, all these features work very well together to create a well-rounded cooking experience at a very fair price. hOmelabs 1050’s ability to remember your favorite dishes and settings improve on that experience even more, and if the safety of your household and concern the child lock is also an important feature.

Pros

  • checkClear preset buttons with icons
  • checkGood programmability
  • checkQuick touch settings
  • checkSpeed cook and quick defrost

Cons

  • cross-altIsn’t the quietest microwave in its class
  • cross-altNo kitchen timer

Specs

  • Wattage 1,050W
  • Capacity 1.3 cu. ft.
  • Dimensions 20.4 x 16.8 x 12.4 in
  • Weight 38lbs.
  • Material plastic with stainless steel handle
11

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Danby Designer is a microwave that is both good looking and feature rich. It is also one of the least expensive options on our list making this a great option for anyone on a budget or for anyone looking for an inexpensive model for use in a breakroom or small office. Design-wise, the Danby Designer could fit in anywhere thanks to the black stainless-steel body complimented by a silver-colored handle and bands on the top and bottom of the face. For a budget option, the appearance of this microwave is surprisingly premium.

700 W doesn’t seem like much power for a microwave and it’s quite a bit lower than a lot of the others on our list of best 22 microwaves, but for one that has a 0.7 cubic ft. interior, it is more than enough to get the job done. To find the best cooking temps, there are 10 different power settings to choose from as well as 6 different presets for foods like popcorn, frozen dinners, potatoes, and other popular dishes.

Another thing that this microwave has going for it is how simple it is to use. The large buttons in clear, high-contrast coloring, along with the bright LED display, make this a great choice for anyone not interested in trying to figure out a complex appliance or for anyone who cannot easily see buttons with small print. The Darby Designer microwave is also great for anyone in need of a simple cooking solution that doesn’t take up too much space.

Pros

  • checkModerate noise makes for a good solution for smaller spaces
  • checkEasy to clean
  • checkPowerful for the size
  • checkDefrost is very effective

Cons

  • cross-altFront glass is not as durable as some others
  • cross-altDots on the window make viewing food while it cooks difficult

Specs

  • Wattage 700 W
  • Capacity 0.7 cu. ft.
  • Dimensions 14 x 17.3 x 10.1 in
  • Weight 22.5lbs.
  • Material Stainless Steel
12

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you have been reading this list wondering we were going to include anything unusual, you have finally found it. The Nostalgia small countertop microwave is about as unique as it gets when it comes to microwave ovens. As you might guess from the name, Nostalgia will take you and your kitchen back to the 1950s with its retro design and chrome trim. Nostalgia is a small countertop microwave, but it isn’t so small that it becomes inconvenient in any way. The interior space is 0.9 ft.³ which is more than enough room to eat plates and bowls of various sizes.

Apart from the nostalgic look and feel of this microwave oven, the way you interact with it is also quite different than anything else on the market. Staying true to the retro appliances that this microwave is modeled after, Nostalgia uses a dial and a few simple buttons to handle all of the complex, modern cooking modes that are built into this microwave oven. It might take a little bit of getting used to, but it really isn’t all that complicated. In fact, it’s quite fun to go through the modes using a dial as it adds to the nostalgic ambience that this microwave was built to provide.

Above the dial is around digital screen illuminated with an LED light. In the center there is a clock that is surrounded by icons meant to identify the various settings and cooking modes. When a particular setting is chosen the corresponding icon in the clock area lights up, and to cycle through power levels, cooking presets, the express cooking mode, child safety functions, and more, turning the dial is all it takes.

If you’re into classic cars 50s and 60s, or any part of the classic American diner culture, you’ll be thrilled to have Nostalgia in your home. It’s a small microwave with big power and plenty of settings, and it’s overflowing with style.

Pros

  • checkStyle that is truly unique in the world of microwave ovens
  • checkLots of power and settings to make meal times a breeze
  • checkSpacious interior for a compact microwave

Cons

  • cross-altUnique controls require getting used to

Specs

  • Wattage 800 W
  • Capacity 0,9 cu. ft.
  • Dimensions 19 x 15 x 11 in
  • Weight 30.7lbs.
  • Material Aluminum
13

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Next up, we have the ConvectionWorks Hi-Q Intelligent Oven. While not exactly a microwave oven, this convection oven made it onto our list because it provides the same level of convenience that a good microwave would. It might not be as fast as a microwave starting from the very beginning of the cooking process, but once this oven heats up it has the power to turn out large quantities of perfectly cooked food. The ConvectionWorks Hi-Q Intelligent Oven is definitely not a small kitchen appliance with its 1500 W of power and 36-liter capacity and can easily handle some of your toughest cooking jobs. This oven can be used as a simple toaster oven, a convection oven, or a rotisserie, giving you plenty of options.

For a convection oven, ConvectionWorks Hi-Q Intelligent Oven is more feature packed than you might expect. To start with, the HI-Q Intelligent processor unit and LED screen make short work of meals of all types. There are ten different power settings to choose from, temp and time can be set manually, and for anyone looking to bring the ultimate in cooking convenience into their lives the HI-Q system can also automatically set the cooking time and temp depending the type of food that you are cooking.

The rotisserie feature is also a good reason to consider this oven. Included in the 10 accessories that come with ConvectionWorks Hi-Q Intelligent Oven, the rotisserie spit and rods can easily be installed whenever poultry is on the menu. Also included are silicone pot holders, a crumb tray, a wire rack for toast and other similar foods, a bamboo cutting board and a baking pan. This oven is deep enough to fit large baking trays and up to 9 standard-sized pieces of toast, as well, making this a great option for anyone looking to cook for several people.

Whether you are looking to enhance the cooking potential that you already have, or you are looking for a dedicated oven for all your cooking needs, the ConvectionWorks Hi-Q Intelligent Oven certainly worth considering.

Pros

  • checkRotisserie option is convenient
  • checkIncluded accessories are good quality
  • checkIntelligent cooking modes are accurate
  • checkCooks food quickly

Cons

  • cross-altNeeds plenty of space for ventilation
  • cross-altYou should wait until oven is warm before starting presets

Specs

  • Wattage 1500 W
  • Capacity 36L
  • Dimensions 14.1 x 14.6 x 10.6 in
  • Weight 22.5lbs.
  • Material Stainless Steel
14

Another very capable convection oven for our list comes in at number 14. The Gourmia Professional Convection Oven is built to facilitate heavy duty cooking jobs in both the home environment and professional kitchens alike. This convection oven is quite large with an interior of 1.5 ft.³ and is powered with an impressive 1700 W. Whether your goal is to cook the perfect roast, take advantage of the rotisserie feature, broil your favorite veggies to complement your next family dinner, or bake several racks of your favorite cookies, you can do pretty much anything you like in this convection oven.

This all-in-one solution is surprisingly convenient and easy to use, with attachments sliding in and out of the spacious interior effortlessly. Seeing as how this oven is meant for both home and professional use, it’s no surprise that you’ll find a temperature range similar to that on a traditional oven. No matter what it is that you’re trying to bake, broil, or roast, you’ll find the perfect temperature sitting somewhere between the available hundred and 150° to 500° which can be set either manually or automatically through one of the cooking modes.

Apart from excelling at all the various oven tasks that this convection oven was built for, it can also combine various functions through its multimode feature. If you can’t decide whether you need to bake, broil, start up the rotisserie, or roast, have no fear because you can easily combine various modes to create a more functional cooking environment. While you might not want to bake your grandmother’s chocolate chip cookie recipe wire roasting a turkey for obvious reasons, you certainly could if you wanted to. A more realistic choice might include broiling your favorite meat on one temperature setting while baking potatoes on another.

This convection oven is easy to use and comes with plenty of accessories making cooking just about anything you can think of as simple as it would be in a conventional oven. If you’ve got the room for a convection oven of this size and lots of hungry mouths to feed, the Gourmia Professional is a safe bet.

Pros

  • checkLots of power and space
  • checkProfessional features in the comfort of your home

Cons

  • cross-altConvection oven fans are not quiet

Specs

  • Wattage 1700 W
  • Capacity 1.5 cu. ft.
  • Dimensions 26.8 x 18.2 x 23.2 in
  • Weight 40 lbs.
  • Material Stainless Steel
15

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Here at number 15 we have another microwave from Samsung. This time, however, where raising the bar. Samsung is known for its high-tech home solutions in this microwave/griller combo is a perfect example of what the company is great at. Whether you are looking for a microwave oven countertop solution where a microwave that comes with the grill function for added versatility you are bound to be happy with this model from Samsung. Combining an awesome feature set with even better looks we could see this microwave ending up in custom-designed kitchens throughout the world. The understated, yet elegant appearance not only make it easy for this microwave to fit in just about anywhere, but it is a statement in itself as well.

As you would expect from a modern microwave of this caliber, there are many smart cook options to make your life easier, as well as presets designed to cook popular foods perfectly, and plenty of power levels to choose from should you want to go with the manual approach. For the auto modes, there are options for how to reheat, how to cook, and auto defrost. Choosing any one of the three can be done with a simple press of a button and tells the microwave to read the food while it’s cooking and adjust itself accordingly. All of the auto modes utilize combinations of the 10 available power settings, and users also have full access to the available power settings.

The main selling point for this microwave, apart from the great-looking design choices that went into it, is the fact that it is not only a microwave. The top grill can be activated at any time to give food a crispier texture. As if they could make microwaves any more convenient, this microwave makes it possible to handle a variety of tasks with just one machine. Do you like pizza as much as we do? With a microwave like this you can throw in a frozen pizza, activate the auto defrost function, and then finish it off with the grilling element.

Pros

  • checkMicrowave and grill in one convenient appliance
  • checkSimple to use
  • checkLooks great

Cons

  • cross-altMirror finish may collect fingerprints

Specs

  • Wattage 950 W
  • Capacity 1.4 cu. ft.
  • Dimensions 18.1 x 21.9 x 12.3 in
  • Weight 41.9 lbs.
  • Material Stainless-Steel
16

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The Hamilton Beech stainless steel countertop microwave is a great option for anyone looking for a quality product that is neither complex or expensive. This microwave is one of the most cost effective on our list, but you would never know that by looking at it. The clean lines, black body, and shiny red trim give this microwave surprisingly premium feel. The buttons and menu are also clearly displayed and well-spaced adding to the convenience and simplicity that you would expect from a microwave and this class.

The Hamilton Beech 900 is a compact microwave that will easily fit into kitchens of any size. It’ll fit into a dorm room, break room, and possibly even an RV or motorhome depending on the make and model. Despite its compact size, however, there is a surprising amount of space on the inside allowing plenty of room for full-size dinner plates which means you’ll never have to worry about transferring food from plate to plate just to warm it up. Anyone who has had to deal with transferring food from dish to dish just so that they could fit inside of their small microwave would be able to tell you how nice it is for a compact microwave not to be too small.

For its size, the 900 W seems to be plenty powerful enough for everyday use and there are all of the standard features available to make your cooking tasks that much easier. Whether you want to use the express cook settings or one of the six presets for foods like baked potatoes, frozen dinners, popcorn, and leftovers, you’ll be able to make short work out of meal you have in mind. You can also choose between several power levels and defrost frozen food based on both time or weight. For such an inexpensive microwave, this product is a perfect choice for most uses and cooking styles.

Pros

  • checkAccurate cooking modes
  • checkStylish and compact
  • checkChild lock

Cons

  • cross-altToo small for families

Specs

  • Wattage 900 W
  • Capacity 0.9 cu. ft.
  • Dimensions 17.3 x 14 x 10.1 in.
  • Weight 21.9 lbs.
  • Material Plastic and Stainless Steel
17GE Countertop Microwave 700W

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The GE countertop microwave is another solution for anyone looking for a good quality countertop microwave with plenty of features in a compact size. This microwave was made for smaller kitchens with limited space available, but GE clearly didn’t want to skimp on any of the great features that their microwave line is known for. Like many other GE models, this microwave comes with features like the ability to add 30 seconds to your cooking time while the microwave is running, defrost settings which come in both auto and manual modes, a child lock feature, express cook settings, a kitchen timer, and much more. There are also 10 different power level settings that allow you to break up the 700 available watts into multiples of 10%.

If you are worried about clearing up some microwave countertop space, you won’t have to designate much for this model as it is a midsize microwave that doesn’t take up space. While it isn’t suitable for mounting or building into cabinets, this countertop microwave does fit quite closely to whatever you put it next to allowing it to blend in to almost any kitchen space. The grey and black color scheme also helps this GE offering fit into a variety of different kitchen styles and it never looks out of place.

Whether you are looking into this model for GE’s excellent reputation for making quality kitchen appliances or you’re simply looking for a dependable, compact microwave with all the features of its bigger brothers, the GE countertop microwave is always a good choice.

Pros

  • checkPlenty of cooking modes available
  • checkLooks great
  • checkRemovable turntable
  • checkCompact size

Cons

  • cross-altCannot be installed into custom cabinetry
  • cross-altNot large enough for families
18

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

For anyone looking for a super-compact microwave oven that will easily fit into a corner, number 18 on our list would fit the bill perfectly. The Whirlpool countertop microwave comes in a unique shape and size making it a great option for anyone looking for what it has to offer. If you have limited countertop space and could benefit from being able to dedicate a small corner of your countertop to your microwaving needs, the rounded back on this model brings that possible.

Surprisingly, despite its small size, full dinner plates can fit inside of the 0.5 cubic feet space which adds yet another layer of convenience. In fact, when compared to many other small microwaves, this offering from Whirlpool is even more spacious and comes with a larger turntable. So, when we say, ‘full size’, we’re talking plates as large as 11 inches in diameter.

As far as features are concerned, this 700-watt countertop microwave from Whirlpool comes with a fair few. Given that this microwave oven was designed to be functional without trying to take center stage, it is fitting that the controls (which happen to be a breeze to clean) can be disabled to avoid unwanted key presses, as well as curious children. Other features include the ability to choose between ten different power levels for times when manual modes are best, the ability to add either 30 or 60 seconds to your cooking time, and several presets designed to take the thinking out of cooking common meal types.

Pros

  • checkPerfect for corners and small counter space
  • checkFits a full-size dinner plate
  • checkUnique design looks great
  • checkRock-solid performance

Cons

  • cross-altSmall
  • cross-altProduct shape may not be for everyone

Specs

  • Wattage 750 W
  • Capacity 0.5 cu. ft.
  • Dimensions 13.75 x 15.38 x 14.13 in
  • Weight 36 lbs.
  • Material Stainless Steel
19LG NeoChef

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

As one of the largest countertop microwaves on our list, the LG NeoChef is a serious cooking appliance for being a consumer-grade microwave oven. With an interior space of 2.0 cu. ft., this countertop microwave would be the perfect solution for families and for anyone else who makes a habit of entertaining guests. All the interior space can be used for either large dishes or several bowls, cups, or plates at the same time cutting meal preparation time down considerably. The 1,350 watts of available power that the LG NeoChef comes with is also above most other oven in this class which means food and beverages cook faster in this microwave oven than in most others.

For a microwave of this size it is important that it has all the features you would need to cook everything that you can put into it, and luckily, the NeoChef delivers quite nicely. You’ll find a button to automatically add 30 seconds of cooking time to any running cooking program, sensor cooking and defrosting modes, a preset for popcorn, and the ability to choose between 10 different power levels. Another great feature is the non-stick surface making cleaning extremely easy.

Another thing that’s important for an appliance large enough to dominate the countertop that it sits on is how it looks. An appliance like this doesn’t just blend in with all the other pieces of equipment that you have, and it should look good enough to improve the appearance of the entire kitchen. The LG NeoChef certainly doesn’t disappoint in the aesthetics department. It has a beautiful black glass and dark grey brushed stainless-steel finish that is sleek and modern, while being understated at the same time.

Pros

  • checkEasily accommodates family-sized meals
  • checkStylish
  • checkPowerful

Cons

  • cross-altToo large for some countertops

Specs

  • Wattage 1350 W
  • Capacity 2.0 cu. ft.
  • Dimensions 24 x 19 x 14 in
  • Weight 41 lbs.
  • Material Stainless Steel
20Sharp Commercial Microwave Oven

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Looking at our list of microwave options, you have probably already noticed that many of the most popular units are not necessarily the most complex. The best on the list are also not always the most stylish or smallest or largest. What makes for a great microwave is how well it does what it promises to do, no matter how many extras it features, and this one-cubic-foot, 1000-watt microwave oven fits right in among the best. The Sharp Commercial Microwave Oven is one of the better units on the list while also being one of the simplest. Its mission is to be a great microwave and that is where it excels.

The basic usability of this commercial microwave is one of the best selling points for it. Instead of having a menu of buttons displaying the power level settings, auto and sensor modes, presets, timer, and all the other common features, this microwave oven has an easy-to-use dial. Above the dial there is a quick-start guide with guidance on which settings to choose for different purposes, and the dial itself couldn’t be any easier to operate.

The large interior and powerful wattage supplied by this commercial microwave make planning your meal preparation a thing of beauty. There is no turntable which clears up space for more food and you never have to worry about food being cooked unevenly thanks to the fact that the magnetrons themselves rotate around the food providing surprisingly even results every time. It should be said that this microwave has no other job but to microwave. There are no power level settings or auto modes. Nor are there any presets. You get a powerful microwave that operates within a 6-minute window, but that window is more than enough for almost everything we have thrown at it. If you are looking for a rock-solid microwave that heats food well, the Sharp Commercial microwave oven is a smart choice.

Pros

  • checkCommercial design and functionality
  • checkEasy operation
  • checkHeating time guide included
  • checkPlenty of power

Cons

  • cross-altNo turntable (although it does well without one)
  • cross-altLacks some of the premium features found on other products

Specs

  • Wattage 1000 W
  • Capacity 1.0 cu. ft.
  • Dimensions 21 x 16 x 12 in
  • Weight 37 lbs.
  • Material Stainless Steel
21Avanti Countertop Microwave 1000W

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Here, at number 21 on the list, we have the Avanti countertop microwave. When you first begin to read through the specs offered by the Avanti microwave we’re covering here, this microwave may seem like standard fare with 1.1 ft.³ of interior space, the thousand watts of cooking power that can be divided into 10 separate power settings, all the usual presets and special functions, and the kitchen countdown timer to help you manage your time in the kitchen. Actually seeing this microwave begins to paint a different picture, however.

Without a doubt, this countertop microwave oven is a solid choice for all of your cooking needs but the smooth lines, crisp edges, towel holder style door handle, and mirror finish covering the entire surface of the door, make this microwave shine unlike any other. We’ve come across mirror finishes on microwaves before (there are even some on this list), but nothing quite so reflective as this offering from Avanti. The mirror finish coupled with the shiny stainless-steel body and trim work with the looks of this microwave oven into a class of its own. If your kitchen features a lot of stainless-steel, opting for the Avanti countertop microwave would be a no-brainer as it would fit right in.

If you are looking for a fully capable microwave oven that is both large enough and powerful enough to handle every dish you plan to heat in it, but one that is dedicated to helping you keep your kitchen looking its best as well, the Avanti certainly takes all the boxes.

Pros

  • checkImpressive silver mirror finish
  • checkPlenty of room and power

Cons

  • cross-altCollects fingerprints

Specs

  • Wattage 1000 W
  • Capacity 1.1 cu. ft.
  • Dimensions 17.25 x 21.25 x 11.75 in
  • Weight: 36lbs.
  • Material Stainless Steel
22Bella Family-Sized Microwave

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you are looking for a good-quality, family-sized microwave oven that comes with all the bells and whistles, the Bella 1000-watt countertop microwave is a great choice. The stainless-steel body gives the microwave a strong presence in any kitchen but doesn’t sway from being both family-friendly and just plain convenient. The button interface features an alternating color scheme to make finding and selecting the correct settings for your meals as simple as possible

Settings include the timed cooking mode, the power level selector, the clock, time defrost, weight defrost, and the kitchen timer. Preset modes are also available for popular items such as frozen vegetables, potatoes, Dinner plates, and more. Express Cook settings are also found here, as are the child lock, the ‘add 30 seconds’ button, and the memory function.

Space is never an issue with this unit since the large, 1.1 ft.³ interior is plenty large enough to handle most medium-sized to large cooking dishes. With a turntable measuring 12.4 inches it’s safe to say that you’ll never find yourself looking for another plate or container to transfer your food to before heating it up.

Maintenance is another area where the Bella countertop microwave excels. The clean, flush front with pushbutton door release mechanism makes for an easy surface to wipe down while cleaning your kitchen. The interior is also easy to clean as it is smooth and simple. The large glass turntable tray can easily be removed and washed in the dishwasher, as well, adding to the convenience of easy maintenance.

Pros

  • checkSuitable for families
  • checkGood-looking design
  • checkLots of power and control

Cons

  • cross-altMay be too large for some kitchens

Specs

  • Wattage 1000 W
  • Capacity 1.1 cu. ft.
  • Dimensions 15.1 x 20.2 x 12 in
  • Weight 33.7 lbs.
  • Material Stainless Steel

BUYING GUIDE & FAQ’S

What to look for when buying a countertop microwave oven?

If you made it to this point of our buyers’ guide for the best 22 microwaves available, you already know that there is a vast difference in all of the different options available. With so much choice, it’s hard to know what exactly you should look for when buying a countertop microwave oven.

Not everybody is going to use their microwave in the same way, with some people using it once or twice a week to thaw out some frozen veggies and others using it three times a day for various reasons. Depending on how you plan on using your microwave, you want to check out the features available. Some ovens come with fast cook modes that let you heat up plates of leftovers and frozen dinners within a minute or less, some offer fasts defrost settings promising not to cook the food as it thaws out your meal, and still others come with sensors that allow the microwave to cook foods automatically, adjusting the time and he levels based on how the food is reacting to the cooking cycle. As you can see, there is a lot to look out for.

Added to the intended workload that you have for your new microwave you also have to think about the space available. If you’re putting your microwave oven in an office setting or break room, you will need a very different style microwave than if you are planning to install one into your cabinetry in your custom kitchen. Microwaves come in all shapes and sizes, with some being as small as half a square foot and others being four times that size. Choosing the microwave that fits the space that you have planned for it will go a long way in your satisfaction the product that you choose.

Other aspects that you’re going to need to look out for, of course, are how much power the microwave oven uses to do its thing, how many different power settings there are, whether there are good preset modes, if the microwave oven is programmable, and much more.

Most good microwave ovens will come with several features as standard. Child safety locks, for example, are pretty common, as are advanced reheating and defrosting modes, presets for commonly cooked meals such as pizza, popcorn, fish, TV dinners, etc. With so many features found throughout the world of microwaves, though, it’s much less common to find one microwave with all the features. If you find one that promises to do it all you want to look at the price tag. An inexpensive microwave oven trying to do too much often does a lot of things poorly, well the premium options can sometimes master the Jack-of-all-trades approach.

Read on to learn more about all of the things you should consider before buying a microwave oven.

Power

When it comes to power, all you need to do is look out for the wattage. It’s a very important piece of the puzzle and trying to find the right microwave for you which is why the power provided by the microwave is always on display, front and center. A mid-level microwave offering average power sit somewhere between 800-900 watts. Less than that, you are starting to go into small countertop microwave territory which are often bought for spaces like office break rooms, dorms, and other especially small cooking spaces. Microwave ovens that are 1000 watts or more tend to be in kitchens with more space, and also in kitchens where heavier use is expected.

You always want to pay attention to how many different power level settings there are, as some microwave ovens come with five power settings, some of seven or eight, and some with 10. However many are provided, each power level setting can be seen as a percentage of the overall power capabilities of the unit. So, if 1000-watt microwave has 10 power settings, the first will be 10%, the second 20%, the third 30%, and so on.

Understanding the power levels is very important and usually means the difference between using a microwave properly and unnecessarily ruining all your meals. Generally speaking, the more power levels you have at your fingertips the more control you will have over the end results of the food you are cooking. Every different type of food requires a different amount of heat to cook and sometimes one meal can be made up of various ingredients all requiring different power settings.

Anything high in fat, for example, will burn very quickly on high settings but fat often comes on foods that require high temperatures to cook properly. The solution? Depending on what you are cooking, a combination of power settings and specific times designated for each often does the trick. In fact, many of the presets that microwave ovens come with take those details into consideration.

Features

The features offered by all the various microwave oven manufacturers are where your choices start to get a little bit tricky. They all promise to make your life easier and then back that promise up with a suite of features that generally look pretty good at first glance. To be fair, they usually are quite good but it’s in the combination of features that a particular microwave oven offers that you should look for.

Cooking Sensor

Thinking about all the possible features that you come across while searching for that perfect microwave, the first thing that comes to mind is the cooking sensor. Many manufacturers come with one version or another and the main job of the cooking sensor is to automatically adjust cooking times and power settings to coincide with how well the food is cooking.

Using this mode as often as simple as selecting the cooking sensor mode, entering in the weight and type of food, and pushing the start button. As the food is cooking the microwave senses the cooking progress based on the amount of steam coming from the food and is able to decide when your meal is cooked to perfection.

The cooking sensor is a great when it works but watch out for microwave ovens that sport poorly-reviewed cooking sensors as they are more than likely just an extra thing to spend money on that you will probably never use.

Presets

Using the presets on a microwave might seem like a no-brainer but it does require you to think about what’s going on in order to tell if the presets are doing what they say they’re going to do. Often, presets are set up in labs with little real-world testing and do not optimally cook the dishes they intend to. Have you ever thrown a bag of popcorn into a microwave, selected the popcorn preset button, and then found that half the kernels in the bag were unpopped? Well, you wouldn’t be alone if you had.

How presets work is an important question. Basically, the preset buttons are preprogrammed for theoretical best cooking times and power levels for specific types of food. Pushing the defrost button tells the microwaves processor to adjust the intensity of the magnetron which is where the heat comes from. You’ll notice that all of the preset buttons are for foods ranging in power intensity requirements, going from popcorn and steamed vegetables all the way up to frozen meats. For each preset, more power is provided at a more constant rate.

Here at Men’s Gear, we enjoy using technology to the fullest. That’s why we think that no matter what microwave you buy you should try out all of the presets to see how they work. If any of the presets don’t quite meet your standards, it isn’t very difficult to figure out which power settings to use to get the job done right.

Speed-cook, auto defrost, and time adjustments

The speed-cook setting is pretty common and can add to the convenience of your microwave oven. It usually comes as one of the ‘extras’ buttons and is pretty much self-explanatory. Its purpose is to quickly cook foods at high power settings for short amounts of time. It’s a good setting for heating up leftovers as well as hot drinks and soup.

A lot of microwaves come with clever defrost settings as well. If you spend a lot of time defrosting food as part of your prep work before cooking, this might be a feature to look out for. Some microwaves come with defrost modes that work in a similar way to the sensor cook feature in that it takes information from the food and responds accordingly. The best defroster is on the market can thaw large quantities of food without cooking it. Be wary of cheaper microwaves making big claims about their defrost capabilities.

Also handy, are time addition buttons that allow you to add different amounts of time (usually 30 seconds to a minute) to your cooking program without having to stop the process. This is especially useful when you can easily see that your food will need more time through the viewing window while it’s cooking.

Design, material, and color

When buying a microwave you have a lot of choice when it comes to the design, the material that is constructed from, and the color scheme. Once you’ve narrowed down your list to just a few microwave ovens that have all of the features that you want and need, you should consider the pros and cons of the various build styles.

When choosing a design, there are a lot of options. Some are designed to sit on countertops, some are intended to be installed into cabinetry, and some are meant to mounted under the cabinets to save counterspace. Depending on the space that the microwave is designed for will tell you a lot about how it operates. Microwaves meant for installation in cabinets usually require less room for ventilation, for example. While microwaves meant for countertops are generally bulkier. Needless to say, it’s a good idea to figure out where you want to put your new microwave before you decide on which one to buy.

The material is also important to think about. Most microwaves are made from a combination of plastics and stainless steel, with some having more or less of either, but you’ll also find microwaves made of aluminum as well. Your material choices affect two main things which are aesthetics and weight.

Stainless steel and aluminum often have very premium aesthetics but come with some added heft that makes them more difficult to hang on cabinetry. Metals are also more durable and less likely to scratch making them good options for long-term use. Plastic, on the other hand, is cheaper and lighter making it a more suitable option for some.

Materials that you choose also makes your color selection a little easier. If you’re looking for assignee or brushed steel look for your kitchen, the obvious choice is to go with stainless steel or aluminum. If you’re looking for vibrant color or something to fit a specific color scheme, plastic microwaves often come with a wider variety of color choices.

Type

Another aspect of microwave ovens that should to be taken into consideration is which type of microwave are you looking for. As the type of microwave that you choose will be directly linked to the kind of cooking that you do, it’s crucial that you get the right tool for the job.

One of the most common types of microwaves is the countertop microwave which is simply a microwave built to sit on top of the counter. There are also microwaves built to be above the range, under and built into the cabinets, installed under counters, as well as microwaves with convection ovens and microwaves with grill functionality. All of these different types of microwave ovens come in a variety of styles and kinds and each category has a few models that are at the top of the food chain.

Simmering Down

So, there you have it. We’re winding down our buyers guide a list of best 22 microwaves 2019 has to offer with a final word on what to expect when shopping for a microwave. As you can see from our different most of the microwaves on our list are from each other, there really is no ‘best’ microwave. Your choice comes down to what you need and want in terms of functionality and looks.

The options available to you include small microwaves best suited to one or two people, family-sized microwaves, industrial units, microwave/convection oven hybrids, microwave/grill hybrids, and more. Some are quite simple in terms of what they offer feature-wise while others are pushing the boundaries of what is expected from a microwave oven.

Whatever style are type you decide is best for you, you can be sure that there is a perfect option out there for you. Maybe it’s even here on our list. Many of our favorites also come in various colors and sizes so feel free to use the products on our list as steppingstones leading to your perfect choice.

Best 31 Tactical Wallets

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Undeniably one of our favorite items to look at, the Level Gear Toolcard Pro is a beast that packs a bigger punch than it’s lightweight 1.4-ounce frame would suggest. Made from heat-treated 42—stainless-steel (you know, the good stuff), this is a robust and practical tactical wallet that leaves a lot of higher priced items crying and eating dust. Yeah, it’s one tough son of a, and it’s built for action, not to play games.

Boring stuff first, it’s got a money clip that can hold as many as 6 cards and a good amount of hard currency. Now for the fun stuff. IT’s got a whopping 40 tools. Yes, we did not miss type, there’s a total of 40 tools on this little baby. It would be dull to name them all, but to give you a taster, those 40 include a hex bit driver, cord cutter, prybar, screwdrivers, wrenches and of course, as always, a bottle and can opener. The whole thing also doubles as a metric ruler, so you can do just about everything and anything you’d want with this thing and impress your friends with how ‘ready to go’ you are.

Specs

  • Materials 420-stainless steel (heat treated)
  • Dimensions 3.4 x 2.8 x 0.2-inches

Best 12 Electric Cordless Trimmers

BEST ELECTRIC CORDLESS ELECTRIC TRIMMERS

1Black & Decker LHT2426 Cordless Hedge Trimmer

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’ll put our foot down with one of the most powerful cordless hedge trimmers on the market. Let us introduce you to the Black & Decker LHT2426 Cordless Electric Trimmer. This mean red machine will shape your hedges and provide you with garden maintenance that will not go unnoticed. It won’t go unnoticed for many reasons but one of them is because of its color. It’s made in a bright orange design so you don’t trip on it in the shed or in the garden.

You may not get any color options with this model, but you do get a choice between a 40-volt rechargeable lithium ion battery or the same model without a battery. The latter option is perfect for people who already own a rechargeable battery from Black & Decker because this thoughtful brand makes many of their products to use the same battery – helping you save hard-earned dollars.

When you do equip yourself with their 40v battery, you get the luxury of prolonged use between charges, helping you to tackle larger gardens or be more meticulous in your hedge shaping. In fact, each charge is estimated to help you trim up to 6000 square feet of hedges.

Its blades span across 24 inches, meaning this cordless hedge trimmer will be effective in those hard-to-reach areas. Not to forget that their dual-action performance means that you experience fewer vibrations and a more comfortable Sunday morning doing your gardening. Because the machine cuts in two directions at once with a staggering 2400 strokes per minute, it also means that it cuts twice as much at once. It’s powerful and efficient!

User-friendliness and comfort can also be seen in the hedge trimmer’s soft rubber handle. It boasts a wraparound design, so you retain a comfortable grip in any direction. The blades of this electric trimmer are also worth the column space. Each blade is made of premium quality materials to cut effectively. This means that you can cut branches up to ¾ of an inch thick. There aren’t many hedges – if any – that this hedge trimmer can’t conquer.

One last feature of this model worth noting is the hedge trimmer’s charging speed. You can fully recharge this product in just one hour. Enough time for you to grab a weekend beer and some food before getting back on the job!

Pros

  • checkDual-cutting improves efficiency
  • checkOne-hour charging
  • checkReduced vibrations
  • checkComfortable rubber handle
  • checkPowerful option
  • checkProlonged use after each charge

Cons

  • cross-altSome noise complaints by past customers

Specs

  • Voltage 40v
  • Battery Lithium Ion
  • Weight 6.9lbs
  • Warranty Two years
2DeWalt Cordless Hedge Trimmer

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another top option for men who want to own a pristine garden is this cordless electric hedge trimmer from DeWalt. You’ll recognize the DeWalt name and their trademark yellow branding from other tools in the landscaping and building industries. Looking for proven quality and a formidable reputation? DeWalt should be near the top of your list. So, what is this cordless hedge trimmer all about?

First off, the yellow aesthetics make it easy to spot when in your garden or around the home so nobody trips and injures themselves on its cutting blades. However, this isn’t the only way that this hedge trimmer is similar to the one we just featured by Black & Decker. It also gives buyers the option between purchasing the model with or without its 20v lithium ion battery. Again, this allows their loyal customers to save some money and use the same standard battery that is compatible with more than 100 tools in their fleet – after a quick recharge of course.

But how quick? Well, the battery used for this cordless hedge trimmer is recharged in around one hour. Once charged, you’re all set to take on the wild shrubbery and unmaintained hedges of your garden to make heads turn in your neighborhood.

Due to being a cordless model, you never have to think about electrical sockets, tripping on wires or extension cables. This also means that there are fewer potential faults and conveniently less maintenance to attend to. Leave those worries in the 20th century and get the best results with this tool for the modern garden.

Now let’s talk performance. One of the biggest concerns for people buying cordless hedge trimmers is the tool’s lengths. This is because most people buy these powerful machines to cut tall and hard-to-reach hedges. Well, this one won’t disappoint as it’s exceptionally long at a whopping 22 inches. It will also make easy work of branches that are up to ¾ of an inch. There aren’t many hedges that will be resilient to the power of this electric cordless hedge trimmer.

Some of the unseen perks when buying this model come in the form of payment protection. DeWalt offers a number of guarantees. First of all, you receive a 90-day period where you can get a full refund if you’re not happy for any reason – no questions asked. You also get a full year of free servicing. Our US readers will be pleased to know that DeWalt has over 75 service centers across the country. Even better – the manufacturers supply this powerful garden machine with a three-year warranty in case of faults and breakdowns. A top-quality product supplied with a top-quality service!

Pros

  • checkAvailable without battery to save money
  • checkQuick recharge
  • checkExtensive warranties and guarantees
  • check22-inch long model
  • check¾-inch cutting performance
  • checkRenowned and trusted brand

Cons

  • cross-altHeavier than standard

Specs

  • Voltage 20v
  • Battery Lithium Ion
  • Weight 11.5lbs
  • Warranty Three years
3Worx Cordless Hedge Trimmer

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If the last electric cordless hedge trimmer was perfect but a little too heavy for you, then you may want to consider this similar hedge trimmer that weighs in at nearly half the weight of the DeWalt model. Having a lighter model makes taking care of your hedges much more seamless. You can tackle your garden maintenance tasks for longer while expelling much less energy.

But this isn’t the only aspect of the Worx Cordless Hedge Trimmer that enhances comfort and convenience. The grip is made of soft rubber to reduce pressures and stress on your hands, which also contributes to being able to use this hedge trimmer for longer. There are also two grips. One grip is shaped like the letter D while the other hand holds a more orthodox grip to make cutting in any direction much easier. You get total control with this awesome hedge trimmer.

The lightweight design and ergonomic features aren’t the only features to get excited about. The performance of this model matches its convenience to the same high standards. The blades work in both directions to make trimming hedges even more efficient and to give you a thorough end result. In doing so, the model gives off fewer vibrations and enhances the user’s experience even further. Fewer vibrations mean more time on the job and more chance of making the neighbors jealous of your eye-catching garden.

This hedge trimmer comes with a 20v lithium ion battery and a recharger. Unlike the previous two models, this one doesn’t offer the trimmer without the battery. However, you can use the battery and charger they supply to any of their other fleet of powerful and efficient garden tools. This is why you can save money by looking at their tool packages. Want to learn more about these? Click the link below to take a digital jump over to the seller.

Pros

  • checkD-shaped grip improves control
  • checkExceptionally lightweight model
  • checkReduced vibrations enhance comfort
  • checkDual-direction blades increase efficiency
  • checkVersatile battery for their full range
  • checkTwo soft rubber grips

Cons

  • cross-altLouder than many competitors

Specs

  • Voltage 20v
  • Battery Lithium Ion
  • Weight 6lbs
  • Warranty N/A
4Weed Eater Electric Hedge Trimmer

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The Weed Eater Electric Cordless Hedge Trimmer is another phenomenal option for men looking to improve the aesthetics of their property. This model is frequented by professional gardeners but utilized by DIY gardeners because of its easy-to-use features. One of the biggest appealing features of this hedge trimmer is that it’s a cordless model that makes operating it more convenient and also reduces both maintenance tasks and the chances of breakdowns and faults.

It comes equipped with a 20-volt lithium-ion battery that is easily recharged to give you 30 minutes of operation. This is more than enough time to take care of your hedges but if you’re into meticulous hedge trimming and even artistic hedges then you’ll still be pleased with this hedge trimmer. Why? Because the battery recharges in super quick time and you can be back out in the garden in no time at all.

This is also one of the lightest cordless hedge trimmers you can get your gardening gloves on. It still has a respectable arm length of 20 inches despite being so lightweight. This means you can reach those difficult up-high areas without getting fatigued. Another feature regarding this hedge trimmer’s convenience and comfort is evident in its handle and grip. A soft grip is molded into a wraparound handle to make cutting in any direction easy work. Say yes to seamless hedge trimming by saying yes to the Weed Eater Electric Hedge Trimmer.

When it comes down to performance there is plenty to shout about. It reaches optimal performance with an impressive 2400 strokes each minute so your hedge trimming is always efficient. Very few bushes and hedges will be too much trouble for this powerful machine. It has a cutting capacity that will make light work of any branch of 5/8 of an inch in thickness. Now, the Men’s Gear mathematics have had their calculators out and we can confirm that this is less than the previous models. But we can also confirm that this is still a high-performing cordless hedge trimmer worth considering.

If you’re thinking about this awesome hedge trimmer but need some more reasons to add it to your shed, then you should know about its warranty. When you buy this trimmer, it’s supplied with an extensive warranty. You get a whopping four-year warranty in case the model breaks down or malfunctions. Will this added payment protection bring you off the fence? You know what to do by now – hit the button below to discover more about this hedge trimmer.

Pros

  • checkExtremely lightweight model
  • checkColossal four-year warranty
  • checkCuts branches up to 5/8th of an inch
  • check2400 strokes per minute
  • checkWraparound grip for added comfort
  • check20-inches arm length

Cons

  • cross-altLonger models elsewhere

Specs

  • Voltage 20v
  • Battery Lithium Ion
  • Weight 5.4lbs
  • Warranty Four years
5Greenworks Cordless Hedge Trimmer

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Greenworks have created one of the best cordless hedge trimmers to date with their slender but powerful design. When you choose this hedge trimmer, you choose to have options. First of all, you can choose the length of the tool from either 7.5 inches, 18 inches or the one we’re specifically featuring, the 22-inch model. You also get battery options. You can pick up this trimmer without a battery. This is a preferable option for those who own other Greenworks machines that use the same rechargeable battery. Alternatively, you can opt for a 3.0Ah or a 2.0Ah lithium-ion battery.

The 40-volts battery we are looking at is one of the most powerful available for such gardening tools. You get a much longer-lasting electric hedge trimmer when you choose this model over some of the previous 20-volt options. If you have a significantly large garden with a lot of bushes and hedges to maintain, waiting around for your hedge trimmer to recharge may not be an option. Instead, you should give this model a whirl and get the benefit of exceptional longevity. As mentioned, this battery is then transferable to other tools and machines within the Greenworks celebrated fleet.

The 20-inch design is adequate to tackle most shrubbery and garden bushes. However, this model has a unique feature that you don’t come across option. Put the step ladder away and make use of its innovative feature. Instead of trying to find the right angle to shape your hedges neatly. The head of the blades can be extended and pivoted into different angles. You can adjust the head into three different positions, so you can maintain your bushes and hedges in the exact way you envision them.

The inclusion of a handle extension also adds convenience. It’s more than just high-performing because of its dual-action blades making trimming more efficient. The extension enables users to cut up high without the need to get on a ladder or compromise safety in other ways. We just touched on this hedge trimmer’s impeccable performance but there are more stats that you should be aware of. It has a 5/8 cutting capacity due to its sturdy and reliable blades that rarely ever meet their match. If you wanted optimal functionality and convenience from your cordless hedge trimmer, then you can find it in this Greenworks creation.

Pros

  • checkMultiple battery and length options
  • checkInnovative extendable arm
  • checkThree pivoting head positions
  • checkPowerful 40-volt battery
  • checkImpressive cutting capabilities
  • checkDual-action blades for efficient cutting

Cons

  • cross-altHeavier than some competitors

Specs

  • Voltage 40v
  • Battery Lithium Ion
  • Weight 9.6lbs
  • Warranty N/A
6Makita XHU02Z Electric Hedge Trimmer

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Makita is a household name when it comes to premium gardening tools and machines. So, it’s no surprise then that this model is made it onto our shortlist to find the number-one cordless electric hedge trimmer.

Although they may be known for their brute force and powerful machines, this hedge trimmer is a little less powerful than some of its competitors that we have already shown. Although you may see the 18-volt battery as a negative, it does make it perfect for a whole other market. Men who own small gardens or allotments may choose this hedge trimmer.

Its rechargeable battery will give you enough time to do a stellar job before the battery needs some more juice. The trimmer will even give you an indication when the battery is low and turn the machine off to prevent you draining the battery completely – which can cause issues and related faults. It should also be noted that Makita does not supply the battery or the charger with this purchase, but their batteries and chargers are readily available in many online locations. Other buyers may already have a Makita battery from their previous smart purchases.

This hedge trimmer also wins Men’s Gear researcher points in its noise levels. When it’s functioning at the top of its game – giving off 1,350 strokes per minute – the machine is much quieter than many of its competing models. In fact, it operates at just 87 decibels which is somewhere between an alarm clock and a squeaky dog toy. Not bad for a machine that can transform your green spaces!

Not only is this one of the quietest cordless hedge trimmers. It’s also one of the most comfortable to handle. This is because the motor of the trimmer is surrounded by an astounding five cushions. These cushions are used to reduce the strength of vibrations given off by the motor when in use. There is certainly a reduced chance of getting Hand and Arms Vibration Syndrome (HAVS) or worsening existing HAVS complications when using this hedge trimmer.

These cushions, along with durable materials and a 22-inch cutting arm may have upped the weight of this model, but it’s certainly not too heavy to handle. If you want to learn more about this cordless hedge trimmer, then hit the button below for a first-class ticket to the seller.

Pros

  • checkSuper quiet operation
  • checkFive cushions reduce vibrations
  • checkRenowned brand
  • check22-inch long cutting arm
  • checkDurable materials

Cons

  • cross-altBattery not included – inconvenient to some

Specs

  • Voltage 18v
  • Battery Not included
  • Weight 10lbs
  • Warranty N/A
7Doeworks Cordless Hedge Trimmer

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

This Doeworks cordless hedge trimmer was the front runner for our budget prize until it was surpassed by the eventual winner – you’ll find that super affordable option down below soon. But it’s not just an appealing price tag that brings many buyers to this model. It has a host of features packed into a convenient design.

Unlike many of the hedge trimmers here, this one comes with the battery and there is no option to get it without. The manufacturer even recommends that you charge the battery they supply completely before using the trimmer. If you don’t, you may encounter poor battery performance or even malfunctions further down the line. The battery itself is a 2Ah model, meaning it can last longer than some competing hedge trimmers and allow you to complete your garden maintenance in one swoop.

This cordless hedge trimmer is super lightweight due to predominantly being crafted from strong and light aluminum. All in all, Doeworks have created one of the lightest trimmers on the market relative to power. This is great news because it means you can use the machine for prolonged periods – which the exceptional battery allows – without getting overly exhausted. Save working up a sweat for the gym and keep Sunday afternoon gardening session for some steady relaxation with this hedge trimmer.

But what about performance? The trimmer is equipped with a 20-inch cutting arm that operates a dual-action blade to cut in both directions. You get a thorough and clean cut with this machine that also boasts a cutting capability that makes easy work of large branches. In fact, any branch with a thickness of 5/8ths of an inch is no match for this gardening tool.

It maintains these performance standards while maintaining your comfort. This cordless hedge trimmer creates 40 percent fewer vibrations than some less-powerful competing models and it is fitted with a soft wraparound grip to aid cutting in any direction. Want more? How about a two-year warranty to give you purchasing peace of mind? Affordable and effective – what more could your garden need? Hit the button below to learn even more.

Pros

  • checkCompetitively priced
  • check2Ah long-life rechargeable battery
  • checkLightweight aluminum reduces fatigue
  • checkExceptional cutting ability
  • checkSoft and ergonomic rubber handle
  • checkTwo-year warranty for payment protection

Cons

  • cross-altNo extendable feature

Specs

  • Voltage 20v
  • Battery Lithium Ion
  • Weight 6.75lbs
  • Warranty Two years
8Ryobi Electric Hedge Trimmer

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you’ve been working out and are not scared of owning a heavier-than-average cordless trimmer, then there are no other reasons why this won’t keep your garden maintained effectively and efficiently. One of the reasons that it’s heavier than the other designs on our buyer guide is because it is longer. This hedge trimmer is 24-inches long, meaning you can still reach even the most troublesome and difficult-to-maintain areas of your outdoor oasis.

One downside to this cordless electric hedge trimmer is that it doesn’t come supplied with the 40-volt battery required and a charger. Fortunately, Ryobi is one of the most celebrated brands in the industry and it’s not too strenuous to find one of their rechargeable batteries for sale online. If you already own a Ryobi product with a rechargeable battery, you can of course use that. Or get another so you can be charging one while cutting with the other? Just make sure it’s of the same voltage to prevent damage or injury.

This particular hedge trimmer has dual-edge cutting to give you better results and reduce the vibrations given off by the tool. The handle is equipped with a trigger to operate the machine. When you take your finger of this switch, the tool shuts off as part of its safety features.

The battery life on this model ranges between 30 to 45 minutes, depending on how you use it. Yet, this is more than enough time to prune your bushes and maintain hedges. It also includes an ergonomic D-shape handle to enhance your control and comfort. To learn more about this tool simply hit the button below.

Pros

  • checkLonger length to trim difficult areas
  • checkDecent battery length
  • checkD-shaped handle
  • checkDual-action cutting
  • checkSafety functioning

Cons

  • cross-altHeaviest model here

Specs

  • Voltage 40v
  • Battery Not included
  • Weight 18lbs
  • Warranty N/A
9Black & Decker LHT360CFF Cordless Hedge Trimmer

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We couldn’t run a buyer guide on the best cordless hedge trimmers and not show you the Black & Decker LHT360CFF Hedge Trimmer. This is our prize winner for the premium hedge trimmer on our list. And when you see the power, features and innovation it has in store, it’s easy to see why.

First of all, check out the lightweight specifications of this hedge trimmer. At just 8.4 pounds, this trimmer is certainly not heavy and won’t cause you fatigue as you take on your overgrown shrubs. Remember this when you learn about its exceptional cutting performance and other appealing features.

It comes equipped with a whopping 60-volt rechargeable battery. This is up to three times more powerful than many of its nearest competitors and even 33% more powerful than some of the other hedge trimmers in the celebrated fleet of Black & Decker. The machine itself has a reliable indicator, which will let you know the battery level and when you need to take a break and let your powerful tool recharge.

When you’re not resting and you’re enhancing your outdoor green spaces, you can do this in optimum comfort with a wraparound auxiliary handle that supports cutting in different directions. Cutting itself is made effortless in a number of ways. One of them is because the cutting arm is slightly longer than other standard cordless hedge trimmers. It measures in at 24-inches long to give you further reach when tackling taller hedges and bushes.

Now we get to the innovation. This model isn’t just named the premium choice by Men’s Gear researchers because of its battery and length. It has two other features in its arsenal that we have yet to come across on this hedge trimmer buyer guide.

First of all, if you encounter a jam because you are trying to take down significantly overgrown bushes, this model will power through with a POWERCUT feature. Simply push a button and the hedge trimmer will engage more brute force to get you out of a tree-sap sticky situation.

Secondly, and somewhat related, the cutting performance on this gardening powerhouse blows all the other hedge trimmers out of the garden pond. It can slice through branches with a diameter of up to 1.5-inches thick. How can it more than double the cutting performance of the hedge trimmers we’ve seen so far? Well, this model can engage into a saw-like function that saws away at branches rather than the typical chopping method. Black & Decker call this their Sawblade. Cool? Certainly! And don’t forget the three-year warranty attached to this trimmer!

Pros

  • checkButton to power through jams
  • checkWhopping 60-volt battery to last longer
  • checkLonger reach
  • checkUnbeatable 1.5-inch cutting capacity
  • checkSaw-like cutting action
  • checkLonger warranty

Cons

  • cross-altHead angles not adjustable

Specs

  • Voltage 60v
  • Battery Lithium Ion
  • Weight 8.4lbs
  • Warranty Three years
10UKOKE Electric Hedge Trimmer

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

UKOKE have also made it onto our buyer guide with their version of the best cordless hedge trimmer. They have made a convenient and solid gardening tool at one of the best prices. If we ran an award for value for money, then this hedge trimmer would certainly be top of the podium.

The machine includes a 20-inch cutting arm that will come in useful when you need to trim hedges and shrubs that are tall or hard to reach. The dual action cutting technology means you get a more thorough cut. By cutting in both directions, the user also experiences up to 40 percent fewer vibrations. This makes it the perfect hedge trimmer for men who have had medical issues regarding HAVS or just want a more relaxing experience when doing the Saturday afternoon gardening.

The cutting performance of this cordless hedge trimmer is also worth the column space. Despite its slightly cheaper price tag than the majority of hedge trimmers being featured here, it actually has a slightly better cutting capability than some of those more expensive models. It will take down troublesome and unsightly branches with a thickness up to ¾ of an inch. Many other models also do this, but some will only chew slightly less thick branches.

UKOKE have put some serious consideration into the comfort and user-friendliness of their design. They’ve primarily accomplished this by making their hedge trimmer light and easy to carry. From transporting it from the shed to lifting it above your head for long periods, you will not get overly tired when using this formidable gardening machine. Additionally, they have incorporated a comfortable and functional grip and handle into their creation. It uses a D-grip along with a wraparound soft rubber grip to give you two-handed operation and ultimate precision.

When it’s so comfortable to operate their hedge trimmer, you’ll be happy to know that you get even more use out of the tool with one charge. This 20-volt lithium battery offers you around an extra 15 minutes of use compared to 18-volt models.

This cordless hedge trimmer has been tried and tested, and the end result is an array of safety certificates. One of the most important safety features guards against accidental startups. But this isn’t the only thing that is safe about this machine. When you buy this product, your money is safe because it’s supplied with a 30-day satisfaction guarantee where you’re entitled to a refund if you’re not happy. It also comes with a one-year warranty in case of faults and malfunctions.

Pros

  • checkPriced competitively
  • checkLong-lasting battery
  • check¾ of an inch cutting
  • checkFewer vibrations
  • check20-inch cutting arm
  • checkGuarantee supplied

Cons

  • cross-altMore powerful options elsewhere

Specs

  • Voltage 20v
  • Battery Lithium Ion
  • Weight 6.75lbs
  • Warranty One year
11Sun Joe HJ604C Cordless Hedge Trimmer

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The most affordable cordless hedge trimmer, without sacrificing on too much quality is the Sun Joe HJ604C Hedge Trimmer. This model is certainly the budget choice and costs significantly less than the second-placed budget option. Naturally, there are some concessions to this price, but it is certainly worth thinking about for men who need a sturdy tool for a smaller garden or allotment.

You even get color options when buying this hedge trimmer. Six of them in fact – and all of them are bright so you can easily spot it lying on your overgrown lawn or don’t trip over it in your shed. Once in action, you can use this compact gardening tool to shape hedges, cut back shrubs and tackle the edges of your pathways where the best cordless lawn mower cannot even reach. It’s a two-in-one tool that saves you storage space and adds to its convenience factor. To tackle these different gardening tasks, the machine comes supplied with a range of interchangeable robust blades to make it more suitable to the work ahead.

When you notice how multifunctional this hedge trimmer is you start to question why it is much cheaper than the rest. The answer is because of its battery. It’s supplied with a 7.2-volt battery and charger, which is less powerful than all of the other models on our buyer guide. This does mean that it will require more charging breaks on long jobs – and makes it more suitable for shorter jobs in smaller gardens and allotments. If you have a smaller garden and shorter pathways, add the Sun Joe Cordless Hedge trimmer to your gardening arsenal.

Other features worth noticing are that this model is super lightweight. This is due to it being smaller and more compact, but also due to the manufacturer’s clever design work. This adds real comfort to using the machine and this is enhanced further with an ergonomic handle that maximizes your control and precision. Tap the button below to see the other reason why this model may be a cut above the rest.

Pros

  • checkMultifunctional tool tackles other tasks
  • checkExtremely lightweight
  • checkErgonomic handle
  • checkInterchangeable blades
  • checkPerfect for the smaller garden
  • checkCheap price tag

Cons

  • cross-altLess impressive battery

Specs

  • Voltage 7.2v
  • Battery Lithium Ion
  • Weight 2.5lbs
  • Warranty Two years
12Craftsman Electric Hedge Trimmer

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The last cordless hedge trimmer on our radar was this model created by the team at Craftsman. These guys make an array of gardening tools and machines that get exceptional results and are also cordless. This is why you can buy their electric hedge trimmer without a battery if preferred. If you already own another of their tools, then you can transfer the battery from that model to this one and save some of your hard-earned cash.

This final hedge trimmer is certainly no pushover and boasts some of the features similar to our winner of the premium choice made by Black & Decker. It excels the standard length of most cordless hedge trimmers by a couple of inches. The 22-inch cutting arm is made to help you maintain hedges and bushes that are hard to reach. It is a dual-action machine which means it cuts in two directions, which is also known to reduce the intensity of vibrations given off when being operated.

But this isn’t the only dual aspect of its performance. It also has two different types of cutting capabilities which resemble the performance of that incredible Black & Decker model above. The teeth of this trimmer allow it to slice through branches which are ¾ of an inch in diameter. However, when things get tough and you need extra power, you can activate this model’s power saw cutting mode. When in this setting, the hedge trimmer will take down branches twice the thickness of its regular cutting ability. That’s right, any branch up to 1.5-inches long is no match for this mean red machine. Power ahead and buy one for yourself by clicking that button below.

Pros

  • checkTwo cutting modes
  • checkSlices 1.5-inch branches easily
  • checkExtensive guarantee included
  • checkDual-action blades
  • checkLonger model to reach further

Cons

  • cross-altHeavier than competing models

Specs

  • Voltage 20v
  • Battery Lithium Ion
  • Weight 11.68lbs
  • Warranty Three years

BUYING GUIDE & FAQ’S

What To Look For When Buying A Cordless Electric Hedge Trimmer?

Before rushing out to buy a cordless hedge trimmer, you need to give it serious thought. Not all hedge trimmers are created equal, and even though we narrowed down the market to 12 fantastic options, there are still key considerations to be made. Here are the most important things to think about before typing in your credit card details:

Battery – the battery is one of the biggest considerations before buying. First off, you need to consider whether you need one. Many top brands give buyers the option to get their hedge trimmer without a battery. This is because the same rechargeable battery is used for their whole fleet and is not a necessity, meaning you save money. The voltage of the battery should also be considered because this will determine how long the battery will last before you have to stop and recharge.

Recharge time – this leads us to the recharging time of the battery. Naturally, the quicker the better and many of the options above are quick rechargers. However, some are quicker than others and if you like to do your gardening swiftly then you may want to put more thought into this.

Weight – weight is another key consideration when buying a cordless hedge trimmer and even more so if you’re trimming tall hedges and bushes that require keep your hands above your head for extended periods. The lighter the better as the heavier trimmers will make you tired much quicker. Leave gaining muscle for the weight rack and make gardening easier with a lighter cordless hedge trimmer.

Length – if you need to tackle tall hedges then you may not just need to find lighter hedge trimmers. After all, you also need to reach the top of your hedge in the first place. To ensure you can do this you need to consider how long you need the trimmer to be. You may also want to consider if you want one that has an adjustable head to give you blades at different angles. This will help you shape hedges and reach difficult places.

Noise and vibrations – some considerations that may not come to mind at first concern the noise and vibrations given off by the cordless hedge trimmer. A quieter machine may be more desirable but fewer vibrations may be beneficial to safeguard the wellbeing of some individuals.

Warranty – lastly, consider the warranties that are supplied with your hedge trimmer. These will give you additional peace of mind. One model above is even part of a brand that runs a network of service centers for you to get quick repairs and maintenance.

What Types Of Different Hedge Trimmers Are Available On The Market?

The first type of hedge trimmer had us looking for extension cables and tripping over wires. This was before the cordless hedge trimmer was invented by Black & Decker. The introduction of cordless models made taking care of overgrown shrubs and unsightly hedges much easier and less hassle.

But the types of hedge trimmers that are currently available on the market go beyond cord and cordless trimmers. In fact, many cordless hedge trimmers can be split into two categories. These are single-sided and double-sided hedge trimmers. Yet, some hedge trimmers also fit into a third category. More on this third type of trimmer in just a moment.

Single-sided hedge trimmers have teeth on one side of their design. This means they cut in one direction. It also means they come in designs for right- and left-handed people separately. However, some designs overcome this issue with innovative grips and handles. On the other hand, double-sided hedge trimmers have teeth on both sides of their cutting arm. As a result, they cut in both directions for heightened efficiency and thoroughness. Additionally, anyone can buy these models irrelevant of what hand they predominantly use.

The third category that both of the previous two categories of hedge trimmer can cross into is known as long-reach hedge trimmers. These hedge trimmers are longer than standard trimmers – or have the ability to extend at the handle. These trimmers are the must-have model for people with tall hedges and don’t want the inconvenience of using and moving around ladders. They are often slim and help to cut shrubbery in hard to reach places as well.

What Are The Best Brands Of Hedge Trimmers?

If you know us well, you know that Men’s Gear wouldn’t promote junk made by questionable brands. This is why all of the cordless hedge trimmers found above are made by the tool industry’s most respected and celebrated names. If you choose any of these models you know that you can trust the claims made by the manufacturers. This is one of the reasons they have made it onto Men’s Gear.

Some stand-out names among the fleet above include Black & Decker, Makita and DeWalt. These are the premium brands when it comes to electric hedge trimmers. Here are some more insights into these three companies:

Black & Decker – give it up for the company that actually introduced the world to the first ever cordless hedge trimmer (and cordless drill!). Black & Decker have been in operation since 1910 and make outstanding tools that men should own.

Makita – these guys are an international company providing state-of-the-art tools in all continents. Originating from Japan over 100 years ago, they certainly know how to make reliable machines that offer professional results.

DeWalt – DeWalt is another international brand that supplied leading tools in the landscaping, gardening and building industries. In fact, this celebrated US company is a subsidiary of the aforementioned Black & Decker.

How To Sharpen Hedge Trimmer Blades?

Many people choose to take their cordless hedge trimmers to a specialist to get their trimmer’s blades sharpened. However, this can be costly and it’s possible to do it yourself. With the right know-how, it’s not difficult to sharpen your blades. Thankfully, we at Men’s Gear did some more research to bring you the tricks and tips.

One of the most questions to ask before sharpening your trimmer’s blades is do the blades need sharpening? Sounds silly but overly sharpening your blades is not ideal. On average, you should be aiming to sharpen them after every 50 hours of operation.

The first step when you do need to sharpen your blades is to clean them. When you trim hedges and bushes, the blades gather residue and sap. If you don’t clean these substances of your blades before sharpening, you may actually damage the sharpening equipment you use.

Next, you will need to grab a flat file which can be bought inexpensively. Use this file to file the blades but remember to always file in the same direction as the cutting edge. This is the purpose of a flat file. One other key tip is to maintain the same angle as you file. This may be difficult in the beginning, but you’ll become better at this with practice. You could even practice using the flat file on other blades before taking to your valuable cordless hedge trimmer. Again, remember that over filing can weaken the blades.

After sharpening your blades, it’s common to notice a burr. To remove the burr, you will need a sharpening stone. Once you have removed the burr you may wish to spray protective substances to guard against rust. Although this step is by no means compulsory.

Still On The Garden Fence?

Have you decided which one to hedge your bets on? See what we did there? Average puns aside, we hope that we have won you around on these awesome gardening tools. And we hope that you have found the best cordless hedge trimmer for your needs. If you did manage to see one you want or shortlist a couple of them, then hit our links and learn more about each of these models, their features and their price tags.

We had the privilege of showing you cordless hedge trimmers made by some of the top manufacturers. From Black & Decker to DeWalt and Makita – and all the other brand listed above – you can be guaranteed of awesome craftsmanship, excellent service and safe trimmers you can trust. We wouldn’t show you anything but the best of the best.

And of course, a final thank you from the whole Men’s Gear team to you for joining us again on another one of our buyer guides. We only aim to show you the coolest, most in-demand, and stylish gear that men want should consider owning. To get another serving of these guides then remember to join us again soon. We’re constantly updating our site with new guides full of awesome gear. We’ll catch you there soon!

Best 8 Hiking Watches

BEST HIKING WATCHES

1Garmin Fenix 5 Plus Hiking Watch

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Every man who wants a hiking watch should consider the Garmin Fenix 5 model. This isn’t the only hiking watch that we’ll be featuring from Garmin and when you see the quality on offer here you’ll be thankful for that. This hiking watch for men has come with color options and you can even choose between different strap materials.

The watch is made for your adventurers into the wilderness with a strong and rugged exterior that you can count on. It’s made with both stainless steel and carbon to combine exceptional durability with a sleek aesthetic and lightweight convenience. With one single charge, the watch will last an impressive ten days. Moreover, if you put it in one of its more energy-consuming functions, it will still stay working for around eight hours!

Now onto some of its cool features that any hiker will really like. It has a three-axis compass, so you can monitor your path on your treks. This is as well as a gyroscope and a barometric altimeter. But the most impressive feature is that this hiking watch includes multiple satellite navigation systems. By calling upon different systems, the watch can provide more accurate data for challenging and remote environments that are common to hikers or climbers.

This watch doesn’t just provide survival features, it will also provide you with entertainment for your hike. In fact, this model can hold up to 500 songs and includes Bluetooth technology so you can pair the watch with your speakers or headphones and enjoy your own playlist wherever you are. If you’re not in the mountains, then this hiking watch is also a great buy to use around town.

You can use it to monitor and track your jogging performance and it includes a contactless payment solution, so you can use the watch to buy your Flat White on your way to work without being late. What else do you need – a heart rate monitor? Oh, it has that too. Whether you’re running, swimming, golfing or heading for a caveman-like weekend with the guys, this hiking watch for men is a phenomenal product!

Pros

  • checkMultiple satellite systems for off-track use
  • checkHeart rate monitor
  • checkPlay up to 500 songs
  • checkContactless payment technology
  • checkCompass and altimeter features
  • checkExceptional battery life

Cons

  • cross-altPricier option

Specs

  • Type Digital/Analogue
  • Weight 3.04oz
  • GPS Yes
  • Altimeter Yes
  • Additional Features Music storage/contactless payments
2Suunto Outdoor Hiking Watch

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you don’t want to spend the big bucks with the Garmin hiking watch above, then you can still dazzle your pals with a quality watch at a cheaper price. This Suunto Outdoor Hiking Watch offers many features to benefit any hiker – all encased in a stylish and robust design.

When navigating the mountains and the dangerous elements that often go hand in hand with hiking, you need the help of devices to keep you safe. This hiking watch does exactly that. It offers the wearer easy access to air pressure readings which can then be used to predict incoming storms. These reading will then let you prepare shelter or plan a safer route back to camp in time.

You also get effortless access to a whole host of other important information such as an altimeter so you can track your current elevation and ensure you stay below a safe altitude. The watch has a compass installed so if you do go into unknown territory, you can explore with the knowledge that you have a personal and accurate guide on your wrist.

However, not only does this hiking watch record your altitude, the weather, and your direction with ease and precision, this model will also keep you updated on the sun’s movements. Unfortunately, it doesn’t transform into a spaceship but it does present the times that the sun will set and rise so you can plan putting up your reliable tent or getting back to base in good time for an awe-inspiring view.

To top off an outstanding hiking watch, this Suunto design is capable of being tailored to your tastes. You can grab this watch and then purchase a number of different types of straps at an affordable price. All of which are just as durable and aesthetically awesome.

Pros

  • checkStylish design with strap options
  • checkAir pressure readings predict storms
  • checkAltimeter and compass reader
  • checkAffordable price tag
  • checkAccurate sunrise and sunset prediction
  • checkDurable materials

Cons

  • cross-altNo GPS system

Specs

  • Type Digital
  • Weight 1.44oz
  • GPS No
  • Altimeter Yes
  • Additional Features Storm predictions
3Casio Pro Trek Sports Watch

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

For the guys who want to explore the great outdoors without having to think about battery life, and for men who like to live an environmentally-friendly life, there is only one hiking watch for you. It goes by the name of the Casio Pro Trek Sports Watch. We say this because this watch is solar powered. Having a watch that can ultimately “live off the land” is perfect for long-term adventurers and serious campers who survive without electricity. In fact, this model will last nine months before needing to see the sun again. That means it will even survive the Wisconsin winters – just about.

This hiking watch is also water resistant up to 100 meters and will continue to work in really cold temperatures right down to 14-degrees Fahrenheit. So, whether you’re cooling down in a lake or trudging through the snow, this watch will be your favorite hiking companion.

Now we move onto its features. This model can tune to one of 31 time zones, including almost 50 cities. This is important because the watch has a full calendar and can operate up to four alarms at once. When on the trails, being on time can be crucial and this watch will certainly make sure you never put yourself in danger. Other top features found here are a barometer and a 16-point compass. Not to forget an accurate altimeter reader that will provide you with real-time data between -700 meters to 10,000 meters.

One of the coolest and more unique parts of this hiking watch is that the display includes a bright LED backlight. This will let you consult key information about your whereabouts in low-light conditions. So, if you do get in trouble, this light could make all the difference. You might have heard of Casio before – but have you heard of such a good hiking watch for men?

Pros

  • checkSolar-powered technology
  • checkPerfect for warm, wet or cold weather
  • checkFour alarms at once
  • check16-point compass
  • checkHigh-performing altimeter reader
  • checkLED backlight

Cons

  • cross-altSleeker designs found elsewhere

Specs

  • Type Digital
  • Weight 11.2oz
  • GPS No
  • Altimeter Yes
  • Additional Features Solar powered
4Garmin Rugged Hiking Watch

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another option for men who want a sophisticated Garmin hiking watch but don’t want to pay top dollar is this model. Garmin has made this design available in up to six different awesome colors which will all look great in the office or in the forests. It’s not just a good-looking hiking watch either. This watch is made to withstand tough impacts and extreme elements. From water to shock, the watch was manufactured using US military standards, so you know you can rely on it on every outing.

This watch also has one of the most appealing battery life capabilities. In its battery-saving mode, the watch will stay working for around 40 hours, whereas it will be in use for 14 and 16 hours when in its smartwatch and GPS mode, respectively.

That information may have given away some of this watch’s cool features away, but we still need to give you the details. It has a three-axis compass to ensure that you stay in the right direction and it has heart rate and activity monitors to see how hard you’ve worked on your jog or on today’s hike. In terms of keeping fit, this watch can automatically pair with the Garmin fitness community to upload your performance data – which can be consulted with your smartphone. This is why it is also considered a part-time smartwatch as well!

But we’ve saved the best until last. This watch has three satellite navigation systems built in to provide you with accurate and invaluable information when trying to find your way in more remote areas. The help of the GLONASS, GPS and Galileo systems will ensure you’re never lost in the most dangerous places. Run, bike, hike or heading out for a quick nine? This hiking watch for men is top of its class!

Pros

  • checkSix color options to choose from
  • checkProlonged battery life
  • checkThree GPS systems keep you on track
  • checkThree-axis compass
  • checkPairs with a fitness tracking app
  • checkStress and activity monitors

Cons

  • cross-altNo music function

Specs

  • Type Digital
  • Weight 1.76oz
  • GPS Yes
  • Altimeter Yes
  • Additional Features Fitness features/app
5Lad Weather Hiking Watch

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The Lad Weather Hiking Watch is the perfect introduction into the world of these awesome watches. This model is one of the cheapest hiking watches on the market without compromising on quality, durability and extensiveness of features. These are the main reasons why this watch has made it onto our buyer guide and offers many readers an option who don’t want to invest a lot into these watches – just yet.

This watch is available in multiple colors for you to pick from. But color choices are by far not the most exciting part of this watch. It has been crafted to be able to monitor the current air pressure and use this information to provide you with accurate weather forecasts. You can then use this information to plan hikes and seek cover in time before the storm hits, keeping you and the family safe and protected!

This isn’t the only feature of this hiking watch that will make your adventures safer and more enjoyable. It also includes an altimeter to ensure that you don’t stray into areas with lower oxygen levels, a compass to keep you on track, and a thermometer so you know how many layers you need to dig out of your tactical backpack. There is even a timer and a stopwatch in case you’re out of the mountains and need to time your workouts and jogs before work.

It will even come in handy when you’re in low-light conditions due to a backlight that illuminates all the information above. This means your watch is never out of action and especially there for you when you need it most. To learn even more about this affordable hiking watch for men, hit the button below!

Pros

  • checkBacklight for evening use
  • checkColor options available
  • checkStopwatch
  • checkAir pressure monitor to forecast weather
  • checkAltimeter and compass included
  • checkLow-price hiking watch

Cons

  • cross-altLacking GPS systems

Specs

  • Type Digital
  • Weight 5.6oz
  • GPS No
  • Altimeter Yes
  • Additional Features Weather prediction
6Garmin Fenix 3 Hiking Watch (Leather Strap)

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another Garmin model has made our list of the best hiking watches for men. We’re not being paid by them we promise – they just make some phenomenal watches that deserve the attention. This design is much more gentlemanly and sophisticated than other outdoor watches. While it still offers many of the features you want when battling the elements, this watch also wouldn’t look out of place in the boardroom.

This hiking watch has been built to last and includes stainless steel design with a sapphire lens that is scratch resistant. The lens has also been made to prevent the glaring sun from making it difficult to see the important information. This is partially achieved with a high-res chrome display.

One of its best features is that it includes a high-performing GPS system. The steel omnidirectional EXO antenna makes sure your coordinates are accurate at all times. You’ll never get lost with low supplies with this phenomenal watch on your wrist. Moreover, this watch also has wireless connectivity, so you can sync data with the manufacturer’s app or update software when required.

You can choose to get this hiking watch in a range of designs and colors – and you can opt for a model with a heart rate monitor if needed. Click the button below to find out how you can get this hiking watch that leads another life as a successful and sophisticated city gent. The only drawback is that this model does not include an altimeter. This is surprising, but it may not be a big deal to many guys who don’t go on extreme adventures up K1 and alike.

Pros

  • checkCombines outdoor ruggedness with class
  • checkScratch-resistant sapphire lens
  • checkOutstanding GPS system
  • checkWireless connectivity
  • checkMultiple designs and colors
  • checkOptional heart rate monitor

Cons

  • cross-altNo altimeter
  • cross-altPricier option

Specs

  • Type Analogue
  • Weight 2.88oz
  • GPS Yes
  • Altimeter No
  • Additional Features Wireless connectivity
7Suuntro Traverse Hiking Watch

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you want to navigate the mountains without losing your sleek and cool look then the Suuntro Traverse Hiking Watch is for you. This awesome and smooth watch is available with different straps colors for your preferences. The straps are made of Silicone to combine durability and lightweight comfort. In fact, this is one of the lightest hiking watches on the market.

This watch is geared up to serve you when on an outdoor adventure with the guys or with the family. It will send you timely alerts of upcoming storms and when you should consider finding safe shelter. It can even give you crucial information such as when the sun will rise and set so you can plan your hiking routes with the knowledge of when you will lose visibility.

Yet, one of the most appealing features of this outdoor watch for men is in its GPS capabilities. The watch doesn’t just take advantage of a GPS system, it also uses the GLONASS system to provide even more accurate coordinates and terrains. As you move through your journey you can save points to retrace your steps later with a saved trail. No need to drop breadcrumbs with this cool hiking watch!

Other features of this watch that you need to know about are a backlight for low-light use, an altimeter to monitor your position and a water-resistant casing. The watch also has wireless technology so you can save your routes to a tangible app that is easily accessible via Android and iOS devices. Your routes that are uploaded to this app are recorded in a 3D map with all the key metrics so you can recall all the important information of your route.

Pros

  • checkSophisticated GPS systems
  • checkSilicone strap enhances comfort
  • checkRecord movements
  • checkSave routes to an app
  • checkConvenient backlight for evening use
  • checkWater-resistant and robust design

Cons

  • cross-altAbove-average price

Specs

  • Type Digital
  • Weight 0.8oz
  • GPS Yes
  • Altimeter Yes
  • Additional Features Store routes/compatible app
8TomTom Adventurer Hiking Watch

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’ve trusted TomTom to help us navigate our way through the urban jungle for years. Now maybe it’s time to let these guys guide you through your mountain hikes, weekend trails and workouts? This waterproof hiking-come-sports watch can even be put into different sport modes to let it track your movements more accurately. From skiing and swimming to jogging or hiking, this watch caters to all men with different needs.

It’s even supplied with Bluetooth earphones that are both waterproof and sweatproof. If you’re running in the wilderness and want some music to motivate you then there are no reasons why this watch wouldn’t be for you. All of your workout performance stats can then be recorded and stored into an accompanying app which is easily accessible via your smartphone.

Some of this hiking watch’s most appealing features include a built-in heart rate monitor, step calculator, speed tracker and it will even count the number of calories you have burned. Aside from these activity-like features, there are a number of features that make this watch your go-to accessory when taking to the great outdoors for hikes and adventure. These include a barometer, an altimeter and a compass. It even has a basic GPS system that may come in useful to some hikers.

This orange and black hiking watch doesn’t just look the part, it will fast become a necessity for any man who likes to monitor their workout goals and enjoys trips into nature with family and friends. To learn more about this cool product simply tap the button below.

Pros

  • checkMultifunctional for sports and adventure
  • checkWaterproof design
  • checkRenowned navigation brand
  • checkAccurate compass
  • checkApp monitors performance
  • checkBarometer and altimeter built in

Cons

  • cross-altBasic GPS system

Specs

  • Type Digital
  • Weight 1.92oz
  • GPS Yes
  • Altimeter Yes
  • Additional Features Sports/Fitness features

BUYING GUIDE & FAQ’S

Why Do I Need A Specialist Hiking Watch?

When you escape into nature for an adventure, the last thing you really need is to be monitoring the time. After all, you just escaped your daily schedule, and those meetings and deadlines can be forgotten about. Well, that’s not exactly true. You still need to keep track of time for your safety, especially when taking on trails that take days or even weeks. But this isn’t the main reason why you need a specialist hiking watch for your adventures. A hiking watch provides you with valuable information about your surroundings that will keep everyone safe when in the wild.

Choosing a hiking watch means choosing to equip yourself with a device that provides real-time information to help you navigate the dangers and threats that mother earth can throw our way. We’re going to discuss these specific features in more detail shortly. However, the main benefits that a hiking watch offers – which are also the reasons why you should get one – includes accurate GPS systems, temperature gauges, air pressure predictions which can therefore predict storms, altimeters and much more. Keep reading below to learn about these must-have and convenient features to stay safe when exploring with the guys.

What Additional Features Can Hiking Watches Have?

We’ve alluded to the key features that a hiking watch includes above. But now it’s time to discuss these core features which sets these watches apart. However, we also need to take a look at the additional features you may find on a hiking watch. You can then use this information to help you decide what features you will be useful to you and which ones are surplus to your requirements.

The Main Features

Satellite navigation – one of the key features on a hiking watch is a satellite navigation system. Or should we say multiple satellite navigations systems? That’s right! Many of these watches choose to call upon different types of systems to provide more accurate navigation for remote areas where people go hiking and adventuring. Some models will even pair your route with an app so you can track your journey and save your route for the next adventure.

Altimeter – for those who like to climb or like to go on intense hiking trips in the mountains, an altimeter may be a must-have device. These devices will monitor your altitude to ensure that you don’t end up in areas with dangerously low oxygen levels. Having one built into a watch also leaves more room for another tin of beans.

Air pressure gauge – many models will include an air pressure reader. This is important because by monitoring air pressure the watch can warn you of any incoming storms and let you know when you need to head back to camp or seek out shelter.

Sun monitoring – similarly to the above, these watches will often include a feature to let you know when the sun will rise and set. This is important for serious explorers as they can plan their daily trails and stop-offs by taking into account when they will lose light and need to turn in for the evening. Without this feature, it is easy for hikers to get caught out. Nobody wants to put a tent up in the dark with wildlife buzzing around.

Additional Features

Fitness features – some of the additional features on a hiking watch surround fitness-related performance stats. This includes monitoring calorie expenditure, recording your jogs on an app, counting steps and more. These can be useful for hikers but are also features you will find on smartwatches. Two for one!

Music – not all, but some hiking watches can even store your music and pair with earphones using built-in Bluetooth technology. This means you can add your favorite soundtrack to your walks and create the perfect day out with the kids.

Alarms – some models can keep a number of alarms which are great for different uses. They can help you get to the meeting in time or wake up for sunrise as you eat your camp meal.

It’s clear to see that these hiking watches offer a number of features that are designed for the outdoor lifestyle. However, these products also house many smartwatch-like features that make them perfect for day-to-day use.

iPhone/iWatch Vs GPS Hiking Watch

 Many prospective buyers of a hiking watch may look at these products, and before they hand over their card details, they will want to know why they should choose a hiking watch over just using their smartphone or instead of buying a smartwatch. After all, many of these devices have some features that a hiking watch has. This is a good question and if you have been asking these questions then you’re a savvy buyer. However, would you wear swimming shorts to go snowboarding?

A smartphone and a smartwatch are very different from a hiking watch. First, let’s start with their design. Compared to a hiking watch, a smartphone or smartwatch is generally not made to withstand the elements. They are not as rugged and not as good at withstanding impacts – without being damaged. Although many smartwatches are water resistant, they are not as water resistant or scratch resistant as a hiking watch. Hiking watches can often function at very low and very high temperatures. Some smartwatches and certainly most smartphones will not be able to remain in working condition in these low and high temperatures that a hiking watch can withstand.

There is also battery life to consider. Many smartwatches may be able to keep up with hiking watches, but your smartphone is likely not to last you a weekend in nature – especially if you get snapping those cool panoramic views and waterfalls! Moreover, some hiking watches are solar powered, so you never have to think about charging, unlike your smart devices.

Last but certainly not least are the features themselves. A hiking watch usually has more sophisticated satellite navigation systems to ensure you stay on track in remote areas. These systems are rarely if ever found on smartwatches and on smartphones. There are also many features on a hiking watch that are implemented to keep you safe in the great outdoors that are less likely to be found on your smartphone or smartwatch. When putting on your hiking boots, there really is only one option. Don’t run into bears trying to find a mobile signal and stay in the right direction with a quality hiking watch.

Top Brands Of Hiking Watch

This isn’t our first rodeo at Men’s Gear. We’ve provided our readers with hundreds of buyer guides looking at the best gear and accessories that men would love to own. For that reason, we know how to research the current offerings and find the products being offered by the most trusted brands. The same goes for this buyer guide and to make it perfect we sourced the best manufacturers of hiking watches.

This doesn’t mean we only looked at the well-known brands. We also looked at lesser-known brands to find hidden gems. Nevertheless, many of the hiking watches in our guide above have come from household names and companies that we may have bought other devices from before. The likes of Casio, TomTom, Suuntro and Garmin are just to name a few. Buying from these brands and any of the other brands listed above should give you the confidence that you’re buying top quality and that you’re getting exactly what is as advertised.

Key Considerations When Buying A Hiking Watch

There are many considerations when buying a hiking watch, such as finding one with the features you need, a battery life that will suffice and choosing one within your budget. However, we would like to bring you a few lines on one consideration that may be overlooked. This consideration is related to the amount of time that you spend hiking.

Some of the models on our list also offer many features that are seen on smartwatches. These features have been mentioned earlier and include the ability to play music, pair with fitness apps and more. If you’re not going to be hiking every weekend, then you may want to consider a hiking watch that doesn’t stray too far away from the smartwatch design. Consider how much you would use your hiking watch and think about the features on offer to get the most value and use out of your hiking watch purchase. You may just get two types of modern watches in one.

Which Hiking Watch Is On Your Watch List?

Have you added one of the above hiking watches to your watch list? We certainly hope you managed to find a hiking watch that is perfect for your needs and within budget. To make sure we catered to all types of guys, we produced a top eight that lists a variety of features and sits at different ends of the price spectrum.

If you’re yet to settle on one model, then why not compare your shortlist in more detail? You can click on the buttons of each feature to discover even more about these hiking watches and learn about their features in more depth. This will give you more knowledge and a better understanding of each hiking watch. But more importantly, it will help you make the choice that is perfect for your wants and needs.

Thanks for joining us to take a look at the best hiking watches for men. These models come from trusted brands that have a proven reputation for delivering quality products that last. If you’re putting your camping arsenal together then why not consider other cool products perfect for the outdoors such as tactical shirts? Or maybe even a tactical belt? If these don’t catch your interest, then there are plenty of other awesome products to browse on our other buyer guides. Join us in the near future and uncover other products that the modern man must have. Time!

Best 9 Karambit Knives

BEST KARAMBIT KNIVES

1Fox Knives Karambit Fox 599 G10 Emerson Wave

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’re not pulling any punches with this guide, looking at the Fox 599 G10 folding karambit, which is a rather awesome combination of function and form. As it’s got the Fox Knives branding, you know it’ll be a high-quality piece that is reliable and durable. It benefits from incorporating the Emerson Wave blade constructed from top-notch stainless steel with a handle that’s comfortable for hands that measure 3.5-inches or less across the back of your knuckles. This ensures that the deployment of the blade is quick and smooth.

Although it’s 7-inches in length when opened, the actual blade is only 2.25-inches and the whole thing folds down to 4.75-inches, so its perfect for carrying concealed and won’t take up too much space in a backpack or pocket. With the strap along the side of the handle, the finger spaces and the ring at the base, there’s several options for using it to get the best out of it. So, if you’re inclined to use a karambit (or if you’re relatively new to them, any knife) in a way, you’ll find that this is very accommodating. All in all, a stunning little thing!

Specs

  • Type Folding
  • Dimensions 7-inches (when fully extended)
2Fox Knives Folding Karambit

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another great folding karambit from Fox Knives is this model that has a more simplistic design than the one above, with just the handle grips and finger ring for holding options, is still very appealing. The Emerson Wave-style blade, made from high-end stainless-steel noted for its durability and robustness, this is worthy of considering for your EDC carry or backpack for those trips out into the great outdoors.

While it has an overall length of 8.64-inches, it closes to around 5-inches. Therefore, if you’re looking for a lightweight and compact knife with a tough blade, this is it. Weighing a little under 5-ounces, it won’t feel too heavy. The only downside we could find is the fact that this is not ideal for wearing gloves with, but that’s a small compromise to pay really for the slick style and sophistication of this knife.

Specs

  • Type Folding
  • Dimensions 8.64-inches (when fully extended)
3MTech Tactical Hunting Stainless-Steel Karambit Knife

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Next, we have an MTech fixed karambit knife. This would suit being placed in a sheath of some kind, as it’s not foldable and much harder to conceal. However, if you’re heading into woodland, a forest or even on a trip to the rainforest, it would be handy to have this attached to your backpack or utility belt, or just somewhere where you knew you’d be able to draw it quickly for cutting at plants or hunting prey.

The grip is not quite as pronounced or as indented as others in our guide, which makes for a smoother feel in your hand. It’s also much smoother and simpler compared to others with more elaborately designed blades. As is the case with all karambit knives featured here, this utilizes only the finest stainless-steel in the blade, for a durable performance that gives you real value for money.

Specs

  • Type Fixed
  • Dimensions 7.75-inches
4Masalong Big White Shark/Fox Claw Folding Knife

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Masalong may not have the same sterling reputation as some of the bigger names in the tactical and EDC knife world, but this karambit from the manufacturer is a good entry to the market. The design is based on and inspired by the classic Emerson Wave-style blade that is incredibly popular and although it is not a genuine Emerson (nor does it claim to be), it is a very good representation of that style.

Weighing at just over 4-ounces, it may not be the lightest knife in our guide, but it’s also not the heaviest either. Some have commented that they felt it was a little long to be a true EDC knife, but we’d tend to disagree. Although we’d probably reserve this for more rough and rugged activities out in the wilds, than opening parcels etc. If you’ve got other, more expensive knives in your collection, this is a great choice, though, if you want to ensure your better blades stay in good condition and only use them when completely necessary. All in all, this has a pleasing look and feel and folds away nicely.

Specs

  • Type Folding
  • Dimensions 6.8-inches
5Bastinelli Creations Diagnostic Fixed Karambit with Sheath

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

From the world-famous Bastinelli Creations, comes one of the most minimalist karambit-style knives in our guide. Rather than having a full-size handle, the Diagnostic and its relatively small 1.5-inch blade, has a curve for holding it around a finger, with an extra roomy finger ring. Constructed to a high-standard from stainless-steel and finished in black Cerakote, this is a sexy little blade,

It may be small and lightweight, but do not underestimate the quality or strength of this knife. Thanks to its perfectly compact size, its perfect for concealing, but will equally sit well in a utility belt or attached to your pack, when exploring the wilderness. It comes with a special Black Krydex sheath and beaded chain for wearing it around your neck. We love the smooth curve, as well as the Bastinelli logo with the scratch/knife marks and the fox emblem.

Specs

  • Type Fixed
  • Dimensions 3.75-inches
6Knife Geeks Doppler Phase 2 Pro Series Karambit

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If the last few karambit knives in our guide have seemed a little on the subtle side, why not opt for this big and bold number from Knife Geeks. The Doppler Phase 2 Pro Series is an awesome piece of knife design and construction to behold. Featuring an ABS handle and sheath and a very sharp and menacing-looking stainless-steel blade, this is one you’ll want to be careful with. In the construction process, the blade skin has been bonded on a molecular level to the blade and, as a result, the pattern on your blade will be different to any other from the same line. Perfectly balanced, the sharp blade is ready to use out of the box.

Ideal for hunting and wilderness adventures, it comes in a special presentation box with a display stand, so you can always show it off to your buddies and keep it safe. The grips on the handle have been expertly engineered and as standard, there’s a nicely-shaped and sized finger ring, providing you with versatility when it comes to getting the best out of using the blade.

Specs

  • Type Fixed
  • Dimensions 7.48-inches
7United Cutlery Honshu Karambit Silver Boot Sheath

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

From the highly regarded and reliable producers of excellent quality utility and self defense blades comes the Honshu Karambit Silver knife. United Cutlery are known for their commitment to designing and constructing high-quality knives and accessories and this karambit is no exception to that rule. This is featuring a comfortable and functional 4.7-inch long blade engineered from incredibly robust and durable stainless steel. As it contains a higher amount of carbon, the blade retention is better, and it has a hardness that’s hard to beat.

Although primarily marketed as a self defense tool, this would work exceptionally well for any sort of outdoor pursuit or survivalist situation. Sharp enough to help with cutting small branches, splitting kindling for that fire you need to bring warmth to your camp, making tent pegs or even as a spearhead if you’re fishing and hunting. Although it’s fixed, it does come with the hardy boot-style sheath that will keep the blade safe and avoid accidents when you’re not actually using the knife.

Specs

  • Type Fixed
  • Dimensions 7.48-inches
8MTech Full Tang Hawk Blade Holster Karambit

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

There’s something about a red blade, or just a colored blade in general, that gets us excited here at Men’s Gear. And not for the reasons you may think. It just seems to highlight the definition and smoothness of the edges and how sharp the stainless steel is. This tactical karambit knife is made by MTech, a US-based brand that we’ve already featured. Whether you’re looking for a good quality tactical hunting knife, combat knife or just EDC, this is a good option. Though, you need to be careful as it has a fixed blade.

Having said that it does come with a Hawk blade holster. So, this full tang karambit will only be unleashed when you want it to be. Rather than the smooth edge that many karambits, particularly those featured here, have, this has a Snaggletooth-style serrated blade that allows you to really cut into things easily and quickly. Although any sharp knife will cut through a piece of rope, having those little points to give you some leverage can really make the difference.

Specs

  • Type Fixed
  • Dimensions 5-inches
9Edge Knives Reptilian Spring Assist Karambit

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We finish on a high in our guide to the best karambit knives with this hot blade from EDGE knives. Appropriately named Reptilian, it has a textured handle that includes a scaly design, akin to a snake, lizard or other reptile (like the Indonesian resident Komodo Dragon) and features the superbly practical spring-assist opening. This means that you can use the knife quickly and without fuss, when you really need to. Whether it’s cutting through the overgrown bushes and trees or to cut materials when the weather turns nasty and you need shelter.

With a stainless-steel blade, finished in the rather fetching black coloring, and a thickness of 3mm, you can’t go wrong with this in your rucksack or in your pocket. When fully open, it still only measures at 7.125-inches, so is easy to keep concealed when necessary.

Specs

  • Type Folding
  • Dimensions 7.125-inches

BUYING GUIDE & FAQ’S

What is a Karambit?

The karambit knife is a rather nifty and practical tactical blade that has several uses that it excels in. It is also widely known by the name names kerambit, karambiak, karambol and even kurambik. This blade originated, it’s thought, with the native Minangkabau people in Western Sumatra and takes its design queues from the formidable and intimidatingly effective claws of a tiger.

As is the case with most blades and other implements that were weaponized in the area, it was uses solely in the beginning as a tool for raking at roots, gathering the threshing and planting rice. It didn’t start out quite as curved and was used as a smaller version of the sickles used throughout Southeast Asia. Once it became weaponized though, the curve was increased to improve the potential of its cutting performance. Modern karambit knives are used as one of the main weapons of the Indonesian martial art Silat.

Having said that, it doesn’t need to be used as a self defense and makes for an excellent EDC, utility or tactical knife.

How Do You Hold a Karambit?

If you’re going to go to the bother of investing in a karambit, whether you’re going to use it as a self-defense weapon or something more practical, you don’t want to look a fool. Or, get the best use out of it, you need to know how to hold it.

Normally, you hold a karambit knife so that the blade is pointing downwards from the base of the first. Although it’s normally used with the curve pointing forwards, it can be utilized backwards.

How to Use a Karambit?

Karambit knives are designed to be used with either a hooking or slashing motion. However, because of the finger ring that many of them come designed with, a punching motion can also be utilized. Another option is to use it with a hammering movement. One of the things that makes this style of knife so attractive and appealing is the fact that it can be used to strike in a variety of different ways.

The above may make it sound like it’s a self defense weapon, it can be used for any number of applications, such as:

  • EDC – When you have serious issues to deal with and are caught unaware, a karambit could be a great EDC implement to have on you. For instance, if you’re involved in a car crash or need to free yourself from something like a seatbelt or a harness.
  • Hunting – Just as natives have used the karambit for centuries, the karambit can be used for fashioning traps, as well as putting your prey out of its misery and even cutting and hacking at it to prepare it for cooking.
  • Camping – There’s so many ways that a karambit can be a useful accessory when you’re camping. It can be used to prepare kindling for your fire, cutting rope, making a shelter. At a push, if you find yourself up against a wild animal that won’t run away scared, it’s a nice weapon to have as protection while camping.
  • Fishing – If you’re a keen fisher, but don’t have a good quality paring knife, a karambit is a good alternative. Obviously, it will come down to just how fine and sharp the blade is, but it can be used to clean up your fish before you take them home to cook at your next BBQ or if you like, while out by the river.

How to Sharpen a Karambit

An important aspect of owning any type of knife, especially one you’ve invested a pretty penny or two in, is knowing how to sharpen it properly. Most karambits, particularly those featured in our guide, come sharp and ready to use straight out of the box. However, over time, the more you use your knife, the more the blade will dull and that’s when you’ll need to look at sharpening it.

To begin with, and this is the exact same process for any kind of knife or blade, you need to ensure it’s free of any dirt and debris and is clean. Then, give it a wipe with a soft, dry cloth.

Next hold it firmly, but not as if you’re in the fight of your life or anything like that. Remember, you’re just looking to sharp it. The act of sharpening a knife is all about being steady, continuous and methodical. Make sure your wrist is nice and flexible and ensure the angle you’re holding the blade to your sharpener is as small as possible. If not, you may end up changing the shape of the blade entirely or could even damage it.

Use a medium grit and start stroking the blade across the surface of the sharpener in a single and smooth motion. Be gentle, and always use the exact same stroke count on each side. You want to have an evenly sharpened blade. After you’ve completed that stage, switch to a finer grit surface and repeat this process until you achieve the sharpness you’re looking for. The finer grit is used to tweak the knife’s edge sharply. Once you’re done, you need to then wipe the blade once more with a dry, soft cloth to get rid of any debris that may have built up during the sharpening process.

You need a Sharp Blade and Mind in the Wilderness!

Our guide to the best fixed blade karambit and folding karambit knives on the market may have been short, but we do hope it was sweet. We didn’t see any point in bombarding you with too huge a product count for this one, instead, homing in on the finest tactical blades. So, if you had preconceived ideas about wanting a folding knife or a fixed knife, we’ve delivered both in spades. Whereas, if you had no idea what type of karambit you really wanted, we hope we’ve been able to steer you in the right direction.

Best 21 Camping Pillows

BEST INFLATABLE CAMPING & BACKPACKING PILLOWS

1Klymit Pillow X

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

First in our guide is the ingenious inflatable pillow from Klymit called Pillow X, which has been designed for backpacking, hunting, backpacking, camping and other outdoor pursuits. Durable and rugged, the biggest draw is the special X-design that centers itself into position and give your head stable cradling it needs wherever you are. It’s made from polyester, with 30D in the top and 75D in the bottom for superior protection against wear and tear.

You can adjust the pressure and height easily by adding or releasing air to suit and is even compatible with mummy-style sleeping bags. For easy transport and storage, it folds down to the same size as a standard lighter and weighs under 2-ounces.

Specs

  • Dimensions 15 x 11 x 4-inches
  • Material 75D Bottom/30D Top Polyester
  • Weight 1.95oz
2Lavcare Hand Press Inflatable Pillow

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

From Lavcare, as part of their Hand Press Series, comes the company’s entry to the inflatable pillow market. This has been designed using brush polyester (30D) and has a special ergonomic shape to give you the best possible support and comfort. With a smart grey and blue color, this will always look good whether you’re hiking, hunting or just setting up camp in the middle of a forest somewhere.

What’s more, thanks to the hand press pump incorporated into its design, you don’t have to use your breath to inflate. When you’re ready to go home or done, the Lavcare folds smaller than even the average soda can.

Specs

  • Dimensions 18.5 x 13.5 x 3-inches
  • Material Polyester-knit with TPU Lamination on interior
  • Weight 2.2oz
3Beauty Molly Wedge-Shaped Inflatable Pillow

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

How about something a bit different from the previous 2 we’ve looked at? Why not try something that looks even more luxurious, with an inviting velvet-style covering and intriguing angled-shape. It may not look like much, but it’s able to hold a maximum of 310-pounds and has handles at either side. Whether it’s for comfort in those chilly nights or for carrying it, they are a great addition.

Inflating and deflating the pillow can be easily done with the air-sealed valve. Stylish and lightweight, this is a great investment for any kind of trip.

Specs

  • Dimensions 17.3 x 24.8 x 3.5-inches
  • Material PVC
  • Weight 1.05oz
4RikkiTikki Inflatable Camping Pillow

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Inflatable pillow number 4 in our guide is this awesomely versatile inflatable pillow from RikkiTikki. Not only does this cotton fleece pillow have a generous size when its fully inflated but it can be used in several different ways. As well as a headrest to ensure you get a good sleep at night, you can also use it to support your back when sat upright.

The easy-to-use valve makes it quick to inflate, requiring only 3 to 4 breaths. For easy storage, the pillow includes a sewn-in bag that you fold it into like you would socks at the end of your trip. Once folded, it’s tubular-shaped like a coke can.

Specs

  • Dimensions 5.2 x 3.9 x 2-inches
  • Material Cotton, Polyester, TPU
  • Weight 4oz
5Off the Grid Inflatable Camping Pillow

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

With this bright and vibrant orange inflatable pillow from Off the Grid, you’re not likely to get lost. Aside from the perfect-for-an-emergency coloring, comfort and a peaceful night’s sleep are the main agenda behind the company’s design. The slick and thoughtful curved structure gives you the support you need where you really need it.

One thing that makes the Off the Grid pillow stand out from the crowd though is the fact, compared to others from other companies, it is made from high-quality and very stretchy material. This helps to ensure the pillow is stronger and quieter than those noisier ones you might get elsewhere.

Specs

  • Dimensions 18 x 13 x 5.5-inches
  • Material N/A
  • Weight 2.47oz
6

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

There’s nothing much worse, when you’re out there in the great outdoors, than waking up from a terrible night’s sleep. Seriously, that’s what’s brought you here, isn’t it? To avoid that sorta thing from happening. With their inflatable pillow, Rugged Camp have designed a pillow that is small and convenient when you’re lugging it around but inflates in just a few seconds into a cushion that helps give your head and neck a stable foundation to settle on at night.

Its waterproof design has a lot to do with the knitted cotton used in its production. Furthermore, it’s also resistant to punctures caused by debris, rocks and other objects at your campsite.

Specs

  • Dimensions 16 x 12 x 4-inches
  • Material Knitted Cotton
  • Weight 2.75oz
7Exped Air Pillow

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

One of the best things about the Air Pillow M from Exped, aside from its slick design, nice smart color and lightweight construction is the shape. This pillow has been designed to match the contours of your body, whatever way you choose to use it and whatever body part you choose to support with it. It will retain the shape to ensure you have a relaxing sleep throughout the night from start to finish.

Like many of the other pillows in our guide you can adjust its height, meaning it can be further tailored to your own specification. Its tough flat valve makes it easy to inflate and deflate the pillow in no time at all and the tricot fabric is soft and smooth to touch.

Specs

  • Dimensions N/A
  • Material Tricot fabric
  • Weight 2.75oz
8Trekology ALUFT Deluxe Inflatable Pillow

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Made from durable and rugged TPU that’s as elasticated as it is waterproof, the ALUFT Deluxe from Trekology is perfect for trips out to the wilderness. It can be inflated in just 4 to 6 breaths and provides a generous area of padding and support. Whether you just use it as a sleeping aid or while you’re driving or just sitting in camp, this pillow won’t let you down.

The TPU fabric is protected and softened by a washable, breathable and removable cotton cover. As well as transforming the pillow into a very classy home comfort, it also ensures air can flow adequately to keep moisture to a minimum. Lighter than a bottle of beer and foldable down to just 7 x 3-inches, to say this was a compact and portable pillow would be an understatement.

Specs

  • Dimensions 19 x 12 x 3.5-inches
  • Material Cotton, TPU
  • Weight 6oz
9Ope+ Inflatable Camping Pillow Set

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The inflatable pillow from Ope+ is the next in our guide, another one that comes with a nice and soft cotton cover. Like many others we’ve featured, this inflatable pillow has been ergonomically and anatomically designed to provide you just the right amount of support in just the right places, particularly in your spine and neck. Its firmness can be easily adjusted to suit your needs, thanks to the one-way valve.

As it’s made from 100% high-quality cotton, the breathable and hypoallergenic cover is perfect for providing you with the luxury you need while protecting the pillow from wear and tear at the same time. With this, you’re unlikely to feel fatigued, even when sleeping on the forest floor.

Specs

  • Dimensions 17 x 12.6 x 5.5-inches
  • Material Cotton Cover
  • Weight 5.9oz
10Rest-A-Camp Inflatable Camping Travel Pillow

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Although in the past it may have taken a lot more effort and time to have a camping pillow ready, most of the models in our guide, including this from Rest-A-Camp, take minutes, even seconds to fully inflate. This means that in just 3 to 5 breaths, you can settle back in your tent and enjoy some light reading or catching up on Z’s.

As well as being outstandingly flexible, this pillow, like many others is machine-washable, making it easy to keep clean between trips. The cover is what helps ensure the pillow has a longer lifespan. It even comes with its own storage bag for when you’re done with it and moving on or heading home.

Specs

  • Dimensions 15 x 12 x 4.5-inches
  • Material TPU, cotton
  • Weight 4oz
11OLUNNA Camping Pillow 2-Pack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Who doesn’t like getting something a little extra with their purchases? With this camping inflatable pillow from OLUNNA, you get not just one, but two great pillows. A standard rectangular shaped one that’s as perfect as any in our guide for your back, head and neck (or really, wherever you choose to use it) and a matching neck pillow. The neck pillow has a u-bend style design that’s meant to provide your neck and head with the full support it needs all the way round.

Made from similar TPU to others we’ve featured, they both inflate very easily into generous sizes and deflate again into compact shapes and sizes and both weigh less than even a can of soda.

Specs

  • Dimensions 17 x 12.6 x 3.9-inches
  • Material TPU, cotton
  • Weight 4.2oz
12Trekology Ultralight Inflating Travel/Camping Pillow

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’re back with Trekology again for this next camping pillow. This differs from the previous product we highlighted from the company in that it has more of a curved design that just screams comfort for your back and neck. It’s also incredibly lightweight, weighing just 2.75-ounces, compared to many others that are a little heavier than that. You may not think those couple of ounces make a difference, but they do.

With the standard mixture of polyester and TPU, it’s also been built to last and takes just a few breaths to inflate, making it almost usable out of its bag. There’s even a Quick Deflate mechanism and storage bag that make it easy to pack up when you’re heading off.

Specs

  • Dimensions 16 x 12 x 4-inches
  • Material TPU 20%, Polyester 80%
  • Weight 2.75oz

BEST COMPRESSIBLE CAMPING & BACKPACKING PILLOWS

1Coop Home Goods Camping Pillow With Viscose Cover

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The first compressible camping pillow in our guide is this amazing one from Coop Home Goods. This travel pillow has so much we’re sure you’ll love. Not only is it possible to compress it right down and into a compact stuff sack, but it’s also been designed with memory foam. Why shouldn’t you have a pillow that contours with your body, while remembering its shape, so you’re not in a constant battle to adjust it each night you settle down?

The pillow is made more luxurious and durable thanks to the breathable viscose (derived from Bamboo) cover. This feature natural thermo-regulating properties, so it will never get too hot or sweaty.

Specs

  • Dimensions 19 x 14 x 4-inches
  • Material CentriPUR-US Certified memory foam, Viscose-Polyester cover
  • Weight 1.5lbs
2TETON Sports Camp Pillow

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you’re already a TETON Sports sleeping bag fan, you’re bound to love this compressible camping pillow, as it features the same material. The SuperLoft Elite four-channel fiber is what’s inside this pillow, that makes it soft and comforting. It also benefits from a hi-count brushed P5 poly cover that will help you to stay cool and dry, all night long.

What we especially love is the plaid color and design on the pillowcase, that sets it apart from many of the more functional and practical travel pillows we’ve covered so far. Compact, stylish and exceedingly lightweight, this is ideal for your next trip.

Specs

  • Dimensions 12 x 18-inches
  • Material 100% Brushed Flannel on exterior, P5 Poly hi-count on interior
  • Weight 10oz
3

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Find yourself missing that sophisticated memory foam bedding you have at home when you’re out on adventures? Now you don’t have to with this curiously-shaped pillow that features an inner made entirely of hypoallergenic memory foam that will retain its shape, giving you relaxation wherever you are.

As if the moldable and sumptuous inner was not enough, the soft-to-touch velour cover gives you that additional touch of comfort, that is often missing from the camping experience. As it’s compressible into a compact stuff sack, it won’t take up too much space and won’t feel too heavy. Weighing just 14.4-ounces.

Specs

  • Dimensions 16.5 x 7.8 x 5.1-inches
  • Material Medical-grade memory foam, velour cover
  • Weight 14.4oz
4Therm-a-Rest Compressible Travel Pillow

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Ultralight and easy to compress, the Therm-a-Rest is the next camping pillow in our guide. This has an almost extravagant feel thanks to the urethane filling and soft brushed cotton cover. The foam-filled accessory is the perfect support for just about any part of your body, depending on the situation and whereabout you are.

If you’ve always wished you could take your mattress from home with you, that’s what it’s like taking this as the urethane filling is a byproduct from Therm-a-rest mattresses. That doesn’t sound too bad, does it? A compressible mattress-style pillow that fits into a small drawstring bag when you’re not using it.

Specs

  • Dimensions Various sizes
  • Material Urethane filling, brush polyester cover
  • Weight Various weights
5Columbia On-The-Go Compressible Camping & Travel Pillow

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another great camping pillow that relies on high-quality memory foam to provide you with the support you need to ensure you sleep like a baby whether you’re halfway up a hill, in a deep forest or by a lake. Weighing just under 1-pound, this extremely portable cushion is not called On-The-Go for nothing.

It features a built-in pouch that the pillow can be rolled and then compressed making it far more compact than you’d expect. Columbia have also given some thought to the coloring and design, as it has a more appealing look than others we’ve covered.

Specs

  • Dimensions 18 x 14-inches
  • Material Memory foam
  • Weight 15.8oz
6Wise Owl Outfitters Compressible Foam Pillow

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

As Wise Owl Outfitters make a wide range of accessories, including hammocks, tarp and even camp towels, you can be sure that this, their compressible camping pillow will be as comfortable and lightweight as you’d like. It features moldable foam on the interior with a soft-on-skin microfiber covering to help you get a good sleep and protect your neck and back wherever you are.

This camping pillow is available in three different sizes, so you’ll be able to find the right one to suit your needs and it packs down very small into a waterproof stuff sack, making it easy to carry from one spot to another.

Specs

  • Dimensions Various
  • Material Foam, soft microfiber cover
  • Weight Various
7Boom Dream Camping and Travel Compressible Pillow

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

In bright orange it may not be the most subtle of camping pillows. Nevertheless, our final option for your camping trips is made from a high-quality foam on the inside that expands evenly, every time, giving you the support and comfort, you need to feel fresh wherever you wake up.

Compared to others, it has a very small and compact size, even when fully expanded. Rather than being a negative, this makes it even more appealing if you’re looking to save space and weight in your pack.

Specs

  • Dimensions 5.91 x 1.57 x 5.91-inches
  • Material Foam
  • Weight 7.05oz
8Creative Camping Pillow

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Okay, so this is a little quirky, but if you’re looking to blend in with your natural surroundings while out in the great wilderness of America, this is perfect. Fashioned to look, but not feel, like a section of tree, this is actually a very comfortable travel pillow.

Specs

  • Dimensions 13 x 43cm
  • Material N/A
  • Weight N/A

Remember, Always Pack a Pillow!

There we go guys, our guide to the best camping and travel pillows available right now on the market. We’ve now made it impossible for you to complain about back issues or discomfort whenever your buddies invite you on a hiking, camping or even just a fishing trip. Just pack one of these babies and you’ll not even notice that you’re lying on the ground.

Although 21 may not feel like a particularly short shortlist, once you’ve decided whether it’s an inflatable or compressible pillow you need, want and desire, the selection to choose from will be greatly reduced. We don’t really think, here at Men’s Gear, that in terms of quality and comfort, there’s too much difference. It all comes down to preference. Do you like the idea of just unrolling and using or don’t you mind inflating and deflating? That’s down to you to make that decision.

We noted that whether it’s a compressible or inflatable pillow, you still get the same lightweight and portable solution for more relaxing sleeps even when you’re on the harshest and most unforgiving surfaces.

Best 31 Boxer Briefs for Men

BEST BOXER BRIEFS FOR MEN

1Paul Smith Artist Stripe Boxer Trunks

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We warned you that we were going big and we’ve lived up to that with our first option, these Paul Smith boxer trunks. This is a three-pack of cotton boxer briefs from the cool fashion house that have two smart black pairs and one special pair with the ‘Artist Stripe’ print. Thanks to the spandex in the waistband, that cool waistband with the Paul Smith signature, these boxer briefs will keep you as snug as a bug in a rug. Available in small, medium, large and extra-large sizes and machine-washable, it’s hard to argue with how cool these are. They’re comfortable, practical and effortlessly stylish.

Specs

  • Material Spandex 6%, Cotton 94%
2ExOfficio Give-no-go Boxer Brief

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Next, we come to this rather dashing paid of ExOfficio so-called ‘Give-no-go’ boxer briefs. Not only are they extremely cool, they’ve been designed with a lot of care attention. For starters they’re made from high quality nylon that provides the right level of support and comfort, while the meshing in their design allows you to breathe. In addition to the mesh, they’ve been enhanced with antimicrobial treatment. This helps reduce odors and continues the aim of ensuring you’re fresh and cool down there. The waistband is made from high-quality spandex, so that it fits just right. They also benefit from being extremely easy to look after and come in various colors and sizes.

Specs

  • Material Lycra Spandex 6%, Nylon 96%
3Under Armor Tech 6-Inch Boxer Brief Boxerjock

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

You probably guessed that one of the biggest manufacturers of sportswear and sports casual wear would feature on our guide and here Under Armor are with their Tech boxer briefs. These ‘boxerjocks’ are a curious thing. Made from polyester, they’re exceptionally soft and comfortable and considering they’re just underwear, have so much to them to love. There’s the 4-way construction that means they’ll stretch in any direction with your body to help make movement easier. Then you’ve got the special mesh fly plate and gusset and the nylon used throughout. These pants have been geared towards letting your body breath! Did we mention they wick too?

Specs

  • Material Polyester, Elastane
4Ejis Sweat Proof Boxer Briefs Comfort Pouch

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you’re a bit of a sweater and looking for a way to combat the wetness, leaving your junk feeling and smelling great all day long, look no further than these sweat proof bad boys. Ejis are popular for their underwear and clothing that’s been dubbed by the brand as being Wearable Confidence. What makes them so special? The micro modal fabric that’s been used in their design is 50% more absorbent than cotton and with antimicrobial silver fibers woven into them, they’re the ultimate defense against bacteria and the resulting odors. Waterproofing and a comfort pouch for your important parts, these could be the best boxer briefs you’ve ever worn.

Specs

  • Material Micro Modal Fabric with silver fibers
5SAXX Vibe Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you’ve not heard of the extremely cool SAXX Vibe boxer briefs, we’re going to assume that you’ve either been hiding or do need to have a good, long and hard look at your underwear game. These are extremely popular and it’s not hard to understand why. They’ve got patented-tech that reduces your genitals and thigh’s worst enemy – friction and feature moisture-wicking fabric and tech designed to fight odors. The result is a comfortable pair of boxer briefs that will keep you dry and fresh and smelling awesome all day, regardless of what you’re doing.

Specs

  • Material Spandex 5%, Viscose 95%
6Obviously EveryMan Boxer Brief

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Obviously with a name like that and a line called EveryMan boxer briefs, we felt it was only fair that we’d feature them here. With a 9-inch leg, Obviously have designed a pair of boxer briefs that are comfortable and ideal for you guys out there who work hard on ‘leg day’. If you’re muscular therefore and take part in a lot of physical activities like cycling, hiking and running, these work marvelously. With the AnatoMAX pouch that’s been created to provide anatomically-correct positioning for your bits, these boxer briefs made from micro modal fabric will ensure everything is supported but with enough freedom for a comfortable wear, no matter what you’re doing.

Specs

  • Material Lycra Spandex 10%, Micro Modal 90%
7Tommy Hilfiger Knit Stretch Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

From the brand that has that air of effortless cool, Tommy Hilfiger, comes their cotton jersey-style knitted boxer briefs. These have been designed with additional stretch to give the ultimate in comfort and movability. They also benefit from having a special contoured pouch for all your important bits to sit nicely in place without sticking or there being any chaffing. The soft elastic waistband rocks the eye-catching logo and helps to ensure that they stay in place all day, every day. Although they’re more than just an attractive piece of clothing, it’s hard to deny that they don’t look utterly and completely stunning. Wear them with pride, buddies!

Specs

  • Material Elastane 5%, Cotton 95%
8New Balance Men’s Dry Fresh Boxer Brief

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

New Balance are known for their high-quality and intuitively designed sportswear, and trainers. These boxer briefs are a good addition to their family of clothes. with 6-inch legs, Tag-less labels and the special no-ride inseam, The standard 4-way stretch construction helps to ensure your protected and supported all the way, whatever you do. With articulated-mesh paneling, that hot area around your waist and down below is not just comfortable, but dry and aerated. The moisture-moving wicking makes sure of it. While the antimicrobial properties of the boxer briefs keep you smelling as clean as a daisy.

Specs

  • Material Spandex 13%, Polyester 87%
9Calvin Klein Body Modal Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

It only seemed fair, given they’re considered to be responsible for the invention of boxer briefs, that we’d feature at least one pair of Calvin Klein’s. They may look like just an ordinary pair of underwear, but trust us, there’s more than meets the eye, when Calvin Klein is involved. Body Modal is a very apt name for these great boxer briefs as they feature a nylon and elastane mix that produces a body-defining fit. The fabric stretches, while providing support to your important areas and with a lack of seams at the back, they’re perfectly comfortable allover.

Specs

  • Material Elastane 31%, Nylon 61$
10Innersy Men’s Cotton Boxer Briefs Rainbow Pack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The brand may only have been established back in 2002, but INNERSY has made a name for itself specializing in producing a wide array of exceptionally comfortable underwear and socks. Part of their appeal is that their designs show they really care about their customers. Let’s shove to the side the rainbow pack colors, that mean you’ve got a different vibrant, bright and confident color, every day. Let’s consider the more crucial elements of top-notch fabrics that have been fashioned expertly. There’s the 3D-design pouch for your junk that ensures you have enough room and there’s none of that chaffing nonsense. This also helps to reduce the amount of sweat and stickiness too. Great!

Specs

  • Material Spandex 5%, Natural Combed Cotton 95%
11Polo Ralph Lauren Classic Cotton Boxer Brief

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

There’s brands that are iconic and lines that are ageless and then there’s Polo Ralph Lauren clothing. The epitome of cool, these classic 100% cotton boxer briefs are just what you need when you want to feel like The Man Who Can. The cotton has been ring spun combed to produce a satisfyingly soft and comfortable wear, while the moisture-wicking design helps your unmentionables breath. Although the Polo Ralph Lauren branding does not compromise on comfort for great aesthetics, it’s hard to imagine these selling quite as well if they didn’t have the iconic logo in the waistband.

Specs

  • Material Cotton 100%
12

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Even if you’ve not heard of FITEXTREME, you probably should have. It’s a popular and reputable brand of various performance-related thermal underwear and boxer briefs. With these ‘cool sporty performance’ boxer briefs, you get the benefit of dual-enhanced mesh, the 4-way stretch design that so many manufacturers incorporate into their boxers and underwear that won’t ride-up your leg. These allow the sweatiest parts of your body to breath and when combined with the sweat-wicking capabilities, you have a pair of boxer briefs that’ll be dry from the start of the day to the end,

Specs

  • Material Polyurethane, Polyester
13Separatec Men’s Basic Bamboo Rayon Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’ve featured quite a few massive and popular brands so far in this guide. However, it’s worth noting that there’s quite a few companies out there making high standard boxer briefs, like Separatec. The company opted for bamboo rayon for their briefs to give them a softer and more comfortable feel. The Separatec name is very well chosen as the way these boxer briefs have been designed – they have cutting-edge separate pouches. The frontal pouch keeps everything fresh, while the lower pouch provides your member and other bits with a good volume of clear airflow and support. While the breathable window panel on the pouch works as a fly and reduces stickiness.

Specs

  • Material Spandex 5%, Bamboo Rayon 95%
14Basic Outfitters No-Ride Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

As seen on Shark Tank, these are extremely well-designed and built for a comforting and pleasurable wear from the start of the day to the end. They will move with you and the cotton will provide you with breathability, while the spandex offers the perfect fit, covering your mid-thigh to waist, with a good amount of stretch too. These are so-called ‘no-ride’, which is possible thanks to the brushed waistband that wont shift, regardless of how much you do throughout the day. Form-fitting with a reinforced pouch, these boxer briefs will make you feel good. So, even if no-one sees them, they’ll still see the confidence exuding from you from wearing them.

Specs

  • Material Spandex 5%, Cotton 95%
15Spyder Marvel Performance Sports Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Calling all Marvel Comics, films and superheroes fans! Want to combine the expertise of sportswear from Spyder with that touch of Marvel magic? Check out these slick and cool boxer briefs. We’ve noticed at Men’s Gear that some merchandise and sponsored pieces from Marvel can be, well, let’s say, a little gaudy and LOUD. If you’re a fan or know a fan who would prefer a more subtle display of their loyalty – these are perfect. They look like a high-performance sports pair. It’s only when you look closer that you see the Marvel logo. Utilizing cooling poly-fibers, these are very comfortable, and the breathable design and material helps make them extremely breathable.

Specs

  • Material Spandex 10%, Polyester 90%
16Adidas Relaxed Performance Climalite Boxer Brief

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

From one of the most highly regarded sportwear and equipment manufacturer’s in the world, comes a sexy pair of high-performance boxer briefs that are designed to provide you with ongoing support. It doesn’t matter if you’re running a 10k, shooting some b-ball or just heading to the gym for a high-octane workout, these will be you and your junk’s best friend. Their quick-drying, stretchy material gives a more relaxed, but still secure fit, while the no-gap fly is functional and provides additional breathability. It helps that they’ve been constructed so they won’t ride up your leg, ever.

Specs

  • Material Spandex 8%, Polyester 92%
17Good Brief Cotton Stretch Classic-Fit Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Good Brief indeed! These relaxing and supportive boxer briefs are made by Amazon, through the Good Brief branding. A classic look and simplistic design is what they are all about. They’ve taken a leaf out of many other manufacturer’s book and incorporated a contoured pouch for additional comfort where it matters most, a practical fly opening and an elasticated waistband that’ll ensure they’re not going anywhere at all. What more could you want from boxer briefs than that fresh, clean and protected feeling you’d get wearing these? Not sold? Consider the extremely low price then!

Specs

  • Material Spandex 5%, Polyester 95%
18Champion Tech Performance Long Boxer Brief

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another classic sportwear brand, Champion have a sterling reputation for designing and creating comfortable, responsive and high-performance sportswear and these boxer briefs are no different. The fabric, in the body and meshing, is both wicking and stretchable, preventing two of the main issues many guys face. To combat chaffing, another problem, they’ve been finished with flattened-out seams and the mesh-covered pouch provides your body and groin area with a natural supply of fresh air that helps to keep the contents of the boxer briefs nice and cool. We all know that’s how you dress like a Champion.

Specs

  • Material Body – Spandex 8%, Polyester 92% Mesh – Spandex 15%, Polyester 85%
19Nike Men’s Training Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Well guys, aren’t you impressed that we’ve gone through 18 boxer briefs before talking about Nike. These Nike use some neat features to keep your groin and tackle cool and dry, such as the Dri-FIT tech. The flatlock seams used help decrease the amount of irritation that comes as a result of chafing. Hands up who loves when their boxers or underwear either rides up your leg or slips down your waist? No-one? Well, with these Nike, those annoyances are a thing of the past too, thanks to the mid-thigh length and wide hem. There’s also a rather ingenious gusset that supports you without distracting you.

Specs

  • Material Spandex 8%, Polyester 92%
20WoolX Men’s Daily’s Underwear

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

How would you like to protect your junk with something that is just about as soft as luxury cashmere? Look no further than WoolX and these Daily’s. Merino wool may not be the first material that comes to mind when you think about boxer briefs. You’re probably thinking sweaters and hats. But, that’s the beauty of this underwear. Merino wool provides all the necessary breathability, wicking, odor-resistance and just feels marvelously soft. Additionally, because there are no interior tags and flatlock non-chafe seams used, they will sit against your skin perfectly. To boot, they even feature a fully-functional fly and have a smooth-embossed waistband with the cool WoolX logo.

Specs

  • Material Australian Lightweight Merino Wool 100%
21SAXX Undercover Boxer Brief

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Do you want boxer briefs with real SAXX-appeal? Ha, we’re not even going to apologize for that rubbish pun. What we’re also not going to apologize about is featuring another pair of boxer briefs from SAXX. There’s a lot to love here. The fully-patented BallPark pouch that provides support without the friction. The 9-panel construction with Three-D fitting for shaping round the hamstrings, quads, thighs and glutes and the flat-out seams that help avoid chafing. Not only that, but there’s the 1 3/8-inch jacquard wicking waistband designed to not roll down. Really, they may just look like a pair of boxer briefs, but they are so much more.

Specs

  • Material Spandex 5%, Modal 38%, Cotton 57%
22Related Garments Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Related Garments may not be a brand you’ve heard of before, we’d be hard pushed to say we had either. However, what you should take not of is the fact that these are ridiculously inexpensive, compared to others. But do they hold up in the comfort and functionality department? They have a non-rise design and benefit from the combination of spandex for the stretch, cotton for the softness and modal for the support. All in all, for a lower priced pair, these boxer briefs are worth a look, if you’re not worried about having a huge brand.

Specs

  • Materials Spandex 5%, Cotton 45%, Modal 50%
23Lucky Brand Cotton Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another great pair of boxer briefs, that are not by one of the bigger brands in our guide, are these from Lucky Brand. Similarly, to others above and below, they are designed to not ride up your legs and cause irritating chafing or bunching. The elasticated waistband stops them also from riding down. Basically, they stay put. The fact that there’s 100% cotton used to make these means that you are guaranteed comfort all day long.  Whether you’re in a conference, meeting a client or heading to the gym. They’ll even help you out if you’re using that under desk treadmill you’ve invested in.

Specs

  • Material Cotton 100%
24ExOfficio Give-n-Go Sport Mesh Performance Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Back with the extremely cool ExOfficio brand and another great pair of Give-n-go boxer briefs. These are called sport mesh performance underwear with good reason – they’re designed to be the perfect companion for your delicates during all kinds of activities. Including, that’s right, those gym sessions. With the antimicrobial treatment that they’ve been given, they help to reduce those nasty odors, while the breathable mesh helps to provide your groin and waist with plenty of air, while the ergonomic fly panel supports your tackle. Flatlock seams have been utilized to prevent chafing and the waistband is smooth and unlikely to slip down.

Specs

  • Material Others 100%
25Champion Elite X-Temp Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We’re back again with Champion for our next pair of boxer briefs. The Elite X-Temp feature exclusive vapor technology to reduce moisture and stickiness build ups around where you’re likely to sweat if when active. As is the case with many others in our guide, these will not ride up thanks to the wide width and the longer section that sits over the mid-thigh area. Perfect for sitting in the office or out cycling, running, hiking or whatever the hell it is that you do in your free time. The branding on the waistband is an indicator that these have been made to a high standard, the standard you expect from Champion. Now live your life like a Champion wearing these!

Specs

  • Material Spandex 5%, Polyester 37%, Cotton 58%
26CLEVEDAUR Antimicrobial Micro Modal Stretch Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

CLEVEDAUR are another brand we weren’t too familiar with until we compiled this guide, but we have to say based on these boxer briefs alone, we’re sold. Different to many others in our guide, these use a fabric known as Lenzing Micro Modal, which is derived from European beechwood trees and has a similar consistency and properties to that of cotton. Cozy and naturally lightweight. As you’d expect and hope, the waistband has been made soft and smooth and stitched, so it doesn’t chafe, while the shape and fit of the boxer briefs themselves have been modeled closely on the average guy’s physiological build. If that’s not enough, they stay cool and prevent stickiness all day!

Specs

  • Material Spandex 8%, Lenzing Micro Modal 92%
27UnderGents CloudSoft Cooling Comfort Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

From UnderGents, look at these great and very competitively priced boxer briefs. The brand’s claim is that you get all the comfort you need without any of the compression you don’t want. They’re not like cycle shorts or speedos, then. Because they use the CloudSoft micro modal material, you get the benefit of something that is allegedly even softer than polyester or cotton. While that remains to be seen and we’re skeptical, they are rather soft and luxurious feeling. That’s not to say they don’t provide adequate protection and support for your unmentionables, because they do. With the multi-panel Vitruvian design, they give you comfort and support whatever you do.

Specs

  • Material CloudSoft Micro Modal
28Hanes Red Label FreshIQ ComfortSoft Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We read somewhere that Hanes promise that these FreshIQ Comfortsoft boxer briefs, from their Red Label line, are as soft and comfortable as your favorite tee. That’s a bold claim. While we’re not sure if they really hit the mark, it’s hard to argue with the level of comfort and support they provide. The waistband has been designed and stitched so that it doesn’t irritate or make you itch, while keeping your briefs where they should be. While the leg bands are comfort and firm, so they won’t allow any riding up to occur. All in all, this is a very nice pair of boxer briefs.

Specs

  • Material Polyester 100%
29Jockey Pouch Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Jockey are an incredibly popular brand, but with their reputation also comes a much higher price tag, particularly compared to some of the budget items in this guide. However, for the price, you get a pair of boxer briefs that are made almost entirely from cotton, with a small percentage of spandex used to make the comfortable waistband. You’ll notice that there’s a horizontal design fly and they are full rise shorts that provide full coverage, protection and support for the whole area from your waist to your mid-thigh and everything in between!

Specs

  • Material Lycra Spandex 3%, Cotton 97%
30Cariloha Bamboo Underwear

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Cariloha are another brand of boxer briefs and underwear that have a good reputation. Though these are less expensive than the Jockey, they still provide a whole lot of protection and support for your tackle in a lightweight and breathable package. Are you trying to live a greener lifestyle or just looking to make more eco-friendly choices? Then these are perfect as they are made from viscose that’s derived naturally from Bamboo. From one side to the other, these will keep everything covered and blanketed in comfort, with moisture-wicking and anti-chafing capabilities as a nice bonus.

Specs

  • Material Spandex 5%, Viscose derived from Bamboo 95%
31Jockey Sport Microfiber Boxer Briefs

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Finally, we come to the last in our guide and we’re back with Jockey for their sport microfiber boxer briefs. These have a mid-rise, but still provide a full coverage of all the important areas.  Polyester has been used to create a pair that has the odor-control tech you’d expect from a brand of Jockey’s caliber. No-one wants to work out with a soggy pair of boxer briefs on, and with these against your skin that’s not possible. The H-fly also makes for a more comfortable wearing experience and thanks to the spandex in the mix, these are extremely stretchy. So, although they won’t rise, bunch or ride down, they won’t prevent your range of motion either.

Specs

  • Material Spandex 20%, Polyester 80%

BUYING GUIDE & FAQ’S

What’s the Difference between Boxers and Boxer Briefs?

Although it’s been touched on here and there in the guide above, it’s a common misconception that the terms boxer shorts and boxer briefs are interchangeable and refer to one and the same thing. Boxers and boxer briefs are two distinct styles of underwear. It’s true, they do share some similarities – they’re longer and are cut on the legs and thighs, rather than where the briefs are cut to sit comfortably along the groins. They both also have elasticated waistbands.

However, a major difference is that one is cut like shorts, boxers, while the other has a tighter and more form-fitting cut, boxer briefs.

Let’s focus on the fit for a moment. The main reason why boxers are the go-to choice for many men is because of their loose fit. However, the advocates for boxer briefs prefer them because they have a tighter fit and provide more support for their important parts. While we’re about security, boxer briefs are, again, better than boxers in this department. Their tight fabrics hold everything in place, whereas your tackle, junk or whatever you want to call your penis, is left dangling when you wear boxers.

So clearly, there’s a lot of huge differences between the two. Although we’d hate to persuade you one way or the other, since reviewing 31 boxer briefs and looking at what makes them so good, we’re inclined to recommend them over boxers.

How to choose the most comfortable boxer briefs that don’t rise?

If you’re looking for boxer briefs that will stay put, there’s a lot of choice out there. The important thing you need to look at is not just the leg length, but the width of the material that sits around the thigh. Ideally, you want it to be tight enough that it will stay in place, but without cutting off circulation.

Many in our guide are highlighted for their no-rise properties. Although, it’s worth remembering that we’re all unique and the ones that work for some people, might not work as well for you.

What are the best boxer brands?

At Men’s Gear we don’t shrink back at tackling the kinda questions that keep you up at night. This is obviously a highly subjective question though, and everyone’s going to have their own opinion. As we’re not looking to get lynched or anything like that, we’d rather stick our necks out and discuss the brands that we think are top of the bunch. Note we said brands. We’re not singling out one today, guys!

It’ll come as no surprise that the most popular brands out there are the ones that we think make the best boxer briefs. Calvin Klein should always get a mention, because they invented this style of underwear in the first place. They’re expensive, but if you want the best, you got to be prepared to pay a bit more than the rest. Just keep the waistband out of sight, you’re not Marky Mark and you don’t want to be either!

Another great brand that’s highlighted in our guide is Jockey. They make boxer briefs that look exquisite to say the least and are even more so to wear. Designed with sports activities and active lifestyles in mind, they’re lines are especially good at protecting your body against irritation and stickiness.

Champion is a highly regarded sportswear and sports equipment brand, so it makes sense that you’d also want to consider them if you’re interested in heading to the gym after work and need that protection. Sexy SAXX make boxer briefs that we feel match the quality and styling of Calvin Klein’s, without being CKs, while the couple we looked at from ExOfficio are among our favorites.

How to wear boxer briefs properly

Boxer briefs are very easy to wear properly. Unlike briefs that have the problem of holding your junk in place and boxers that will often have a mind of their own, boxer briefs stay exactly where you put them. The waistband, as the name suggests, should sit around your waist, while the legs should be smoothed out to their full length, with your tackle in place in the pouch area. It really is that simple, and if you’ve made the right investment decision, you’ll have no problems for the rest of the day. Come rain or shine, walking, running, jogging, working or whatever you intend to do – they will keep you covered, warm without sweating and with the right amount of support for the danglies.

Ditch the Boxer Shorts, Invest in Boxer Briefs!

That’s us looked at all the best boxer briefs available right now. You’ll not find a more comprehensive and thorough look at the various options out there. As well as the big-hitter brands such as Nike, Under Armor, Polo Ralph Lauren and Jockey, we’ve also looked at many lesser-known brands too. The aim of this guide was to show you what’s out there and to reason with you with you should ditch any boxer shorts you have and start wearing boxer briefs.

Boxer shorts think they’re proper underwear. But, by definition and use, underwear is supposed to provide not just coverage, but support too. Something that you only get from briefs and boxer briefs. With so many to choose from though, there’s no right or wrong answer. That’s the beauty of the guide above. Deciding to wear boxer briefs is already a step in the right direction and you’re instantly a better man for it.

Obviously, there’s no denying that a solid reputation is significant, the brands like UnderGents et al, are just as worthy as your attention. It may take some time adjusting to your new status, but we want you all to stand up, especially the former non-believers, say it loud and proud with the team here at Men’s Gear ‘I’m a boxer briefs guy now!” Well done, high fives all round!

Best 40 Mens Gym Bags

BEST MENS GYM BAGS

1Nike Brasilia Training Duffel Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Kicking off our extensive list of the best gym bags that money can buy is that of the Nike Brasilia Large Training Bag. Designed specifically for the most dedicated of athletes and equally as suitable for those of you that pack it but never use it, this gym bag for men and women will tick all your boxes.

It’s large, and we mean large. It is made from a 100% polyester, is extremely durable, and the bottom is completely water-resistant. Handy features on this dual-handled gym bag for men include a removable shoulder strap, interior pockets, and even an exterior mesh side pocket which is ideal for putting any sweaty and smelly garments.

Available at a competitive price, in a variety of colors, and suitable for all kinds of activities, the Brasilia is certainly a gym bag worth checking out.

Pros

  • checkBig, almost too big
  • checkAffordably priced
  • checkDoubles as travel bag

Cons

  • cross-altNo hard bottom

Specs

  • Dimensions 28in x 11in x 14in
  • Capacity 100L
  • Weight 17.6oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
2Under Armour Undeniable 3.0

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Under Armour, a company and brand founded by a former football player, is responsible for our next pick and that’s the Undeniable 3.0 duffel bag. Sure, it is not as big as our previous recommendation but it offers more than enough storage for even the most dedicated of gym goers.

Durability is where the Undeniable 3.0 really stands out and we’re confident you’re not going to find many duffel bags in this price range that can challenge it in this regard. Water and abrasion resistant, this gym bag for men also comes with a shoulder strap, numerous internal and external pockets, and is available in a wide variety of designs.

Pros

  • checkHighly durable
  • check20+ Colors/designs
  • checkWater & abrasion resistant

Cons

  • cross-altShoulder strap is unremovable

Specs

  • Dimensions 24.8in x 11.8in x 12.9in
  • Capacity 56L
  • Weight 24.96oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
3Adidas Squad III Duffel Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Would a list of the best gym duffel bags be complete without Adidas making an appearance? No, we didn’t think so either and their Squad III duffel bag is just one of a number of their bags that you’re going to see.

The squad III was actually designed with women athletes in mind but we don’t think they should be able to have it all to themselves. This would explain the multiple internal and external pockets though – makeup, cellphones, and all other items usually reserved for their handbag. Just avoid the feminine color schemes when buying and you have a gym bag that is great value, well designed, and from a leading sports brand.

Pros

  • checkPlenty of pockets
  • checkColor schemes aplenty
  • checkSpacious

Cons

  • cross-altNo padding on shoulder strap

Specs

  • Dimensions 11in x 21in x 12in
  • Capacity 45L
  • Weight 16.8oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
4Topo Designs Men’s Classic Duffel Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Designed for outdoor living, activities, and for traveling the world, the Topo Designs Classic Duffel Bag is going to bring you the ultimate in durability that also makes it an ideal choice of a gym bag. Made in America, this duffel bag has a Cordura nylon construction, heavy-duty straps and handles, and a classic but functional design.

Although a little more expensive than your average gym bag, you really are paying for quality with this men’s duffel bag. Add to that two internal lined and zipped pockets and an adjustable.

Pros

  • checkMade in the USA
  • checkDurable resilient weave
  • checkStrap is adjustable & removable

Cons

  • cross-altCosts more than most

Specs

  • Dimensions 27in x 12in x 12in
  • Capacity 45L
  • Weight 35.50z
  • Water-Resistant Yes
5Reebok Warrior II Small Duffel Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Reebok will be another recognizable name with all of you, who hasn’t heard of Reebok? Their Warrior II Small Duffel Bag is the first of their gym bags for men that are featured in this list and it is definitely worth a look if you’re after a small gym bag.

Despite being small, this bag does offer up ample storage space as you can easily fit some clothes and shoes in the main compartment. There’s also an external pocket that is ideal for keys, a cellphone, or anything else that will fit. An adjustable shoulder strap and dual handles enable the Warrior II to be moved easily while you’ll also be able to pick from a multitude of great designs.

Pros

  • checkWater-resistant bottom
  • checkCompact and light
  • checkStylish & durable

Cons

  • cross-altNo inside pockets

Specs

  • Dimensions 10.5 x 17.5in x 9.8in
  • Capacity 32.5L
  • Weight 13.6oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
6Apera Performance Duffel Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Functionality and practicality will be a priority for many of you, what with all the devices and equipment that we need to carry around with us these days. Well, with the Apera Performance Duffel Bag, you’re not going to be disappointed in this respect. It offers huge amounts of storage, has pockets coming out of its ears, and is highly water-resistant to boot.

Alongside that impressive 43 liters of internal storage also comes two exterior water bottle pockets, an exterior laptop/tablet pocket, an exterior shoe pocket, and an exterior cellphone pocket. Two other notable features of this gym bag are the laser-cut venting found throughout and antimicrobial product protection technology that prevents the bag from stinking the place out.

Pros

  • checkBig and spacious
  • checkVersatile
  • checkPadded shoulder strap

Cons

  • cross-altStrap length a little long

Specs

  • Dimensions 11.4in x 11.8in x 22.2in
  • Capacity 43L
  • Weight 30oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
7Everest 16-Inch Round Duffel

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If your wallet is lacking as much muscle as you are, then the Everest 16-inch Round Duffel Bag would make a good budget option. While a cheap price often means cheap quality, this really is not the case with this offering from Everest as the bag is durable, well-made, and offers similar features to gym bags that are double or even triple its price.

Ideal for trips to the gym, or for traveling, this Everest Duffel bag offers up a good amount of storage space, an adjustable and removable shoulder strap, and a handy front pocket which can be used for storing smaller items.

Pros

  • checkGreat budget gym bag
  • checkImpressive build quality
  • checkMulti-purpose

Cons

  • cross-altNo shoe compartment

Specs

  • Dimensions 16in x 9in x 9in
  • Capacity 17L
  • Weight 12.8oz
  • Water-Resistant No
8Isolator Fitness Thin Blue Line Isoduffle

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you’re a bodybuilder and looking for more of a complete solution, you might want to take advantage of the Isolator Fitness Thin Blue Line Isoduffle. This is a gym bag, food management system, and cooler in one. Containing 8 various sized food containers that are kept cool by two Isobricks, you’ll be able to prepare and plan your daily meals, keep them cool, and essentially have better control over your diet.

The Isoduffle will keep all food and water cold for up to 16-hours while you’ll still have ample storage in the bag for your gym clothes and equipment. You’ll also find two mesh pockets on the inside and outside and an adjustable shoulder strap that enables you to carry it around with ease.

Pros

  • checkMade in America
  • checkLifetime warranty
  • checkCooler & gym bag in one

Cons

  • cross-altMight be a tight squeeze

Specs

  • Dimensions 14in x 8in x 9.5in
  • Capacity 17.5L
  • Weight 106oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
9Under Armour Unisex Lifestyle Backpack

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Not all of the best gym bags for men have to be of the duffel variant and this is clearly evident with the excellent Under Armour Unisex Lifestyle Backpack. Sure, it has not been specifically designed to be used as a gym bag but its versatility allows it to easily play that role.

As with all Under Armour bags, you’ll quickly notice just how well made this backpack is while it also offers up plenty of functionality with numerous pockets both on the inside and out. You’ll even be able to fit a laptop inside one of the padded sleeves. Another big benefit to this bag is the UA storm technology that enables it to be resistant to most of the day-to-day elements that you may face.

Pros

  • checkAffordably priced
  • checkUA storm technology
  • checkTwo tablet-sized pockets

Cons

  • cross-altOther options are bigger

Specs

  • Dimensions 5.6in x 12.2in x 18.9in
  • Capacity 17L
  • Weight 16.16oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
10Swiss Alpen Cervino Duffel Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you’re looking for the best gym duffel bag possible, then the Swiss Alpen Cervino Duffel Bag is certainly one that should be considered. This moderately priced duffel bag certainly offers value for money when you consider the obvious high-quality workmanship alongside its large size and the multiple zippered compartments that you can make use of.

Where it really stands out, however, is through the 1680D water-repellent coated polyester fabric that it’s made from. Rain will never be able to ruin your gym days again but on the flip side, it will not be able to be an excuse not to go for some of you.

Pros

  • check1680D Water resistant polyester
  • check5-year extended warranty
  • checkFootwear compartment

Cons

  • cross-altOnly available in black

Specs

  • Dimensions 21in x 10.5in x 10in
  • Capacity 40L
  • Weight 41.6oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
11Puma Contender Duffel Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Puma is another well-established name that has been making sports equipment and accessories so it’s of little surprise that they are renowned for making good quality workout bags for men. Their Contender Duffel Bag is one of their more popular models and this is essentially due to a combination of being well-made, the capacity and storage options that it provides, and its relatively low cost.

Whether you’re an athlete or somebody that enjoys going to the gym, the Contender certainly provides everything that you’ll need. There is plenty of space in the main compartment, three exterior zip pockets, and the option of carrying it around either by dial hand straps or the removable shoulder strap.

Pros

  • checkNice size
  • checkQuality-made
  • checkDurable

Cons

  • cross-altNot waterproof

Specs

  • Dimensions 19.4in x 12.6in x 1.6in
  • Capacity 40L
  • Weight 17.6oz
  • Water-Resistant No
12Gonex Travel Duffel

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you wanted a duffel bag that could easily double up as a travel bag, then this Gonex Travel Duffel might be right up your street. This bag is huge with a capacity of 45 liters and with a total of ten pockets being found throughout, you’ll have no problems storing what you need whether you’re going for a workout or for a short business trip. The side pockets, in particular, are great as they you’ll easily fit a pair of shoes in both of them.

Made from a water-repellent and durable polyester, this bag has been made to last and will have no troubles being used when up against the elements. Reasonably priced, the Gonex Travel Bag is well worthy of a place on our list of recommendations.

Pros

  • checkTotal of 10 pockets
  • checkBig and spacious
  • checkDurable

Cons

  • cross-altInside pockets could be bigger

Specs

  • Dimensions 20in x 11in x 9.6in
  • Capacity 45L
  • Weight 27.2oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
13Ralyiks Multifunctional Sports Gym Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another worthwhile addition to our list that will allow you to find the best gym bag for men is the Ralyiks Multifunctional Sports Gym Bag. No matter whether you’re a professional, serious, or occasional athlete or gym goer, this gym bag will able to store just about everything that you need. With a stylish look, a good size, and a bunch of multifunctional pockets, you’ll never have an excuse to not hit the gym.

Its construction is from an Oxford fabric and polyester which offers excellent water protection and the zips and clips are all of top quality. A vented shoe compartment allows you to fit even large pairs of shoes and with eight colors/designs to choose from, you’ll be able to pick one that matches your personality.

Pros

  • checkMade from waterproof Oxford fabric
  • checkStylish & sturdy
  • checkAvailable in many colors

Cons

  • cross-altCould be a little larger

Specs

  • Dimensions 19.7in x 10.3in x 10.3in
  • Capacity 34L
  • Weight 20.8oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
14Meister MMA Vented Convertible Backpack Duffel Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Meister MMA is known for producing elite gear and apparel mainly aimed at mixed martial arts and their range of gym bags for men are always worth a look. One in particular that we like is the Vented Convertible Gym bag. This can be used as a duffel bag or a backpack which offers ample storage either way.

For its large size, this bag really does represent good value for money and we have to say that we really like the design and how they have allowed the bag and its contents to breathe via mesh panels being implemented on both sides. A removable shoulder strap and three pockets are just a couple of other standout features.

Pros

  • checkGreat value
  • checkDuffel bag or backpack
  • checkSuperb overall quality

Cons

  • cross-altHeavy when fully-packed

Specs

  • Dimensions 26in x 12in x 12in
  • Capacity 36L
  • Weight 40oz
  • Water-Resistant No
15Adidas Sport to Street Tote Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Sometimes mens gym bags can be a little too big, I mean we’re going for a workout, not moving home! If you find this to be the case with gym bags and would prefer something a little bit smaller and stylish, then the Adidas Sport to Street is the first one you should be looking at.

Despite its smaller size, the Sport to Street serves up more than enough in regards to storage options. The main compartment is a lot more spacious than you might imagine while you also have plenty of pockets. On the inside you’ll find several pockets, one being a lined and padded tablet pocket – we know it is a tablet pocket simply because it’s labeled as such. On the outside, you’ll also find two water bottle pockets and a long-zippered pocket.

Pros

  • checkLifetime warranty
  • checkVery stylish
  • checkNumerous pockets

Cons

  • cross-altNot waterproof

Specs

  • Dimensions 7.5in x 17.3in x 15in
  • Capacity 32L
  • Weight 38.4oz
  • Water-Resistant No
16Northstar 1224 Standard Duffel

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another men’s gym bag for those of you that are looking at some bang for the buck is that of the big and durable Northstar 1224 Standard Duffel Bag. Constructed of a heavy-duty diamond rip stop Dura coated nylon fabric, this bag will not only give you plenty of space but it will also protect it from wetness and moisture.

Large in size, this bag will also be able to serve multiple uses. As well as using it for the gym, it can easily be used for travel, storage, camping, or for those inclined, a bank heist or two. There are no pockets to speak of but the main compartment will give you all the storage that you need.

Pros

  • checkGreat budget gym bag
  • checkMade of tough nylon
  • checkAdjustable carry strap

Cons

  • cross-altNo side pockets

Specs

  • Dimensions 24in x 12in x 12in
  • Capacity 44L
  • Weight 25.6oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
17The North Face Base Camp Duffel Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If money is no object and you like to surround yourself with expensive but high-quality gym equipment and accessories, you could do a lot worse than checking out the North Face Base Camp Duffel Bag. Although designed to be a durable travel bag capable of fending off the elements of outdoor expeditions and adventures, its strong nylon construction also allows it to fend off the even tougher test of your sweaty gym undergarments.

Everything is of very high quality with this bag from the strong zippers, detachable straps, and the numerous pockets. Seriously, if you’re keen to impress with a premium level gym bag, start your search with the Base Camp.

Pros

  • checkCan be used as a backpack
  • checkWater-resistant
  • checkQuality-built throughout

Cons

  • cross-altMore pockets would be good

Specs

  • Dimensions 15.75in x 27.56in x 15.75in
  • Capacity 95L
  • Weight 67oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
18Boost Sports Gym Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you want something that is a good mix of style, comfort, and affordability, we suggest that you consider the Boost Gym Sports Bag. Available in five different colors with each of them looking great, you’ll certainly be pleased with the aesthetic side of things. However, there is no beauty over substance here as this mens gym bag is also made of strong stuff.

A water and wear-resistant oxford fabric are used for the construction and it not only protects your possessions but also allows them to breathe. We also found the numerous pockets, zippers, and straps to be of a high standard, while the shoe compartment is spacious and ventilated.

Pros

  • checkVentilated shoe compartment
  • checkWater-resistant Oxford fabric
  • checkLightweight & comfortable

Cons

  • cross-altNo bottle pockets

Specs

  • Dimensions 13.2in x 9.2in x 1.2in
  • Capacity 32L
  • Weight 27.2oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
19Under Armour SC30 Storm Contain Duffel Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Under Armour are back for a third time on our list of the best gym bags for men and this could top them all so far. It’s certainly the best looking back so far and also the most expensive but when you consider the workmanship and build-quality of this bag, it’s no wonder that it is among their more premium offerings.

This is part of the Stephen Curry SC30 collection at Under Armour and you’ll struggle to find many better gym bags. It’s constructed of durable and water-resistant materials, can be used as a duffel or backpack, adjustable straps, and has vented pockets for shoes, water bottles, and mobile devices.

Pros

  • checkStylish design
  • checkTough & durable
  • checkDuffel and backpack

Cons

  • cross-altPricey for some

Specs

  • Dimensions 10.7in x 23in x 11in
  • Capacity 48L
  • Weight 28.8oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
20The Northwest Company Officially Licensed NFL Duffel Bags

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The Northwest Company have always been renowned for their quality gym bags for men which alone is a big reason to consider them. However, now you’ll have another reason as you can get your hands on one off their bags emblazoned with your favorite football team. Their officially licensed NFL Duffel Bags can now serve a dual purpose, aid you in your workouts while allowing you to support your team!

Reasonably priced, there is more to these duffel backs than just being NFL licensed too, as they are big, well-made, and have a good number of pockets that you can utilize. You’ll also be pleased with how durable the bag is, something which is important when rival fans start kicking it about.

Pros

  • checkOfficially NFL licensed
  • checkSpacious
  • checkDetachable body strap.

Cons

  • cross-altToo big for carry on

Specs

  • Dimensions 28in x 11in x 12in
  • Capacity 60.5L
  • Weight 27.2oz
  • Water-Resistant No
21Outdoor Products Large Utility Duffel

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

When it comes to sheer size, you’re not going to find many, if any, men’s gym bags on our list that are bigger than the Outdoor Products Large Utility Duffel. It has a capacity of 110.6 liters which means that you’re going to be able to pack in just about every piece of gym clothing and equipment into the bag that you own and still probably have tons of room left over.

Most of that storage can be found in the main compartment of this water-resistant 300-denier polyester gym bag but you’ll also find some throughout the three exterior pockets provided. One of those is a front mesh pocket that is ideal for storing wallets, keys, phones or sweaty underwear.

Pros

  • checkTons of storage
  • checkWater-resistant
  • checkDetachable shoulder strap

Cons

  • cross-altNo internal pockets

Specs

  • Dimensions 15in x 30in
  • Capacity 110L
  • Weight 41.6oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
22Everest Sports Duffel with Wet Pocket

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Made from 600D polyester, the Everest Sports Duffel with Wet Pocket is another hugely popular gym bag among both men and women. Here you’re given a decent amount of storage space, about 32 liters to be exact, three pockets with meshing, a bottle holder, and a spacious wet pocket that is perfect for moist garments or some training shoes.

You’ll quickly admire the impressive quality found throughout this bag from the padding on the bottle pocket, to the metal anchor points for the shoulder strap, and to the high-grade water-resistant polyester that has been used in its construction.

Pros

  • checkSpacious wet pocket
  • checkPadded bottle holder
  • checkAdjustable shoulder strap

Cons

  • cross-altOn the small side

Specs

  • Dimensions 18in x 11.5in x 10.5in
  • Capacity 32L
  • Weight 44.8oz
  • Water-Resistant No
23Carhartt Legacy Gear Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Durability and style is the name of the game when it comes to the Carhartt Legacy Gear Bag, two things that we know are very important to many of you gym-fiends out there. Constructed of 1200D polyester that has been treated by water repellent, this is more than able to handle rough and tumble environments and anything that the weather can throw at it.

We personally like the Carharrt brown but the Legacy Gear Back is also available in two other striking colors which certainly makes it an attractive bag to carry around. As for the storage, you’ll be able to enjoy, it’s not surprising that there is quite a bit considering the bag is 20 inches in length. A zippered pocket inside allows you to store smaller items separately while you’ll also appreciate the removable padded shoulder strap.

Pros

  • checkImpressive workmanship
  • checkPleasing to the eye
  • checkExcellent value

Cons

  • cross-altNo external pockets

Specs

  • Dimensions 20in x 10.5in x 10in
  • Capacity 35L
  • Weight 24oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
24Starter 21” Duffel Gym Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

A good all-rounder and definitely worth a place on our list of the best duffel gym bags is that of the Starter Duffel Gym Bag. They offer this bag in a couple of sizes with this one being the smaller of the two at 21in but this offers more than enough space for you to fit your workout gear.

Appealing features on this polyester gym bag include a dedicated shoe pocket, one interior and two exterior pockets, and padded handles and shoulder strap. As for the design, there are two different colors and the bag looks quite stylish.

Pros

  • checkSimple but functional
  • checkLightweight
  • checkShoe pocket

Cons

  • cross-altSimple but functional Lightweight Shoe pocket Cons Only two choices of color

Specs

  • Dimensions 21in x 13in x 9in
  • Capacity 40L
  • Weight 26.4oz
  • Water-Resistant No
25Doreamale Leather Men Gym Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Some of you might want to add a bit of class to your look when going to the gym and by using the Doreamale Leather Mens Gym Bag, you’re certainly going to do that. Made of a soft high-quality leather that is backed up with a strong fabric lining, this gym back is full of style and durability.

You’ll also love the spacious shoe compartment, heavy-duty zippers that have been used, and three inner pockets. As a multi-purpose bag, you can also use it as a travel bag, or carry-on bag when it’s not being used to hold your smelly workout clothes. Might want to clean it first though!

Pros

  • checkVery stylish
  • checkSpacious shoe compartment
  • checkRemovable/adjustable strap

Cons

  • cross-altZippers Complained About

Specs

  • Dimensions 20.47in x 9.84in x 9.84in
  • Capacity 32.5L
  • Weight 44.4oz
  • Water-Resistant No
26FocusGear Ultimate Gym Bag 2.0

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Like to keep all of your items a separate as possible when at the gym? Well, you’re going to love the FocusGear Ultimate Gym Bag 2.0 as it has a total of 10 compartments. You’re literally going to be able to have your shoes stored as well as two water bottles while there are tons of other pockets including wet pockets.

This gym bag was crowdsourced designed which essentially means, the team went through the thousands of reviews of other gym bags to make what they feel is the perfect gym bag. One feature in particular that we like is that you can open up the main pocket completely making it so much easier to get the items that you need.

Pros

  • checkLarge mesh pocket
  • checkReliable zippers
  • check10 Compartments

Cons

  • cross-altNot resistant to water

Specs

  • Dimensions 20in x 11in x 10.5in
  • Capacity 38L
  • Weight 39oz
  • Water-Resistant No
27Gonex 40L Duffel Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

The 40L Duffel Bag is the second that we have featured from Gonex and for good reason, these guys know how to manufacture a good back at a competitive price. Ripstop nylon is the material that was used to make this back and that means it offers a water-resistant, lightweight, but durable experience for whoever decides to use it.

Other things going for this bag includes the many pockets it has, the padded strips that add to comfort, and the fact that it can be folded away easily at a fraction of its size. The design itself might not be too fancy but you do have numerous colors to choose from.

Pros

  • checkEasy to fold
  • checkMultiple pockets
  • checkDurable and lightweight

Cons

  • cross-altBland looking

Specs

  • Dimensions 20.9in x 13in x 9.8in
  • Capacity 40L
  • Weight 12.8oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
28Venom Sparring Sport Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If sheer space is a big priority when considering a new gym bag for men, the simply huge Venum Sparring Sport Bag should be one of the first to look at. At a length of 26 inches with a spacious main compartment, a large side pocket that would be perfect for your shoes, and a separate side pocket, you’re not going to have any trouble fitting all of your gear inside.

This bag was designed with boxing in mind but it easily has the space to be able to accommodate your gear no matter what sort of workout you’re doing at the gym. We do have to mention that we like the design of the bag as well, especially as you have a choice of three colors.

Pros

  • checkSo much space
  • checkPadded handles and straps
  • checkWell designed

Cons

  • cross-altNot water-resistant

Specs

  • Dimensions 26.7in x 12.9in x 10.2in
  • Capacity 57.5L
  • Weight 32oz
  • Water-Resistant No
29Mier Men’s Gym Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Made from a rip-stop diamond plaid fabric, the Mier Men’s Gym Bag is certainly more durable than most without affecting its lightweight appeal. It might not be the biggest of gym bags but with multiple compartments including one for your shoes, you’ll never have too many issues getting what you need inside.

The shoulder strap can be adjusted or even removed and we like that the strap and the handles are all soft and padded for extra comfort. The gym bag is only available in black but this will not be an issue for many of you.

Pros

  • checkVentilated shoe compartment
  • checkMultiple pockets
  • checkPadded bottom

Cons

  • cross-altZippers attracting complaints

Specs

  • Dimensions 24.4in x 10.2 in x 11in
  • Capacity 45L
  • Weight 27.5oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
30Cleto Reyes Nylon Gym Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Cleto Reyes is a famous Mexican brand that is renowned for producing high-quality boxing gear and apparel and we thought it only right to include one of their gym bags. This good-looking nylon is water-resistant, offers comfort when carrying via padded straps, and offers up plenty of space via its main compartment and pockets.

Of those pockets, one is a meshed pocket designed for wet clothes while the others will be a good place to put any valuables that you might have.

Pros

  • checkLooks the part
  • checkPadded handles
  • checkMesh pocket

Cons

  • cross-altPricey for its size

Specs

  • Dimensions 18in x 12in x 12in
  • Capacity 42.5L
  • Weight 32oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
31Meister MMA Chain Mesh Duffle Gym Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Don’t worry, just because this Chain Mesh Duffel Gym Bag is made by MMA Meister, you’re not going to have to go to the gym and get your head kicked in – well unless you want to that is. While the brand is primarily focused on mixed martial arts, you can obviously use their gym bag for other kinds of exercise, sports, and workouts too.

This bag is fairly cheap compared to others but we feel it offers good value due to its double-layered Chain Mesh construction which allows it to take the sort of beating an MMA fighter would. That construction also allows the bag and clothes to breathe and dispel any odors that your gear might have after a heavy workout session.

Pros

  • checkTough as nails
  • checkMesh construction throughout
  • checkLightweight

Cons

  • cross-altNo shoulder strap

Specs

  • Dimensions 22in x 13in x 13in
  • Capacity 60L
  • Weight 17.6oz
  • Water-Resistant No
32

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

We all want to be able to walk into the gym with a good looking but also highly-functional gym bag and with the MarsBro you can do just that. While smaller than many other bags on our list, we like what they have done with that space. You have enough room for a change of clothes, a compartment for your shoes, and some pockets on the inside and outside for more important possessions.

We also find the fact that its design is not as bright and daring as others. They certainly allow you to use the bag for other occasions rather than simply looking like a gym bag being used for something else. Being water-resistant and having a shoulder strap are big benefits to the MarsBro as well.

Pros

  • checkSmart looking
  • checkSimple yet effective
  • checkWorth the price

Cons

  • cross-altLining could be better

Specs

  • Dimensions 19in x 9.8in x 9.3in
  • Capacity 30L
  • Weight 12.8oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
33

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

For many of you, nothing will look cooler than a duffel bag that has been designed in a military-style and we have to say that we cannot blame you. The Smartact Air Force Military Duffel Bag is exactly that and it’s really a sight to behold.

Military stuff doesn’t just look the part usually either as they are usually very durable, functional and made from strong stuff. The same can be said of this spacious weather-resistant duffel which is constructed of heavy-duty nylon, has pockets internally and externally, and an adjustable shoulder strap. Our favorite part though is the original parachute buckles on the side – very cool!

Pros

  • checkVery rugged
  • checkWeather-resistant
  • checkGreat looking

Cons

  • cross-altNo compartment for shoes

Specs

  • Dimensions 20.9in x 10in x 10in
  • Capacity 34L
  • Weight 21.6oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
34The Friendly Swede Sandham Duffel Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

It has to be said that the Friendly Swede Sandham Duffel Bag is one of our favorites as it offers just about everything that you need. It might be a little more expensive than others but when you consider just how big it is, how durable it is, how well made it is, and the attention to functionality, it is easily worth the asking price.

The bag is huge, is resistant to all kinds of weather conditions, and its 500D PVC Tarp construction always ensures that your belongings are kept safe. With a capacity of 90 liters, we’re also confident that most of you will have plenty of room to spare even after filling it with your gym gear.

Pros

  • check3-Year manufacturer’s warranty
  • checkDuffel or backpack
  • checkQuality-build

Cons

  • cross-altNo shoe pocket

Specs

  • Dimensions 27.6in x 15.7in
  • Capacity 90L
  • Weight 59.2oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
35Mosiso Multifunctional Duffel Gym Bags

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Mosiso makes affordable bags for all occasions and this time the Hong Kong-based brand has delivered a duffel bag for the gym that might just interest you. Available in several different designs and colors, this striking bag gives you more than adequate space for all of your gym gear.This light but durable bag has all the compartments that you might need including one for a pair of shoes and many others that will be able to accommodate your keys, phones, and anything else that you might want to keep separate from your sweaty clothes. A long adjustable shoulder strap is also there to give you another option for carrying it.

Pros

  • checkNice design
  • checkAffordably priced
  • checkPockets aplenty

Cons

  • cross-altMight be a tight squeeze

Specs

  • Dimensions 18.9in x 9.8in x 10.2in
  • Capacity 30L
  • Weight 12oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
36Mouteenoo Small Sports Gym Duffel

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

If you wanted something that ticks pretty much all the boxes when it comes to value, quality, functionality, and durability, the Small Sports Gym Duffel from Mouteenoo might just be what you’re looking for. This small but surprisingly spacious back is made from water-resistant nylon, has pockets all over the place, and is priced affordably.

As a dedicated gym bag, you can expect a shoe compartment, three additional pockets on the outside of the bag, and two useful pockets on the inside. The build quality is also obvious to see with things like SBS zippers and padded straps.

Pros

  • checkLifetime warranty
  • checkStylish design
  • checkPlenty of pockets

Cons

  • cross-altSmaller than some bags
37Kuston Sports Gym Duffel Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Another popular gym bag among reviewers and one that we ourselves feel is more than worthy of a place on our list is that of the Kuston Sports Gym Bag. Offering a spacious main compartment, a side compartment for shoes, a 14” wet pocket, and an inner pocket for your valuables, you’ll have plenty of storage options for any trip to the gym.

Being made from a water-resistant Oxford fabric is also a big plus for this gym bag, as is the fact that you’ll be able to carry it via the standard straps above or the adjustable and removable shoulder strap. The latter is also strapped to the bag through some durable high-quality metal fastenings.

Pros

  • checkDedicated shoe compartment
  • checkComfortable shoulder strap
  • checkWater-resistant Oxford fabric

Cons

  • cross-altStraps are unpadded

Specs

  • Dimensions 19.69in x 10.24in x 9.84in
  • Capacity 33L
  • Weight 25.6oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes
38FITMYFAVO 20” Duffel Gym Bag

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

As we start approaching the last few gym bags for men on this extensive list, you might be close to making your decision on which to go for. However, that might change when you see this well-designed duffel from FITMYFAVO. This duffel has a spacious main compartment, two small inside pockets, and a double zip to ensure that everything stays inside.

While the FITMYFAVO is available in two different colors, we really admire any of you that go for the bright pink when hitting the gym – the black looks fantastic though. The grid cotton padded material used for the construction gives it a light but durable feel while it’s also easy to clean.

Pros

  • checkAesthetically pleasing
  • checkTwo internal pockets
  • checkGreat for light gym work

Cons

  • cross-altNo external pockets

Specs

  • Dimensions 20in x 11in x 11in
  • Capacity 40L
  • Weight 23.2oz
  • Water-Resistant No
39Dalix Duffel Bag Two Toned Gym

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Not all of us want to feel like we’re packing to go on vacation or moving apartments every time that we go to the gym and instead like to keep things simple. A small duffel bag like this budget-priced offering from Dalix is going to provide exactly the right amount of storage for many of us.

The price of this duffel really is great but do not let that fool you into thinking that you’re buying an inferior product. It’s made of a tough 600D polyester, has a removable shoulder strap, and an external front zippered pocket. Also, as well as having handles on the top, you’ll notice that it has side handles which can also come in handy.

Pros

  • checkLightweight but durable
  • checkRemovable shoulder strap
  • checkAmazing value

Cons

  • cross-altNo inside pockets

Specs

  • Dimensions 14in x 8.5in x 8.5in
  • Capacity 16.5L
  • Weight 12oz
  • Water-Resistant No
40AmazonBasics Packable Travel Duffel

Editors Rating

  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star
  • star

Last but certainly not least is this ‘travel’ duffel from AmazonBasics and while its name might suggest this is not going to be ideal when used as a gym bag, you’d be sorely mistaken. Sure, it’s extremely big but we know that some of you’re going to be wanting to bring a lot of equipment and clothes to your workouts.

This duffel represents great value as it’s both lightweight and durable and is made of a tough water and odor-resistant nylon material. There are numerous side pockets with one being able to easily accommodate the shoes of even the Sasquatch-sized feet that some of you may have.

Pros

  • checkExcellent value
  • checkWater & odor-resistant
  • checkLarge shoe pocket

Cons

  • cross-altPossibly too big for some

Specs

  • Dimensions 23in x 13in x 13in
  • Capacity 60L
  • Weight 21.76oz
  • Water-Resistant Yes

BUYING GUIDE & FAQ’S

What Types of Gym Bags are Available?

Well, there are big ones, smaller ones, green ones, black ones…No seriously, there’s actually quite a lot of difference that can be found from one gym bag to another. A popular type is a duffel-style bag while others might prefer a backpack instead. However, the key differences usually come in the types of features that a gym bag might have.

Some will be designed for durability, others for functionality, others for their design, and others for not much more than pure space. What you will want from your gym back will come down to personal preference, the type of gym activities you’re going to be using it for, and of course, the price.

As well as all that, gym bags will differ in the features that they have. Some will have a dedicated compartment for shoes or wet clothes, some may have multiple pockets while some will offer shoulder straps for easier carrying.

Among the features you might want to look out for includes:

  • Wet Pockets
  • Shoe Compartments
  • Water-Resistance
  • Shoulder Straps
  • Breathability

What to Pack in a Gym Bag?

The type of clothing, equipment, and other items that you’re going to need to pack into your gym bag will obviously differ depending on the activity, workout, or sport that you’re going to be doing. However, there are a number of items that are going to be needed no matter what you’re doing.

These include:

  • Water Bottle – Without a doubt, you’re going to need a water bottle then you can use and refill on the fly when at the gym. You need to keep yourself hydrated, so this should always be one of the first things that you pack. Some gym bags even have a dedicated water bottle holder.
  • Towels & Washcloths – As you know, you’re going to be sweating quite a bit at the gym, or you should be. You’re going to need towels and washcloths to wipe yourself off from time to time.
  • Clothes – Depending on which way around you’re doing it, you’re going to need either your workout clothes or a change of clothes in your bag. Spare socks especially as we can only imagine what some of yours are going to smell like after a workout!
  • Shoes – Many of you will also want to have your training shoes or normal shoes kept in your bag for when they’re needed.
  • Plastic Bags – Some gym bags for men will have wet pockets but even so, you’ll want to put any sweaty clothes into plastic bags before putting them in your gym bag.
  • Shower Bag – You’ll definitely need a shower at the gym after your workouts – if you don’t, there is seriously something wrong with you. A shower bag full of everything you need is a big priority.
  • DeodorantDo you really want to submit your smelly armpits to others around you? Bring some deodorant!

Those are the priorities but there are other items that you might want to consider packing too. A cellphone perhaps for your music? How about your keys or wallet?

Gain Done, Now the Pain

So, you have learned everything you need to know about gym bags and which of them we think are among the best available right now. We’re pretty confident that you’ll have found the best gym bag for men among them and will probably have one coming your way soon.

Trouble is, you’ve now gone and bought all the gear, clothes, and bags that you’re going to need and the pain is the next thing to come. For some of you this won’t be a problem but for others, you’re now completely out of excuses for not getting your proverbial behind down to the gym!